Allowed Publications
Slot System
Featured Buckets
Featured Buckets Admin

‘Morning sickness’ in pregnancy loses psychogenic stigma

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
‘Morning sickness’ in pregnancy loses psychogenic stigma

Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy (NVP) is a misunderstood disorder associated with stress, anxiety, and depression. Prejudice toward women is thought to have guided the historical psychoanalytic concept of NVP as psychogenic, but this view is being replaced by newer biologic theories.

This article examines the evidence for psychological and organic causes of NVP to inform psychiatrists treating pregnant patients. We review guidelines for pharmacologic treatment of NVP and discuss potentially useful psychotherapies and alternative approaches.

Definitive cause unknown

“Morning sickness” affects 50% to 80% of pregnant women, occurring so commonly that NVP is often considered normal.1,2 Approximately 0.5% to 2% of women experience the most severe NVP—hyperemesis gravidarum (HG)3—characterized by intractable vomiting, weight loss, and electrolyte imbalance that can lead to hospitalization.

Without modern supportive care, HG can be lethal; although Charlotte Brontë’s death certificate states she died of “phthisis” (tuberculosis), the author of Jane Eyre is popularly believed to have succumbed to HG.4,5

The search for effective NVP treatments has been disappointing, partly because no cause has been identified. After other conditions that may lead to nausea and vomiting are ruled out (Table 1), NVP medical management is supportive. Correcting dehydration and encouraging dietary and lifestyle changes (Table 2)6 are important adjuncts to step-wise pharmacologic treatment recommended by the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Algorithm).7

Algorithm Pharmacologic treatment of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy*


Source: Adapted and reprinted with permission from Canadian Family Physician. Levichek Z, Atanackovic G, Oepkes D, et al. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Evidence-based treatment algorithm. Can Fam Physician 2002;48:267-77Table 1

Medical causes of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy

Possible causeHow to rule it out
AppendicitisHistory; do physical, order imaging
HepatitisJaundice; order liver function tests, antibody studies, imaging
PancreatitisHistory of alcohol use, abdominal pain; check amylase and lipase level
Gastrointestinal obstructionHistory of surgeries; order imaging
Peptic ulcer diseaseHistory; order upper GI series/endoscopy
Thyroid diseaseThyroid function tests
Urinary tract infectionUrinalysis, culture-sensitivity
Trophoblastic diseaseCheck hCG,* order ultrasound
* Elevated human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) has shown evidence of an association with NVP20

Table 2

Advice for patients: Strategies to manage NVP

Correct dehydration
Drink small amount of fluids frequently
Dietary changes
Eat frequent, small meals
Avoid high-fat foods
Snack before getting out of bed and before going to sleep
Don’t force yourself to eat
Use candy and salty snacks to combat nausea
Avoid strong odors and scents; try cold foods, which may have less odor than hot foods
Take advantage of good days or good hours of the day for eating
Lifestyle changes
Get out of bed slowly
Lie down when nauseated
Avoid stressful situations
NVP: nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
Source: Reference 6

Prejudice vs evidence

Psychological factors. Historically, psychological factors have been blamed for NVP, but support comes from a few poorly designed studies or case reports.3,4

Psychoanalytically, pregnancy and childbirth are significant events in a woman’s life and a rich environment for conflict that could lead to physical expression of symptoms. Freud believed pregnancy and childbirth involve the unconscious substitution of the penis with the child.8 Later writers viewed motherhood as woman’s most powerful wish and the primary organizer of her sexual drive and personality.8

NVP has been considered a conversion or somatization disorder in which symptoms are a “hysterical” expression of unconscious conflict. A psychoanalytic view contends that women who experience NVP are ambivalent about the pregnancy and seek to reject it.1,9 Vomiting, in this view, represents an oral abortion attempt.10 Others claim NVP is a rejection of femininity3 or that symptoms in women with overly attached maternal relationships mask unconscious aggressive feelings toward their mothers.11

Robertson11 proposed an association between NVP and a woman’s view of sexual experiences and her ability to achieve orgasm. He interviewed 100 women and found that 40 of 57 with NVP had “disturbed sexual functioning” or were “frigid” (defined as experiencing coitus as undesirable and unaccompanied by orgasm).

Higgins12 in 1887 proposed that the cause of NVP “is sexual intercourse, the husband too eager for it and the wife too adverse.” Additionally, NVP and HG have been associated with infantile, childish, immature, and hysterical personalities.12-14

Psychiatric comorbidities. Attempts have been made to associate NVP with other psychiatric disorders such as depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and anxiety disorders, including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). No definitive association has been found between NVP and depressive illness, bipolar disorder, or schizophrenia15 or the use of antidepressants before or during early pregnancy.16 Studies reporting an association with depression have not established a cause-effect relationship.17

Seng18 reported increased NVP risk in women with PTSD. High levels of stress, anxiety, and depression found in women with NVP are thought to result from—rather than cause—NVP’s physical symptoms, however.3,19,20

 

 

Psychosocial stressors have been implicated, with higher NVP rates reported in unmarried women, those with unwanted or unplanned pregnancies, immigrants, and those living in crowded situations.21 NVP also is more frequent among women who experience emotionally disturbing events or interpersonal, economic, or occupational difficulties during pregnancy.22 Physical symptoms may provide secondary gain in attention and sympathy and a time-out from stressful home events.14

These psychosocial theories are poorly supported by data, but some clinicians may still believe NVP has a psychogenic cause. Lennane and Lennane23 proposed in 1973 that this perception may result from gender bias because:

  • most conditions believed to have psychogenic causes affect women more than men
  • the belief that NVP is psychogenic has been perpetuated primarily by male authors.

They argued that sexual prejudice may prevent women from receiving necessary symptomatic treatment and impede research into the cause of NVP.23

Gender bias continues to be found in the diagnosis of women with physical complaints. In 2006, Chiaramonte and Friend24 found strong, consistent gender bias among medical students and residents when evaluating women who reported coronary disease symptoms during stressful life events.

Organic theories

Organic theories view NVP as multifactorial, with contributions from evolution and multiple organ systems. Endocrine, vestibular, gastrointestinal, and CNS contributions have been described, but none have solved NVP’s etiologic mystery.

Evolutionary. NVP may provide an evolutionary advantage by protecting the embryo and mother. This theory states that potential toxins are present in many foods, especially if eaten in large quantities. NVP prevents the pregnant woman from eating very much and harming the embryo. Below-average miscarriage rates are seen in women with NVP.1,2,25

And because a woman’s immune system is depressed during pregnancy, NVP may be advantageous for the mother by limiting her ingestion of potential toxins.25

Endocrine. Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), estrogens, progesterone, and leptin, as well as adrenal cortex insufficiencies have been investigated for a role in NVP. Only hCG has shown clear evidence of an association, and some researchers believe it is the most likely cause of NVP.20

NVP rates are higher in pregnancies with elevated hCG. Molar and multiple-gestation pregnancies—each associated with elevated hCG—are complicated more frequently with the severest form of NVP.20,26 Conversely, NVP is less common in women who smoke, which is associated with lower hCG.26

During pregnancy, actions of hCG stimulate the thyroid. Hyperstimulation, leading to transient hyperthyroidism, has been implicated in NVP development.20,26 Symptom severity and the degree of thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) suppression are closely correlated.26

Elevated hCG levels, hypersensitive TSH receptors, and the presence of a hyperactive hCG isoform have been proposed.20

Gastrointestinal disorders are believed to be involved in the pathogenesis of persistent NVP. Women with NVP usually lack structural or mucosal abnormalities and have normal endoscopic upper GI evaluations. They may, however, have disorders of the stomach’s neuromuscular function. Severe cases of gastric dysrhythmias and abnormalities of gastric tone may lead to gastroparesis.27

Stomach motility in pregnancy is influenced by neurohormonal changes, specifically in estrogen and thyroid hormones. Gastric motility abnormalities—evaluated by electrogastrography (EGG)—have been associated with NVP symptoms and normal EGGs with the absence of symptoms. Some women who had NVP and abnormal EGGs were retested after delivery when symptom-free and found to have normal myoelectric EGG patterns.27

Helicobacter pylori also may be involved in NVP, and at least 1 study found active H pylori infection and HG to be highly correlated. Pregnancy is not believed to predispose to H pylori infection, but active infection compounded by pregnancy’s hormonal changes may exacerbate NVP.28

NVP and motion sickness share many features, suggesting that NVP treatment could be targeted if a vestibular disorder could be discovered.29 Abnormal electroencephalography—particularly generalized slowing—that is not present in asymptomatic pregnant women has been reported in women with NVP.30

CNS contributions. Persistent NVP may be a learned behavior,24 a view based on findings of anticipatory nausea and vomiting in chemotherapy patients. Through conditioning, a pregnant woman may associate her physical symptoms with elements in her life that maintain the cycle of nausea and vomiting.31

Treating psychological symptoms

Brief psychotherapy to identify and correct sources of anxiety in pregnancy may alleviate a patient’s nausea and vomiting.32

  • Progressive muscle relaxation training, often combined with guided imagery, can decrease nausea and vomiting associated with chemotherapy and may prevent anticipatory symptoms by decreasing anxiety.
  • Systematic desensitization is successful in most chemotherapy patients who try it. In this technique, relaxation is counter-conditioned as a response to stimuli known to elicit symptoms.31
 

 

Hypnosis allows patients to achieve a physiologic state incompatible with nausea and vomiting31 and can terminate vomiting after 1 to 3 sessions.3

Medication. Similar to ondansetron, the antidepressant mirtazapine exhibits an antiemetic effect by blocking the 5-HT3 receptor. In treatment-resistant cases, mirtazapine, 30 mg/d, has been reported to ameliorate NVP symptoms, usually within 24 hours. Patients were able to return to normal diets and discontinue treatment after 6 to 10 days. Mirtazapine appears to be safe during pregnancy, based on animal studies using 17 and 20 times the maximum recommended human dose.33

For patients with anxiety symptoms, consider other medications—including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and benzodiazepines—only after counseling the patient about potential risks and benefits to her and the fetus.34

Alternative treatments. In traditional Indian medicine, a mixture of powdered ginger and honey is given to women with NVP. At least 2 studies demonstrate ginger’s efficacy.35

In traditional Chinese medicine, stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist is believed to relieve nausea and vomiting. Although results are inconclusive, studies suggest that P6 stimulation can help control NVP.36 The FDA has approved wristbands that stimulate the P6 site, either electrically or by acupressure (Figure).36

Figure Wristband to manage nausea and vomiting in pregnancy


The FDA-cleared BioBand acupressure wristband may help control nausea and vomiting in pregnancy by stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist.
Source: Reference 36
Consider thiamine supplementation for women with severe symptoms, as Wernicke’s encephalopathy is a rare complication of prolonged NVP.19,37

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Dimenhydrinate • Dramamine
  • Doxylamine • Unisom
  • Methylprednisolone • Medrol
  • Metoclopramide • Reglan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Ondansetron • Zofran
  • Promethazine • Phenergan
  • Trimethobenzamide • Tigan

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. el-Mallakh RS, Liebowitz NR, Hale MS. Hyperemesis gravidarum as conversion disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis 1990;178:655-9.

2. Davis M. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an evidence-based review. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2004;18:312-28.

3. Buckwalter JG, Simpson SW. Psychological factors in the etiology and treatment of severe nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S210-4.

4. Bogen JT. Neurosis: a Ms-diagnosis. Perspect Biol Med 1994;37(2):263-74.

5. Weiss G. The death of Charlotte Brontë. Obstet Gynecol 1991;78(4):705-8.

6. Lester EP, Notman MT. Pregnancy, developmental crisis and object relations: psychoanalytic considerations. Int J Psychoanal 1986;67(pt 3):357-66.

7. Sheehan P. Hyperemesis gravidarum—assessment and management. Aust Fam Physician 2007;36:698-701.

8. American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin: nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2004;103:803-14.

9. Iancu I, Kotler M, Spivak B, et al. Psychiatric aspects of hyperemesis gravidarum. Psychother Psychosom 1994;61:143-9.

10. Munch S. Chicken or the egg? The biological-psychological controversy surrounding hyperemesis gravidarum. Soc Sci Med 2002;55:1267-78.

11. Robertson GG. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: a study in psychosomatic and social medicine. Lancet 1946;336-45.

12. Fairweather DV. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1968;102:135-75.

13. Katon WJ, Ries RK, Bokan JA, Kleinman A. Hyperemesis gravidarum: a biopsychosocial perspective. Int J Psychiatry Med 1980;10:151-62.

14. Simpson SW, Goodwin TM, Robins SB, et al. Psychological factors and hyperemesis gravidarum. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2001;10:471-7.

15. Majerus PW, Guze SB, Delong WB, Robins E. Psychologic factors and psychiatric disease in hyperemesis gravidarum: a follow-up study of 69 vomiters and 66 controls. Am J Psychiatry 1960;117:421-8.

16. Bozzo P, Koren G, Nava-Ocampo AA, Einarson A. The incidence of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy (NVP): a comparison between depressed women treated with antidepressants and non-depressed women. Clin Invest Med 2006;29(6):347-50.

17. Markl GE, Strunz-Lehner C, Egen-Lappe V, et al. The association of psychosocial factors with nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol 2007;1-6.

18. Seng JS, Oakley DJ, Sampselle CM, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and pregnancy complications. Obstet Gynecol 2001;97(1):17-22.

19. Ismail SK, Kenny L. Review on hyperemesis gravidarum. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol 2007;21:755-69.

20. Verberg MF, Gillott DJ, Al-Fardan N, Grudzinskas JG. Hyperemesis gravidarum, a literature review. Hum Reprod Update 2005;11:527-39.

21. Deuchar N. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy: a review of the problem with particular regard to psychological and social aspects. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1995;102(1):6-8.

22. Iatrakis GM, Sakellaropoulos GG, Kourkoubas AH, Kabounia SE. Vomiting and nausea in the first 12 weeks of pregnancy. Psychother Psychosom 1988;49(1):22-4.

23. Lennane KJ, Lennane RJ. Alleged psychogenic disorders in women—a possible manifestation of sexual prejudice. N Engl J Med 1973;288(6):288-92.

24. Chiaramonte GR, Friend R. Medical students’ and residents’ gender bias in the diagnosis, treatment, and interpretation of coronary heart disease symptoms. Health Psychol 2006;25:255-66.

25. Sherman PW, Flaxman SM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy in an evolutionary perspective. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S190-7.

26. Goodwin TM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an obstetric syndrome. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S184-9.

27. Koch KL. Gastrointestinal factors in nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S198-203.

28. Golberg D, Szilagyi A, Graves L. Hyperemesis gravidarum and Helicobacter pylori infection: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2007;110:695-703.

29. Black FO. Maternal susceptibility to nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: is the vestibular system involved? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S204-9.

30. Vaknin Z, Halperin R, Schneider D, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum and nonspecific abnormal EEG findings: a preliminary report. J Reprod Med 2006;51:623-7.

31. Matteson S, Roscoe J, Hickok J, Morrow GR. The role of behavioral conditioning in the development of nausea. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S239-43.

32. Zechnich R, Hammer T. Brief psychotherapy for hyperemesis gravidarum. Am Fam Physician 1982;26:179-81.

33. Guclu S, Gol M, Dogan E, Saygili U. Mirtazapine use in resistant hyperemesis gravidarum: report of three cases and review of the literature. Arch Gynecol Obstet 2005;272:298-300.

34. Raphael DB, Ross J, Brizendine L. Treating anxiety during pregnancy: Just how safe are SSRIs? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(2):39-52.

35. Niebyl JR, Goodwin TM. Overview of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy with an emphasis on vitamins and ginger. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S253-5.

36. Roscoe JA, Matteson SE. Acupressure and acustimulation bands for control of nausea: a brief review. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S244-7.

37. Chiossi G, Neri I, Cavazzuti M, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum complicated by Wernicke encephalopathy: background, case report, and review of the literature. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2006;61:255-68.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel O. Sostre, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Deepti Varma, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Samuel S. Sostre, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(07)
Publications
Page Number
31-39
Legacy Keywords
psychogenic morning sickness; nausea and vomiting in pregnancy; hyperemesis gravidarum; Samuel O Sostre MD; Deepti Varma MD; Samuel S. Sostre MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel O. Sostre, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Deepti Varma, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Samuel S. Sostre, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY

Author and Disclosure Information

Samuel O. Sostre, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Deepti Varma, MD
Psychiatry resident, University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey, New Jersey Medical School, Newark

Samuel S. Sostre, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY

Article PDF
Article PDF

Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy (NVP) is a misunderstood disorder associated with stress, anxiety, and depression. Prejudice toward women is thought to have guided the historical psychoanalytic concept of NVP as psychogenic, but this view is being replaced by newer biologic theories.

This article examines the evidence for psychological and organic causes of NVP to inform psychiatrists treating pregnant patients. We review guidelines for pharmacologic treatment of NVP and discuss potentially useful psychotherapies and alternative approaches.

Definitive cause unknown

“Morning sickness” affects 50% to 80% of pregnant women, occurring so commonly that NVP is often considered normal.1,2 Approximately 0.5% to 2% of women experience the most severe NVP—hyperemesis gravidarum (HG)3—characterized by intractable vomiting, weight loss, and electrolyte imbalance that can lead to hospitalization.

Without modern supportive care, HG can be lethal; although Charlotte Brontë’s death certificate states she died of “phthisis” (tuberculosis), the author of Jane Eyre is popularly believed to have succumbed to HG.4,5

The search for effective NVP treatments has been disappointing, partly because no cause has been identified. After other conditions that may lead to nausea and vomiting are ruled out (Table 1), NVP medical management is supportive. Correcting dehydration and encouraging dietary and lifestyle changes (Table 2)6 are important adjuncts to step-wise pharmacologic treatment recommended by the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Algorithm).7

Algorithm Pharmacologic treatment of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy*


Source: Adapted and reprinted with permission from Canadian Family Physician. Levichek Z, Atanackovic G, Oepkes D, et al. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Evidence-based treatment algorithm. Can Fam Physician 2002;48:267-77Table 1

Medical causes of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy

Possible causeHow to rule it out
AppendicitisHistory; do physical, order imaging
HepatitisJaundice; order liver function tests, antibody studies, imaging
PancreatitisHistory of alcohol use, abdominal pain; check amylase and lipase level
Gastrointestinal obstructionHistory of surgeries; order imaging
Peptic ulcer diseaseHistory; order upper GI series/endoscopy
Thyroid diseaseThyroid function tests
Urinary tract infectionUrinalysis, culture-sensitivity
Trophoblastic diseaseCheck hCG,* order ultrasound
* Elevated human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) has shown evidence of an association with NVP20

Table 2

Advice for patients: Strategies to manage NVP

Correct dehydration
Drink small amount of fluids frequently
Dietary changes
Eat frequent, small meals
Avoid high-fat foods
Snack before getting out of bed and before going to sleep
Don’t force yourself to eat
Use candy and salty snacks to combat nausea
Avoid strong odors and scents; try cold foods, which may have less odor than hot foods
Take advantage of good days or good hours of the day for eating
Lifestyle changes
Get out of bed slowly
Lie down when nauseated
Avoid stressful situations
NVP: nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
Source: Reference 6

Prejudice vs evidence

Psychological factors. Historically, psychological factors have been blamed for NVP, but support comes from a few poorly designed studies or case reports.3,4

Psychoanalytically, pregnancy and childbirth are significant events in a woman’s life and a rich environment for conflict that could lead to physical expression of symptoms. Freud believed pregnancy and childbirth involve the unconscious substitution of the penis with the child.8 Later writers viewed motherhood as woman’s most powerful wish and the primary organizer of her sexual drive and personality.8

NVP has been considered a conversion or somatization disorder in which symptoms are a “hysterical” expression of unconscious conflict. A psychoanalytic view contends that women who experience NVP are ambivalent about the pregnancy and seek to reject it.1,9 Vomiting, in this view, represents an oral abortion attempt.10 Others claim NVP is a rejection of femininity3 or that symptoms in women with overly attached maternal relationships mask unconscious aggressive feelings toward their mothers.11

Robertson11 proposed an association between NVP and a woman’s view of sexual experiences and her ability to achieve orgasm. He interviewed 100 women and found that 40 of 57 with NVP had “disturbed sexual functioning” or were “frigid” (defined as experiencing coitus as undesirable and unaccompanied by orgasm).

Higgins12 in 1887 proposed that the cause of NVP “is sexual intercourse, the husband too eager for it and the wife too adverse.” Additionally, NVP and HG have been associated with infantile, childish, immature, and hysterical personalities.12-14

Psychiatric comorbidities. Attempts have been made to associate NVP with other psychiatric disorders such as depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and anxiety disorders, including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). No definitive association has been found between NVP and depressive illness, bipolar disorder, or schizophrenia15 or the use of antidepressants before or during early pregnancy.16 Studies reporting an association with depression have not established a cause-effect relationship.17

Seng18 reported increased NVP risk in women with PTSD. High levels of stress, anxiety, and depression found in women with NVP are thought to result from—rather than cause—NVP’s physical symptoms, however.3,19,20

 

 

Psychosocial stressors have been implicated, with higher NVP rates reported in unmarried women, those with unwanted or unplanned pregnancies, immigrants, and those living in crowded situations.21 NVP also is more frequent among women who experience emotionally disturbing events or interpersonal, economic, or occupational difficulties during pregnancy.22 Physical symptoms may provide secondary gain in attention and sympathy and a time-out from stressful home events.14

These psychosocial theories are poorly supported by data, but some clinicians may still believe NVP has a psychogenic cause. Lennane and Lennane23 proposed in 1973 that this perception may result from gender bias because:

  • most conditions believed to have psychogenic causes affect women more than men
  • the belief that NVP is psychogenic has been perpetuated primarily by male authors.

They argued that sexual prejudice may prevent women from receiving necessary symptomatic treatment and impede research into the cause of NVP.23

Gender bias continues to be found in the diagnosis of women with physical complaints. In 2006, Chiaramonte and Friend24 found strong, consistent gender bias among medical students and residents when evaluating women who reported coronary disease symptoms during stressful life events.

Organic theories

Organic theories view NVP as multifactorial, with contributions from evolution and multiple organ systems. Endocrine, vestibular, gastrointestinal, and CNS contributions have been described, but none have solved NVP’s etiologic mystery.

Evolutionary. NVP may provide an evolutionary advantage by protecting the embryo and mother. This theory states that potential toxins are present in many foods, especially if eaten in large quantities. NVP prevents the pregnant woman from eating very much and harming the embryo. Below-average miscarriage rates are seen in women with NVP.1,2,25

And because a woman’s immune system is depressed during pregnancy, NVP may be advantageous for the mother by limiting her ingestion of potential toxins.25

Endocrine. Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), estrogens, progesterone, and leptin, as well as adrenal cortex insufficiencies have been investigated for a role in NVP. Only hCG has shown clear evidence of an association, and some researchers believe it is the most likely cause of NVP.20

NVP rates are higher in pregnancies with elevated hCG. Molar and multiple-gestation pregnancies—each associated with elevated hCG—are complicated more frequently with the severest form of NVP.20,26 Conversely, NVP is less common in women who smoke, which is associated with lower hCG.26

During pregnancy, actions of hCG stimulate the thyroid. Hyperstimulation, leading to transient hyperthyroidism, has been implicated in NVP development.20,26 Symptom severity and the degree of thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) suppression are closely correlated.26

Elevated hCG levels, hypersensitive TSH receptors, and the presence of a hyperactive hCG isoform have been proposed.20

Gastrointestinal disorders are believed to be involved in the pathogenesis of persistent NVP. Women with NVP usually lack structural or mucosal abnormalities and have normal endoscopic upper GI evaluations. They may, however, have disorders of the stomach’s neuromuscular function. Severe cases of gastric dysrhythmias and abnormalities of gastric tone may lead to gastroparesis.27

Stomach motility in pregnancy is influenced by neurohormonal changes, specifically in estrogen and thyroid hormones. Gastric motility abnormalities—evaluated by electrogastrography (EGG)—have been associated with NVP symptoms and normal EGGs with the absence of symptoms. Some women who had NVP and abnormal EGGs were retested after delivery when symptom-free and found to have normal myoelectric EGG patterns.27

Helicobacter pylori also may be involved in NVP, and at least 1 study found active H pylori infection and HG to be highly correlated. Pregnancy is not believed to predispose to H pylori infection, but active infection compounded by pregnancy’s hormonal changes may exacerbate NVP.28

NVP and motion sickness share many features, suggesting that NVP treatment could be targeted if a vestibular disorder could be discovered.29 Abnormal electroencephalography—particularly generalized slowing—that is not present in asymptomatic pregnant women has been reported in women with NVP.30

CNS contributions. Persistent NVP may be a learned behavior,24 a view based on findings of anticipatory nausea and vomiting in chemotherapy patients. Through conditioning, a pregnant woman may associate her physical symptoms with elements in her life that maintain the cycle of nausea and vomiting.31

Treating psychological symptoms

Brief psychotherapy to identify and correct sources of anxiety in pregnancy may alleviate a patient’s nausea and vomiting.32

  • Progressive muscle relaxation training, often combined with guided imagery, can decrease nausea and vomiting associated with chemotherapy and may prevent anticipatory symptoms by decreasing anxiety.
  • Systematic desensitization is successful in most chemotherapy patients who try it. In this technique, relaxation is counter-conditioned as a response to stimuli known to elicit symptoms.31
 

 

Hypnosis allows patients to achieve a physiologic state incompatible with nausea and vomiting31 and can terminate vomiting after 1 to 3 sessions.3

Medication. Similar to ondansetron, the antidepressant mirtazapine exhibits an antiemetic effect by blocking the 5-HT3 receptor. In treatment-resistant cases, mirtazapine, 30 mg/d, has been reported to ameliorate NVP symptoms, usually within 24 hours. Patients were able to return to normal diets and discontinue treatment after 6 to 10 days. Mirtazapine appears to be safe during pregnancy, based on animal studies using 17 and 20 times the maximum recommended human dose.33

For patients with anxiety symptoms, consider other medications—including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and benzodiazepines—only after counseling the patient about potential risks and benefits to her and the fetus.34

Alternative treatments. In traditional Indian medicine, a mixture of powdered ginger and honey is given to women with NVP. At least 2 studies demonstrate ginger’s efficacy.35

In traditional Chinese medicine, stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist is believed to relieve nausea and vomiting. Although results are inconclusive, studies suggest that P6 stimulation can help control NVP.36 The FDA has approved wristbands that stimulate the P6 site, either electrically or by acupressure (Figure).36

Figure Wristband to manage nausea and vomiting in pregnancy


The FDA-cleared BioBand acupressure wristband may help control nausea and vomiting in pregnancy by stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist.
Source: Reference 36
Consider thiamine supplementation for women with severe symptoms, as Wernicke’s encephalopathy is a rare complication of prolonged NVP.19,37

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Dimenhydrinate • Dramamine
  • Doxylamine • Unisom
  • Methylprednisolone • Medrol
  • Metoclopramide • Reglan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Ondansetron • Zofran
  • Promethazine • Phenergan
  • Trimethobenzamide • Tigan

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy (NVP) is a misunderstood disorder associated with stress, anxiety, and depression. Prejudice toward women is thought to have guided the historical psychoanalytic concept of NVP as psychogenic, but this view is being replaced by newer biologic theories.

This article examines the evidence for psychological and organic causes of NVP to inform psychiatrists treating pregnant patients. We review guidelines for pharmacologic treatment of NVP and discuss potentially useful psychotherapies and alternative approaches.

Definitive cause unknown

“Morning sickness” affects 50% to 80% of pregnant women, occurring so commonly that NVP is often considered normal.1,2 Approximately 0.5% to 2% of women experience the most severe NVP—hyperemesis gravidarum (HG)3—characterized by intractable vomiting, weight loss, and electrolyte imbalance that can lead to hospitalization.

Without modern supportive care, HG can be lethal; although Charlotte Brontë’s death certificate states she died of “phthisis” (tuberculosis), the author of Jane Eyre is popularly believed to have succumbed to HG.4,5

The search for effective NVP treatments has been disappointing, partly because no cause has been identified. After other conditions that may lead to nausea and vomiting are ruled out (Table 1), NVP medical management is supportive. Correcting dehydration and encouraging dietary and lifestyle changes (Table 2)6 are important adjuncts to step-wise pharmacologic treatment recommended by the American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology (Algorithm).7

Algorithm Pharmacologic treatment of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy*


Source: Adapted and reprinted with permission from Canadian Family Physician. Levichek Z, Atanackovic G, Oepkes D, et al. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Evidence-based treatment algorithm. Can Fam Physician 2002;48:267-77Table 1

Medical causes of nausea and vomiting in pregnancy

Possible causeHow to rule it out
AppendicitisHistory; do physical, order imaging
HepatitisJaundice; order liver function tests, antibody studies, imaging
PancreatitisHistory of alcohol use, abdominal pain; check amylase and lipase level
Gastrointestinal obstructionHistory of surgeries; order imaging
Peptic ulcer diseaseHistory; order upper GI series/endoscopy
Thyroid diseaseThyroid function tests
Urinary tract infectionUrinalysis, culture-sensitivity
Trophoblastic diseaseCheck hCG,* order ultrasound
* Elevated human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) has shown evidence of an association with NVP20

Table 2

Advice for patients: Strategies to manage NVP

Correct dehydration
Drink small amount of fluids frequently
Dietary changes
Eat frequent, small meals
Avoid high-fat foods
Snack before getting out of bed and before going to sleep
Don’t force yourself to eat
Use candy and salty snacks to combat nausea
Avoid strong odors and scents; try cold foods, which may have less odor than hot foods
Take advantage of good days or good hours of the day for eating
Lifestyle changes
Get out of bed slowly
Lie down when nauseated
Avoid stressful situations
NVP: nausea and vomiting in pregnancy
Source: Reference 6

Prejudice vs evidence

Psychological factors. Historically, psychological factors have been blamed for NVP, but support comes from a few poorly designed studies or case reports.3,4

Psychoanalytically, pregnancy and childbirth are significant events in a woman’s life and a rich environment for conflict that could lead to physical expression of symptoms. Freud believed pregnancy and childbirth involve the unconscious substitution of the penis with the child.8 Later writers viewed motherhood as woman’s most powerful wish and the primary organizer of her sexual drive and personality.8

NVP has been considered a conversion or somatization disorder in which symptoms are a “hysterical” expression of unconscious conflict. A psychoanalytic view contends that women who experience NVP are ambivalent about the pregnancy and seek to reject it.1,9 Vomiting, in this view, represents an oral abortion attempt.10 Others claim NVP is a rejection of femininity3 or that symptoms in women with overly attached maternal relationships mask unconscious aggressive feelings toward their mothers.11

Robertson11 proposed an association between NVP and a woman’s view of sexual experiences and her ability to achieve orgasm. He interviewed 100 women and found that 40 of 57 with NVP had “disturbed sexual functioning” or were “frigid” (defined as experiencing coitus as undesirable and unaccompanied by orgasm).

Higgins12 in 1887 proposed that the cause of NVP “is sexual intercourse, the husband too eager for it and the wife too adverse.” Additionally, NVP and HG have been associated with infantile, childish, immature, and hysterical personalities.12-14

Psychiatric comorbidities. Attempts have been made to associate NVP with other psychiatric disorders such as depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia, and anxiety disorders, including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). No definitive association has been found between NVP and depressive illness, bipolar disorder, or schizophrenia15 or the use of antidepressants before or during early pregnancy.16 Studies reporting an association with depression have not established a cause-effect relationship.17

Seng18 reported increased NVP risk in women with PTSD. High levels of stress, anxiety, and depression found in women with NVP are thought to result from—rather than cause—NVP’s physical symptoms, however.3,19,20

 

 

Psychosocial stressors have been implicated, with higher NVP rates reported in unmarried women, those with unwanted or unplanned pregnancies, immigrants, and those living in crowded situations.21 NVP also is more frequent among women who experience emotionally disturbing events or interpersonal, economic, or occupational difficulties during pregnancy.22 Physical symptoms may provide secondary gain in attention and sympathy and a time-out from stressful home events.14

These psychosocial theories are poorly supported by data, but some clinicians may still believe NVP has a psychogenic cause. Lennane and Lennane23 proposed in 1973 that this perception may result from gender bias because:

  • most conditions believed to have psychogenic causes affect women more than men
  • the belief that NVP is psychogenic has been perpetuated primarily by male authors.

They argued that sexual prejudice may prevent women from receiving necessary symptomatic treatment and impede research into the cause of NVP.23

Gender bias continues to be found in the diagnosis of women with physical complaints. In 2006, Chiaramonte and Friend24 found strong, consistent gender bias among medical students and residents when evaluating women who reported coronary disease symptoms during stressful life events.

Organic theories

Organic theories view NVP as multifactorial, with contributions from evolution and multiple organ systems. Endocrine, vestibular, gastrointestinal, and CNS contributions have been described, but none have solved NVP’s etiologic mystery.

Evolutionary. NVP may provide an evolutionary advantage by protecting the embryo and mother. This theory states that potential toxins are present in many foods, especially if eaten in large quantities. NVP prevents the pregnant woman from eating very much and harming the embryo. Below-average miscarriage rates are seen in women with NVP.1,2,25

And because a woman’s immune system is depressed during pregnancy, NVP may be advantageous for the mother by limiting her ingestion of potential toxins.25

Endocrine. Human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), estrogens, progesterone, and leptin, as well as adrenal cortex insufficiencies have been investigated for a role in NVP. Only hCG has shown clear evidence of an association, and some researchers believe it is the most likely cause of NVP.20

NVP rates are higher in pregnancies with elevated hCG. Molar and multiple-gestation pregnancies—each associated with elevated hCG—are complicated more frequently with the severest form of NVP.20,26 Conversely, NVP is less common in women who smoke, which is associated with lower hCG.26

During pregnancy, actions of hCG stimulate the thyroid. Hyperstimulation, leading to transient hyperthyroidism, has been implicated in NVP development.20,26 Symptom severity and the degree of thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) suppression are closely correlated.26

Elevated hCG levels, hypersensitive TSH receptors, and the presence of a hyperactive hCG isoform have been proposed.20

Gastrointestinal disorders are believed to be involved in the pathogenesis of persistent NVP. Women with NVP usually lack structural or mucosal abnormalities and have normal endoscopic upper GI evaluations. They may, however, have disorders of the stomach’s neuromuscular function. Severe cases of gastric dysrhythmias and abnormalities of gastric tone may lead to gastroparesis.27

Stomach motility in pregnancy is influenced by neurohormonal changes, specifically in estrogen and thyroid hormones. Gastric motility abnormalities—evaluated by electrogastrography (EGG)—have been associated with NVP symptoms and normal EGGs with the absence of symptoms. Some women who had NVP and abnormal EGGs were retested after delivery when symptom-free and found to have normal myoelectric EGG patterns.27

Helicobacter pylori also may be involved in NVP, and at least 1 study found active H pylori infection and HG to be highly correlated. Pregnancy is not believed to predispose to H pylori infection, but active infection compounded by pregnancy’s hormonal changes may exacerbate NVP.28

NVP and motion sickness share many features, suggesting that NVP treatment could be targeted if a vestibular disorder could be discovered.29 Abnormal electroencephalography—particularly generalized slowing—that is not present in asymptomatic pregnant women has been reported in women with NVP.30

CNS contributions. Persistent NVP may be a learned behavior,24 a view based on findings of anticipatory nausea and vomiting in chemotherapy patients. Through conditioning, a pregnant woman may associate her physical symptoms with elements in her life that maintain the cycle of nausea and vomiting.31

Treating psychological symptoms

Brief psychotherapy to identify and correct sources of anxiety in pregnancy may alleviate a patient’s nausea and vomiting.32

  • Progressive muscle relaxation training, often combined with guided imagery, can decrease nausea and vomiting associated with chemotherapy and may prevent anticipatory symptoms by decreasing anxiety.
  • Systematic desensitization is successful in most chemotherapy patients who try it. In this technique, relaxation is counter-conditioned as a response to stimuli known to elicit symptoms.31
 

 

Hypnosis allows patients to achieve a physiologic state incompatible with nausea and vomiting31 and can terminate vomiting after 1 to 3 sessions.3

Medication. Similar to ondansetron, the antidepressant mirtazapine exhibits an antiemetic effect by blocking the 5-HT3 receptor. In treatment-resistant cases, mirtazapine, 30 mg/d, has been reported to ameliorate NVP symptoms, usually within 24 hours. Patients were able to return to normal diets and discontinue treatment after 6 to 10 days. Mirtazapine appears to be safe during pregnancy, based on animal studies using 17 and 20 times the maximum recommended human dose.33

For patients with anxiety symptoms, consider other medications—including selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and benzodiazepines—only after counseling the patient about potential risks and benefits to her and the fetus.34

Alternative treatments. In traditional Indian medicine, a mixture of powdered ginger and honey is given to women with NVP. At least 2 studies demonstrate ginger’s efficacy.35

In traditional Chinese medicine, stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist is believed to relieve nausea and vomiting. Although results are inconclusive, studies suggest that P6 stimulation can help control NVP.36 The FDA has approved wristbands that stimulate the P6 site, either electrically or by acupressure (Figure).36

Figure Wristband to manage nausea and vomiting in pregnancy


The FDA-cleared BioBand acupressure wristband may help control nausea and vomiting in pregnancy by stimulating the Neiguan point (P6) on the wrist.
Source: Reference 36
Consider thiamine supplementation for women with severe symptoms, as Wernicke’s encephalopathy is a rare complication of prolonged NVP.19,37

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Dimenhydrinate • Dramamine
  • Doxylamine • Unisom
  • Methylprednisolone • Medrol
  • Metoclopramide • Reglan
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Ondansetron • Zofran
  • Promethazine • Phenergan
  • Trimethobenzamide • Tigan

Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. el-Mallakh RS, Liebowitz NR, Hale MS. Hyperemesis gravidarum as conversion disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis 1990;178:655-9.

2. Davis M. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an evidence-based review. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2004;18:312-28.

3. Buckwalter JG, Simpson SW. Psychological factors in the etiology and treatment of severe nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S210-4.

4. Bogen JT. Neurosis: a Ms-diagnosis. Perspect Biol Med 1994;37(2):263-74.

5. Weiss G. The death of Charlotte Brontë. Obstet Gynecol 1991;78(4):705-8.

6. Lester EP, Notman MT. Pregnancy, developmental crisis and object relations: psychoanalytic considerations. Int J Psychoanal 1986;67(pt 3):357-66.

7. Sheehan P. Hyperemesis gravidarum—assessment and management. Aust Fam Physician 2007;36:698-701.

8. American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin: nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2004;103:803-14.

9. Iancu I, Kotler M, Spivak B, et al. Psychiatric aspects of hyperemesis gravidarum. Psychother Psychosom 1994;61:143-9.

10. Munch S. Chicken or the egg? The biological-psychological controversy surrounding hyperemesis gravidarum. Soc Sci Med 2002;55:1267-78.

11. Robertson GG. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: a study in psychosomatic and social medicine. Lancet 1946;336-45.

12. Fairweather DV. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1968;102:135-75.

13. Katon WJ, Ries RK, Bokan JA, Kleinman A. Hyperemesis gravidarum: a biopsychosocial perspective. Int J Psychiatry Med 1980;10:151-62.

14. Simpson SW, Goodwin TM, Robins SB, et al. Psychological factors and hyperemesis gravidarum. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2001;10:471-7.

15. Majerus PW, Guze SB, Delong WB, Robins E. Psychologic factors and psychiatric disease in hyperemesis gravidarum: a follow-up study of 69 vomiters and 66 controls. Am J Psychiatry 1960;117:421-8.

16. Bozzo P, Koren G, Nava-Ocampo AA, Einarson A. The incidence of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy (NVP): a comparison between depressed women treated with antidepressants and non-depressed women. Clin Invest Med 2006;29(6):347-50.

17. Markl GE, Strunz-Lehner C, Egen-Lappe V, et al. The association of psychosocial factors with nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol 2007;1-6.

18. Seng JS, Oakley DJ, Sampselle CM, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and pregnancy complications. Obstet Gynecol 2001;97(1):17-22.

19. Ismail SK, Kenny L. Review on hyperemesis gravidarum. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol 2007;21:755-69.

20. Verberg MF, Gillott DJ, Al-Fardan N, Grudzinskas JG. Hyperemesis gravidarum, a literature review. Hum Reprod Update 2005;11:527-39.

21. Deuchar N. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy: a review of the problem with particular regard to psychological and social aspects. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1995;102(1):6-8.

22. Iatrakis GM, Sakellaropoulos GG, Kourkoubas AH, Kabounia SE. Vomiting and nausea in the first 12 weeks of pregnancy. Psychother Psychosom 1988;49(1):22-4.

23. Lennane KJ, Lennane RJ. Alleged psychogenic disorders in women—a possible manifestation of sexual prejudice. N Engl J Med 1973;288(6):288-92.

24. Chiaramonte GR, Friend R. Medical students’ and residents’ gender bias in the diagnosis, treatment, and interpretation of coronary heart disease symptoms. Health Psychol 2006;25:255-66.

25. Sherman PW, Flaxman SM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy in an evolutionary perspective. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S190-7.

26. Goodwin TM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an obstetric syndrome. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S184-9.

27. Koch KL. Gastrointestinal factors in nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S198-203.

28. Golberg D, Szilagyi A, Graves L. Hyperemesis gravidarum and Helicobacter pylori infection: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2007;110:695-703.

29. Black FO. Maternal susceptibility to nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: is the vestibular system involved? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S204-9.

30. Vaknin Z, Halperin R, Schneider D, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum and nonspecific abnormal EEG findings: a preliminary report. J Reprod Med 2006;51:623-7.

31. Matteson S, Roscoe J, Hickok J, Morrow GR. The role of behavioral conditioning in the development of nausea. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S239-43.

32. Zechnich R, Hammer T. Brief psychotherapy for hyperemesis gravidarum. Am Fam Physician 1982;26:179-81.

33. Guclu S, Gol M, Dogan E, Saygili U. Mirtazapine use in resistant hyperemesis gravidarum: report of three cases and review of the literature. Arch Gynecol Obstet 2005;272:298-300.

34. Raphael DB, Ross J, Brizendine L. Treating anxiety during pregnancy: Just how safe are SSRIs? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(2):39-52.

35. Niebyl JR, Goodwin TM. Overview of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy with an emphasis on vitamins and ginger. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S253-5.

36. Roscoe JA, Matteson SE. Acupressure and acustimulation bands for control of nausea: a brief review. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S244-7.

37. Chiossi G, Neri I, Cavazzuti M, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum complicated by Wernicke encephalopathy: background, case report, and review of the literature. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2006;61:255-68.

References

1. el-Mallakh RS, Liebowitz NR, Hale MS. Hyperemesis gravidarum as conversion disorder. J Nerv Ment Dis 1990;178:655-9.

2. Davis M. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an evidence-based review. J Perinat Neonatal Nurs 2004;18:312-28.

3. Buckwalter JG, Simpson SW. Psychological factors in the etiology and treatment of severe nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S210-4.

4. Bogen JT. Neurosis: a Ms-diagnosis. Perspect Biol Med 1994;37(2):263-74.

5. Weiss G. The death of Charlotte Brontë. Obstet Gynecol 1991;78(4):705-8.

6. Lester EP, Notman MT. Pregnancy, developmental crisis and object relations: psychoanalytic considerations. Int J Psychoanal 1986;67(pt 3):357-66.

7. Sheehan P. Hyperemesis gravidarum—assessment and management. Aust Fam Physician 2007;36:698-701.

8. American College of Obstetrics and Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin: nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 2004;103:803-14.

9. Iancu I, Kotler M, Spivak B, et al. Psychiatric aspects of hyperemesis gravidarum. Psychother Psychosom 1994;61:143-9.

10. Munch S. Chicken or the egg? The biological-psychological controversy surrounding hyperemesis gravidarum. Soc Sci Med 2002;55:1267-78.

11. Robertson GG. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: a study in psychosomatic and social medicine. Lancet 1946;336-45.

12. Fairweather DV. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1968;102:135-75.

13. Katon WJ, Ries RK, Bokan JA, Kleinman A. Hyperemesis gravidarum: a biopsychosocial perspective. Int J Psychiatry Med 1980;10:151-62.

14. Simpson SW, Goodwin TM, Robins SB, et al. Psychological factors and hyperemesis gravidarum. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2001;10:471-7.

15. Majerus PW, Guze SB, Delong WB, Robins E. Psychologic factors and psychiatric disease in hyperemesis gravidarum: a follow-up study of 69 vomiters and 66 controls. Am J Psychiatry 1960;117:421-8.

16. Bozzo P, Koren G, Nava-Ocampo AA, Einarson A. The incidence of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy (NVP): a comparison between depressed women treated with antidepressants and non-depressed women. Clin Invest Med 2006;29(6):347-50.

17. Markl GE, Strunz-Lehner C, Egen-Lappe V, et al. The association of psychosocial factors with nausea and vomiting during pregnancy. J Psychosom Obstet Gynaecol 2007;1-6.

18. Seng JS, Oakley DJ, Sampselle CM, et al. Posttraumatic stress disorder and pregnancy complications. Obstet Gynecol 2001;97(1):17-22.

19. Ismail SK, Kenny L. Review on hyperemesis gravidarum. Best Pract Res Clin Gastroenterol 2007;21:755-69.

20. Verberg MF, Gillott DJ, Al-Fardan N, Grudzinskas JG. Hyperemesis gravidarum, a literature review. Hum Reprod Update 2005;11:527-39.

21. Deuchar N. Nausea and vomiting in pregnancy: a review of the problem with particular regard to psychological and social aspects. Br J Obstet Gynaecol 1995;102(1):6-8.

22. Iatrakis GM, Sakellaropoulos GG, Kourkoubas AH, Kabounia SE. Vomiting and nausea in the first 12 weeks of pregnancy. Psychother Psychosom 1988;49(1):22-4.

23. Lennane KJ, Lennane RJ. Alleged psychogenic disorders in women—a possible manifestation of sexual prejudice. N Engl J Med 1973;288(6):288-92.

24. Chiaramonte GR, Friend R. Medical students’ and residents’ gender bias in the diagnosis, treatment, and interpretation of coronary heart disease symptoms. Health Psychol 2006;25:255-66.

25. Sherman PW, Flaxman SM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy in an evolutionary perspective. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S190-7.

26. Goodwin TM. Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: an obstetric syndrome. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S184-9.

27. Koch KL. Gastrointestinal factors in nausea and vomiting of pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S198-203.

28. Golberg D, Szilagyi A, Graves L. Hyperemesis gravidarum and Helicobacter pylori infection: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2007;110:695-703.

29. Black FO. Maternal susceptibility to nausea and vomiting of pregnancy: is the vestibular system involved? Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S204-9.

30. Vaknin Z, Halperin R, Schneider D, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum and nonspecific abnormal EEG findings: a preliminary report. J Reprod Med 2006;51:623-7.

31. Matteson S, Roscoe J, Hickok J, Morrow GR. The role of behavioral conditioning in the development of nausea. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S239-43.

32. Zechnich R, Hammer T. Brief psychotherapy for hyperemesis gravidarum. Am Fam Physician 1982;26:179-81.

33. Guclu S, Gol M, Dogan E, Saygili U. Mirtazapine use in resistant hyperemesis gravidarum: report of three cases and review of the literature. Arch Gynecol Obstet 2005;272:298-300.

34. Raphael DB, Ross J, Brizendine L. Treating anxiety during pregnancy: Just how safe are SSRIs? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(2):39-52.

35. Niebyl JR, Goodwin TM. Overview of nausea and vomiting of pregnancy with an emphasis on vitamins and ginger. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S253-5.

36. Roscoe JA, Matteson SE. Acupressure and acustimulation bands for control of nausea: a brief review. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002;186(5 suppl):S244-7.

37. Chiossi G, Neri I, Cavazzuti M, et al. Hyperemesis gravidarum complicated by Wernicke encephalopathy: background, case report, and review of the literature. Obstet Gynecol Surv 2006;61:255-68.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(07)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(07)
Page Number
31-39
Page Number
31-39
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
‘Morning sickness’ in pregnancy loses psychogenic stigma
Display Headline
‘Morning sickness’ in pregnancy loses psychogenic stigma
Legacy Keywords
psychogenic morning sickness; nausea and vomiting in pregnancy; hyperemesis gravidarum; Samuel O Sostre MD; Deepti Varma MD; Samuel S. Sostre MD
Legacy Keywords
psychogenic morning sickness; nausea and vomiting in pregnancy; hyperemesis gravidarum; Samuel O Sostre MD; Deepti Varma MD; Samuel S. Sostre MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Double jeopardy: How to treat kids with comorbid anxiety and ADHD

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Double jeopardy: How to treat kids with comorbid anxiety and ADHD

Aaron, age 10, has been diagnosed with an anxiety disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) but is not being treated with medication because his parents do not believe in psychopharmacology. They bring him to a specialized child anxiety clinic and ask for “urgent CBT” because his behavior at school is out of control.

Aaron rearranges the therapist’s office furniture during much of the assessment interview. He also acknowledges many anxiety symptoms. The therapist doubts that cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) would help without other interventions.

Children with anxiety disorders and ADHD—a common comorbid presentation—tend to be more impaired than those with either condition alone.1 Effective treatment usually requires 4 components (Table 1), including medication plus behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. This article discusses clinical issues related to each component and describes how to successfully combine them into a treatment plan.

Table 1

Comorbid ADHD and anxiety: 4 treatment components

Successful treatment usually involves combining 4 components:
  • medication trial of a stimulant or atomoxetine
  • psychological intervention with behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy
  • family psychoeducation, with particular attention to possible anxious or inattentive traits in parents that may affect treatment
  • treating the whole child by collaborating with school personnel
Make individual adjustments as needed, depending on the child’s symptom profile, social context, and developmental level
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Medication options

Stimulants, atomoxetine, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been advocated for children with anxiety and ADHD. Given the high risk of behavioral disinhibition with SSRIs in children,2 stimulants or atomoxetine are suggested as first-line medications.3,4

Stimulants target ADHD symptoms primarily, but anxiety decreases in some children (24% in a recent trial) as ADHD symptoms are controlled.4 Because it is a selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), atomoxetine may target both ADHD and anxiety symptoms. When initiating these medications, “start low and go slow.” Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for those with ADHD alone (Table 2).5

Stimulant response rates for children with ADHD and anxiety vary among studies. Some report lower response rates than for children with ADHD alone and possibly more treatment-emergent side effects.6 The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA) found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes (Box 1).7,8 Adding intensive psychosocial intervention to stimulant treatment appeared to yield greater improvements in anxious children with ADHD, compared with stimulants alone.8

Cognitive impairments related to inattention do not consistently improve with stimulant treatment.9 This is clinically important because children with ADHD and comorbid anxiety disorders can be very cognitively impaired.10

Add an SSRI? Monotherapy is simpler and usually more acceptable to families, but a placebo-controlled study examined adding an SSRI (fluvoxamine) to methylphenidate treatment.4 Children with anxiety and ADHD who received adjunctive fluvoxamine did no better than those who received methylphenidate plus placebo.

Atomoxetine. A large, randomized, controlled trial of atomoxetine in this population found good tolerability and statistically significant reductions in ADHD and anxiety symptoms compared with placebo. Effect size was greater for ADHD symptoms than for anxiety symptoms,11 however, which supports smaller trials that show more consistent evidence of atomoxetine reducing ADHD symptoms than anxiety symptoms.

Similar to antidepressants with the SNRI chemical structure, atomoxetine’s effectiveness for a given child takes several weeks to determine. This can be a problem in children who are highly distressed or impaired and require rapid symptomatic improvement.

Recommendation. Consider a stimulant or atomoxetine initially for children with anxiety disorders and ADHD, and seek concurrent behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Caution families that:

  • >1 medication trial might be needed, as response may not be as consistent as in children with ADHD alone
  • medication-related improvements in ADHD symptoms will not necessarily be associated with reduced anxiety symptoms or improved academic ability
  • improvements with atomoxetine might not be evident for several weeks.

Table 2

Medication dosing for children with ADHD*

MedicationRecommended starting dosageRecommended maximum dosage5 most common side effects in descending prevalence
Stimulants
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Ritalin)5 mg tidTotal 60 mg/dInsomnia, nervousness, decreased appetite, dizziness, nausea
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Concerta)18 mg every morning54 mg every morningHeadache, abdominal pain, decreased appetite, vomiting, insomnia
Dextroamphetamine sulfate (Dexedrine)5 mg every morningTotal 40 mg/dPalpitations, restlessness, dizziness, dry mouth, decreased appetite
Mixed amphetamine salts (Adderall)10 mg every morning30 mg every morningDecreased appetite, insomnia, abdominal pain, emotional lability, vomiting
Nonstimulant
Atomoxetine (Strattera)0.5 mg/kg/d1.2 mg/kg/dDecreased appetite, dizziness, stomach upset, fatigue, irritability
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
* Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for children with only ADHD
Source: Reference 5
 

 

Psychological intervention

CBT has been shown effective for child-hood anxiety disorders in randomized controlled trials,12 but even those that included children with comorbid ADHD required that an anxiety disorder be the primary, most impairing diagnosis.13 Thus, little is known about CBT’s effectiveness for children with anxiety plus ADHD. Given the evidence for cognitive deficits in comorbid anxiety and ADHD10 and the challenge of working with highly distractible children, one would expect CBT to be more difficult in this population.

The potential for distraction to adversely affect learning of coping strategies is higher in group than in individual therapy, and children with anxiety and ADHD can be disruptive to other children in CBT groups. Consider individual CBT, and seek a therapist who has experience with this population. Having the child on medication for ADHD symptoms usually helps reduce these symptoms’ impact on sessions.

For children younger than about age 8 or too cognitively impaired to benefit from CBT, behavioral intervention alone may be helpful. The largely behavioral psychosocial intervention in the MTA study of ADHD children age 7 to 9 (Box 2)8,14 helped many of those with comorbid anxiety.

Although programs as intense as that used in the MTA study rarely are provided in community practice, consider behavior modification. For example:

  • To reduce anxiety, have the child follow regular, predictable routines, and reward the child for gradually facing previously avoided situations.
  • To reduce distractibility in class, have the child sit near the teacher, break work into small chunks, and reward completion of each chunk.

Even small improvements in the child’s home or school behavior may reduce negative interactions with others and the attendant effects on self-esteem.

CASE CONTINUED: Weighing the options

The therapist seeing Aaron’s family listens to their concerns about medication and reassures them that their son will not be denied psychotherapy. She tells them, however, that psychotherapy will not address his urgent school problems and is unlikely to work in the absence of medication, given Aaron’s behavior in the office. The therapist provides accurate information about the risks and benefits of medication and CBT, and the parents agree to think about all treatment options.

By the next office visit, the school has threatened to suspend Aaron. He and his parents agree to combined treatment with a stimulant medication and CBT and to having the therapist provide a behavioral consultation at the school.

Box 1

Medication + psychosocial treatment
shows best outcomes for ADHD with anxiety

The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD—the largest study to date—found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes.

In the parallel group design study, 579 ADHD children age 7 to 9 were enrolled at 6 treatment sites, thoroughly assessed, then randomly assigned to 4 groups: medication treatment alone, intensive psychosocial treatment alone, a combination of both treatments, or usual community care. The first 3 interventions were designed to reflect best practices for each approach, and these children were closely monitored and studied for 14 months. All 4 groups were reassessed periodically for 24 months, evaluating multiple outcomes.

For the total sample, combined and medication treatment were more effective than psychosocial treatment and community care. For ADHD children with comorbid anxiety disorders:

  • combined treatment was more effective than either medication treatment alone or psychosocial treatment alone
  • both monotherapies were superior to community care.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Family psychoeducation

With families of children with behavioral challenges, adopt a patient, educational approach rather than acquiescing to their wishes or arguing with them. Either can result in treatment failure. Discuss potential benefits and risks of all treatment options and the impact of comorbidity on treatment.

Parents’ rigid insistence on a particular course of action—such as refusing psychopharmacology—may be caused by anxiety or misinformation. Elicit the source of any anxiety, and provide realistic information and reassurance if possible.

Anxiety in family members may be constitutional—as anxiety is highly heritable15—or relate to aspects of treatment. Families may feel overwhelmed by:

  • their child having 2 disorders rather than 1
  • your suggestion to start medical and nonmedical intervention together
  • hearing about the possibility of multiple medication trials.

Negotiating medication. Discuss with the family the difficulties of a child learning CBT strategies when ADHD is not well-controlled and the cognitive difficulties in many of these children that may necessitate individualized CBT. If the family remains reluctant to consider combining medication with CBT, try contracting for a limited number of CBT sessions (perhaps 3 or 4) before re-evaluating the need for medication.

 

 

The child’s perceptions (and potential anxieties) about his or her difficulties also must be understood, validated, and addressed. Children are more likely to engage in a treatment if they participate in the decision to adopt it.

Anxiety can heighten vigilance in the child or the parents to treatment-emergent side effects, which you may exacerbate by providing exhaustive lists of potential ad-verse events. Limit discussion to serious side effects—with emphasis on their rarity—and those that are common.

ADHD traits in families can affect treatment success. Because of their own distractibility and organizational difficulties, parents with ADHD traits may have difficulty ensuring the child’s medication adherence and treatment participation.16

Behavior modification can require a high degree of consistency in parents’ behavior toward the child. This may be difficult to achieve in families where:

  • 1 or both parents are inattentive because of ADHD
  • a high degree of conflict exists between parents.

To help these families, provide reminder calls about appointments and schedule sessions at a consistent time. To improve consistency of medication use:

  • combine medication administration with an essential daily activity
  • check adherence with pill counts or other means.

If the child participates in CBT, provide separate notebooks for in-session and homework exercises—anticipating some loss of homework notebooks.

Individualizing care

Individualized care is important to return each child to his or her best possible level of functioning. The child’s symptom profile, environment, and developmental level can affect treatment.

For example, in a child whose ADHD-related impairment is substantial but whose anxiety-related impairment is mild, pharmacotherapy for ADHD and some pa-rental guidance may be adequate to manage remaining anxiety symptoms.17 As mentioned, some children show decreased anxiety as their ADHD is better controlled.4 Conversely, if ADHD-related impairment is mild but the child is highly anxious, consider CBT alone—preferably on an individual basis—provided the child can manage the cognitive aspects of therapy.

School personnel can monitor change in relation to various interventions, as many of these children’s symptoms manifest in the classroom. Behavioral interventions are more likely to succeed if they are administered consistently across home and school environments8 and teachers participate in behavior modification.

To elicit cooperation from school personnel, listen to their concerns and observations and help them understand the child’s difficulties and the rationale for various treatments. This approach often reduces negative feedback toward the child, a benefit that may further improve outcomes.

Attention to peer relationships and social stressors is often needed. Because of their multiple difficulties, these children may lack social skills and be shunned by their peers.1 You may need to help them develop social skills and reconnect with their peers after symptoms are well-controlled.

Poverty or lack of social support can affect treatment. Children with ADHD and anxiety usually need multiple interventions, and it is difficult for families to at-tend to these consistently when struggling with social stressors.

Box 2

Behavioral interventions used in the MTA study

The 14-month intensive behavioral intervention used in the National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study (MTA) of 579 children age 7 to 9 with ADHD included:

  • weekly parent training initially, decreasing to monthly by the end
  • biweekly teacher consultations in behavior management
  • 8-week full-day therapeutic summer program for children, focusing on behavioral and cognitive behavioral intervention
  • 12-week half-time behaviorally trained paraprofessional aide in the classroom to generalize gains from summer program
  • parent coaching on collaborating with teacher long-term so therapeutic consultation could be faded.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Adolescent adjustments. ADHD and anxiety often are diagnosed in the early school years, so anticipate developmental effects on treatment as the child enters adolescence. Adolescents value autonomy and may need to be more involved in treatment decisions than younger children.

Ask about and address family disagreements about treatment options, which may reduce adherence. You may need to talk about peer pressure to “not take drugs” by clearly differentiating the reasons some people take street drugs and the reasons for taking prescribed medication. Also discuss in a frank, nonjudgmental manner the risks of experimenting with street drugs (especially with prescribed medication) or of “sharing” one’s medications with friends.

Increased cognitive sophistication in adolescence may increase the potential benefit of CBT, so explore this option with the teen, especially if it was not attempted in the past.

Related resources

  • American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. “ADHD—a guide for families,” under the Resources for Families tab. www.aacap.org.
  • Watkins C. Stimulant medication and ADHD. www.ncpamd.com/Stimulants.htm.
  • Manassis K. Keys to parenting your anxious child. 2nd ed. Hauppauge, NY: Barron’s Educational Series, Inc.; 2008.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Atomoxetine • Strattera
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Mixed amphetamine salts • Adderall

Disclosures

Dr. Manassis reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Bowen R, Chavira DA, Bailey K, et al. Nature of anxiety comorbid with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children from a pediatric primary care setting. Psychiatry Res 2008;157:201-9.

2. Walkup JT, Labellarte MJ, Riddle MA, et al. Searching for moderators and mediators of pharmacological treatment in children and adolescents with anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2003;42:13-21.

3. Wiesegger G, Kienbacher C, Pellegrini E, et al. Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and comorbid disorders. Neuropsychiatr 2007;21:187-206.

4. Abikoff H, McGough J, Vitiello B, et al. Sequential pharmacotherapy for children with comorbid attention-deficit/hyperactivity and anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2005;44:418-27.

5. Compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties. Ottawa, Canada: Canadian Pharmacists Association; 2008.

6. Goez H, Back-Bennet O, Zelnik N. Differential stimulant response on attention in children with comorbid anxiety and oppositional defiant disorder. J Child Neurol 2007;22:538-42.

7. Wells KC, Pelham WE, Kotkin RA, et al. Psychosocial treatment strategies in the MTA study: rationale, methods, and critical issues in design and implementation. J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:483-505.

8. March JS, Swanson JM, Arnold EL, et al. Anxiety as a predictor and outcome variable in the Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA). J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:527-41.

9. Tannock R, Ickowicz A, Schachar R. Differential effects of methylphenidate on working memory in ADHD children with and without anxiety. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1995;34:886-96.

10. Manassis K, Tannock R, Young A, Francis-John S. Cognition in anxious children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a comparison with clinical and normal children. Behav Brain Funct 2007;3-4.

11. Geller D, Donnelly C, Lopez F, et al. Atomoxetine treatment for pediatric patients with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with comorbid anxiety disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2007;46:1119-27.

12. Compton SN, March JS, Brent D, et al. Cognitive behavioural psychotherapy for anxiety and depressive disorders in children and adolescents: an evidence-based medicine review. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2004;43:930-59.

13. Manassis K, Mendlowitz SL, Scapillato D, et al. Group and individual cognitive-behavioral therapy for childhood anxiety disorders: a randomized trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2002;41:1423-30.

14. Arnold LE, Abikoff HB, Cantwell DP, et al. National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (the MTA). Design challenges and choices. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1997;54:865-70.

15. Kagan J, Reznick JS, Snidman N. Biological basis of childhood shyness. Science 1990;240:167-71.

16. Van Cleave J, Leslie LK. Approaching ADHD as a chronic condition: implications for long-term adherence. Pediatr Ann 2008;37:19-26.

17. Manassis K, Monga S. therapeutic approach to children and adolescents with anxiety disorders and associated comorbid conditions. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2001;40:115-7.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Katharina Manassis, MD, FRCP(C)
Associate professor, department of psychiatry, University of Toronto Ontario, Canada

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
77-88
Legacy Keywords
Children with anxiety and ADHD; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; atomoxetine; ADHD stimulants; SSRIs; family psychoeducation; Katharina Manassis MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Katharina Manassis, MD, FRCP(C)
Associate professor, department of psychiatry, University of Toronto Ontario, Canada

Author and Disclosure Information

Katharina Manassis, MD, FRCP(C)
Associate professor, department of psychiatry, University of Toronto Ontario, Canada

Article PDF
Article PDF

Aaron, age 10, has been diagnosed with an anxiety disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) but is not being treated with medication because his parents do not believe in psychopharmacology. They bring him to a specialized child anxiety clinic and ask for “urgent CBT” because his behavior at school is out of control.

Aaron rearranges the therapist’s office furniture during much of the assessment interview. He also acknowledges many anxiety symptoms. The therapist doubts that cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) would help without other interventions.

Children with anxiety disorders and ADHD—a common comorbid presentation—tend to be more impaired than those with either condition alone.1 Effective treatment usually requires 4 components (Table 1), including medication plus behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. This article discusses clinical issues related to each component and describes how to successfully combine them into a treatment plan.

Table 1

Comorbid ADHD and anxiety: 4 treatment components

Successful treatment usually involves combining 4 components:
  • medication trial of a stimulant or atomoxetine
  • psychological intervention with behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy
  • family psychoeducation, with particular attention to possible anxious or inattentive traits in parents that may affect treatment
  • treating the whole child by collaborating with school personnel
Make individual adjustments as needed, depending on the child’s symptom profile, social context, and developmental level
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Medication options

Stimulants, atomoxetine, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been advocated for children with anxiety and ADHD. Given the high risk of behavioral disinhibition with SSRIs in children,2 stimulants or atomoxetine are suggested as first-line medications.3,4

Stimulants target ADHD symptoms primarily, but anxiety decreases in some children (24% in a recent trial) as ADHD symptoms are controlled.4 Because it is a selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), atomoxetine may target both ADHD and anxiety symptoms. When initiating these medications, “start low and go slow.” Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for those with ADHD alone (Table 2).5

Stimulant response rates for children with ADHD and anxiety vary among studies. Some report lower response rates than for children with ADHD alone and possibly more treatment-emergent side effects.6 The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA) found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes (Box 1).7,8 Adding intensive psychosocial intervention to stimulant treatment appeared to yield greater improvements in anxious children with ADHD, compared with stimulants alone.8

Cognitive impairments related to inattention do not consistently improve with stimulant treatment.9 This is clinically important because children with ADHD and comorbid anxiety disorders can be very cognitively impaired.10

Add an SSRI? Monotherapy is simpler and usually more acceptable to families, but a placebo-controlled study examined adding an SSRI (fluvoxamine) to methylphenidate treatment.4 Children with anxiety and ADHD who received adjunctive fluvoxamine did no better than those who received methylphenidate plus placebo.

Atomoxetine. A large, randomized, controlled trial of atomoxetine in this population found good tolerability and statistically significant reductions in ADHD and anxiety symptoms compared with placebo. Effect size was greater for ADHD symptoms than for anxiety symptoms,11 however, which supports smaller trials that show more consistent evidence of atomoxetine reducing ADHD symptoms than anxiety symptoms.

Similar to antidepressants with the SNRI chemical structure, atomoxetine’s effectiveness for a given child takes several weeks to determine. This can be a problem in children who are highly distressed or impaired and require rapid symptomatic improvement.

Recommendation. Consider a stimulant or atomoxetine initially for children with anxiety disorders and ADHD, and seek concurrent behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Caution families that:

  • >1 medication trial might be needed, as response may not be as consistent as in children with ADHD alone
  • medication-related improvements in ADHD symptoms will not necessarily be associated with reduced anxiety symptoms or improved academic ability
  • improvements with atomoxetine might not be evident for several weeks.

Table 2

Medication dosing for children with ADHD*

MedicationRecommended starting dosageRecommended maximum dosage5 most common side effects in descending prevalence
Stimulants
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Ritalin)5 mg tidTotal 60 mg/dInsomnia, nervousness, decreased appetite, dizziness, nausea
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Concerta)18 mg every morning54 mg every morningHeadache, abdominal pain, decreased appetite, vomiting, insomnia
Dextroamphetamine sulfate (Dexedrine)5 mg every morningTotal 40 mg/dPalpitations, restlessness, dizziness, dry mouth, decreased appetite
Mixed amphetamine salts (Adderall)10 mg every morning30 mg every morningDecreased appetite, insomnia, abdominal pain, emotional lability, vomiting
Nonstimulant
Atomoxetine (Strattera)0.5 mg/kg/d1.2 mg/kg/dDecreased appetite, dizziness, stomach upset, fatigue, irritability
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
* Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for children with only ADHD
Source: Reference 5
 

 

Psychological intervention

CBT has been shown effective for child-hood anxiety disorders in randomized controlled trials,12 but even those that included children with comorbid ADHD required that an anxiety disorder be the primary, most impairing diagnosis.13 Thus, little is known about CBT’s effectiveness for children with anxiety plus ADHD. Given the evidence for cognitive deficits in comorbid anxiety and ADHD10 and the challenge of working with highly distractible children, one would expect CBT to be more difficult in this population.

The potential for distraction to adversely affect learning of coping strategies is higher in group than in individual therapy, and children with anxiety and ADHD can be disruptive to other children in CBT groups. Consider individual CBT, and seek a therapist who has experience with this population. Having the child on medication for ADHD symptoms usually helps reduce these symptoms’ impact on sessions.

For children younger than about age 8 or too cognitively impaired to benefit from CBT, behavioral intervention alone may be helpful. The largely behavioral psychosocial intervention in the MTA study of ADHD children age 7 to 9 (Box 2)8,14 helped many of those with comorbid anxiety.

Although programs as intense as that used in the MTA study rarely are provided in community practice, consider behavior modification. For example:

  • To reduce anxiety, have the child follow regular, predictable routines, and reward the child for gradually facing previously avoided situations.
  • To reduce distractibility in class, have the child sit near the teacher, break work into small chunks, and reward completion of each chunk.

Even small improvements in the child’s home or school behavior may reduce negative interactions with others and the attendant effects on self-esteem.

CASE CONTINUED: Weighing the options

The therapist seeing Aaron’s family listens to their concerns about medication and reassures them that their son will not be denied psychotherapy. She tells them, however, that psychotherapy will not address his urgent school problems and is unlikely to work in the absence of medication, given Aaron’s behavior in the office. The therapist provides accurate information about the risks and benefits of medication and CBT, and the parents agree to think about all treatment options.

By the next office visit, the school has threatened to suspend Aaron. He and his parents agree to combined treatment with a stimulant medication and CBT and to having the therapist provide a behavioral consultation at the school.

Box 1

Medication + psychosocial treatment
shows best outcomes for ADHD with anxiety

The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD—the largest study to date—found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes.

In the parallel group design study, 579 ADHD children age 7 to 9 were enrolled at 6 treatment sites, thoroughly assessed, then randomly assigned to 4 groups: medication treatment alone, intensive psychosocial treatment alone, a combination of both treatments, or usual community care. The first 3 interventions were designed to reflect best practices for each approach, and these children were closely monitored and studied for 14 months. All 4 groups were reassessed periodically for 24 months, evaluating multiple outcomes.

For the total sample, combined and medication treatment were more effective than psychosocial treatment and community care. For ADHD children with comorbid anxiety disorders:

  • combined treatment was more effective than either medication treatment alone or psychosocial treatment alone
  • both monotherapies were superior to community care.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Family psychoeducation

With families of children with behavioral challenges, adopt a patient, educational approach rather than acquiescing to their wishes or arguing with them. Either can result in treatment failure. Discuss potential benefits and risks of all treatment options and the impact of comorbidity on treatment.

Parents’ rigid insistence on a particular course of action—such as refusing psychopharmacology—may be caused by anxiety or misinformation. Elicit the source of any anxiety, and provide realistic information and reassurance if possible.

Anxiety in family members may be constitutional—as anxiety is highly heritable15—or relate to aspects of treatment. Families may feel overwhelmed by:

  • their child having 2 disorders rather than 1
  • your suggestion to start medical and nonmedical intervention together
  • hearing about the possibility of multiple medication trials.

Negotiating medication. Discuss with the family the difficulties of a child learning CBT strategies when ADHD is not well-controlled and the cognitive difficulties in many of these children that may necessitate individualized CBT. If the family remains reluctant to consider combining medication with CBT, try contracting for a limited number of CBT sessions (perhaps 3 or 4) before re-evaluating the need for medication.

 

 

The child’s perceptions (and potential anxieties) about his or her difficulties also must be understood, validated, and addressed. Children are more likely to engage in a treatment if they participate in the decision to adopt it.

Anxiety can heighten vigilance in the child or the parents to treatment-emergent side effects, which you may exacerbate by providing exhaustive lists of potential ad-verse events. Limit discussion to serious side effects—with emphasis on their rarity—and those that are common.

ADHD traits in families can affect treatment success. Because of their own distractibility and organizational difficulties, parents with ADHD traits may have difficulty ensuring the child’s medication adherence and treatment participation.16

Behavior modification can require a high degree of consistency in parents’ behavior toward the child. This may be difficult to achieve in families where:

  • 1 or both parents are inattentive because of ADHD
  • a high degree of conflict exists between parents.

To help these families, provide reminder calls about appointments and schedule sessions at a consistent time. To improve consistency of medication use:

  • combine medication administration with an essential daily activity
  • check adherence with pill counts or other means.

If the child participates in CBT, provide separate notebooks for in-session and homework exercises—anticipating some loss of homework notebooks.

Individualizing care

Individualized care is important to return each child to his or her best possible level of functioning. The child’s symptom profile, environment, and developmental level can affect treatment.

For example, in a child whose ADHD-related impairment is substantial but whose anxiety-related impairment is mild, pharmacotherapy for ADHD and some pa-rental guidance may be adequate to manage remaining anxiety symptoms.17 As mentioned, some children show decreased anxiety as their ADHD is better controlled.4 Conversely, if ADHD-related impairment is mild but the child is highly anxious, consider CBT alone—preferably on an individual basis—provided the child can manage the cognitive aspects of therapy.

School personnel can monitor change in relation to various interventions, as many of these children’s symptoms manifest in the classroom. Behavioral interventions are more likely to succeed if they are administered consistently across home and school environments8 and teachers participate in behavior modification.

To elicit cooperation from school personnel, listen to their concerns and observations and help them understand the child’s difficulties and the rationale for various treatments. This approach often reduces negative feedback toward the child, a benefit that may further improve outcomes.

Attention to peer relationships and social stressors is often needed. Because of their multiple difficulties, these children may lack social skills and be shunned by their peers.1 You may need to help them develop social skills and reconnect with their peers after symptoms are well-controlled.

Poverty or lack of social support can affect treatment. Children with ADHD and anxiety usually need multiple interventions, and it is difficult for families to at-tend to these consistently when struggling with social stressors.

Box 2

Behavioral interventions used in the MTA study

The 14-month intensive behavioral intervention used in the National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study (MTA) of 579 children age 7 to 9 with ADHD included:

  • weekly parent training initially, decreasing to monthly by the end
  • biweekly teacher consultations in behavior management
  • 8-week full-day therapeutic summer program for children, focusing on behavioral and cognitive behavioral intervention
  • 12-week half-time behaviorally trained paraprofessional aide in the classroom to generalize gains from summer program
  • parent coaching on collaborating with teacher long-term so therapeutic consultation could be faded.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Adolescent adjustments. ADHD and anxiety often are diagnosed in the early school years, so anticipate developmental effects on treatment as the child enters adolescence. Adolescents value autonomy and may need to be more involved in treatment decisions than younger children.

Ask about and address family disagreements about treatment options, which may reduce adherence. You may need to talk about peer pressure to “not take drugs” by clearly differentiating the reasons some people take street drugs and the reasons for taking prescribed medication. Also discuss in a frank, nonjudgmental manner the risks of experimenting with street drugs (especially with prescribed medication) or of “sharing” one’s medications with friends.

Increased cognitive sophistication in adolescence may increase the potential benefit of CBT, so explore this option with the teen, especially if it was not attempted in the past.

Related resources

  • American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. “ADHD—a guide for families,” under the Resources for Families tab. www.aacap.org.
  • Watkins C. Stimulant medication and ADHD. www.ncpamd.com/Stimulants.htm.
  • Manassis K. Keys to parenting your anxious child. 2nd ed. Hauppauge, NY: Barron’s Educational Series, Inc.; 2008.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Atomoxetine • Strattera
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Mixed amphetamine salts • Adderall

Disclosures

Dr. Manassis reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Aaron, age 10, has been diagnosed with an anxiety disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) but is not being treated with medication because his parents do not believe in psychopharmacology. They bring him to a specialized child anxiety clinic and ask for “urgent CBT” because his behavior at school is out of control.

Aaron rearranges the therapist’s office furniture during much of the assessment interview. He also acknowledges many anxiety symptoms. The therapist doubts that cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) would help without other interventions.

Children with anxiety disorders and ADHD—a common comorbid presentation—tend to be more impaired than those with either condition alone.1 Effective treatment usually requires 4 components (Table 1), including medication plus behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. This article discusses clinical issues related to each component and describes how to successfully combine them into a treatment plan.

Table 1

Comorbid ADHD and anxiety: 4 treatment components

Successful treatment usually involves combining 4 components:
  • medication trial of a stimulant or atomoxetine
  • psychological intervention with behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy
  • family psychoeducation, with particular attention to possible anxious or inattentive traits in parents that may affect treatment
  • treating the whole child by collaborating with school personnel
Make individual adjustments as needed, depending on the child’s symptom profile, social context, and developmental level
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Medication options

Stimulants, atomoxetine, and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) have been advocated for children with anxiety and ADHD. Given the high risk of behavioral disinhibition with SSRIs in children,2 stimulants or atomoxetine are suggested as first-line medications.3,4

Stimulants target ADHD symptoms primarily, but anxiety decreases in some children (24% in a recent trial) as ADHD symptoms are controlled.4 Because it is a selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI), atomoxetine may target both ADHD and anxiety symptoms. When initiating these medications, “start low and go slow.” Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for those with ADHD alone (Table 2).5

Stimulant response rates for children with ADHD and anxiety vary among studies. Some report lower response rates than for children with ADHD alone and possibly more treatment-emergent side effects.6 The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA) found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes (Box 1).7,8 Adding intensive psychosocial intervention to stimulant treatment appeared to yield greater improvements in anxious children with ADHD, compared with stimulants alone.8

Cognitive impairments related to inattention do not consistently improve with stimulant treatment.9 This is clinically important because children with ADHD and comorbid anxiety disorders can be very cognitively impaired.10

Add an SSRI? Monotherapy is simpler and usually more acceptable to families, but a placebo-controlled study examined adding an SSRI (fluvoxamine) to methylphenidate treatment.4 Children with anxiety and ADHD who received adjunctive fluvoxamine did no better than those who received methylphenidate plus placebo.

Atomoxetine. A large, randomized, controlled trial of atomoxetine in this population found good tolerability and statistically significant reductions in ADHD and anxiety symptoms compared with placebo. Effect size was greater for ADHD symptoms than for anxiety symptoms,11 however, which supports smaller trials that show more consistent evidence of atomoxetine reducing ADHD symptoms than anxiety symptoms.

Similar to antidepressants with the SNRI chemical structure, atomoxetine’s effectiveness for a given child takes several weeks to determine. This can be a problem in children who are highly distressed or impaired and require rapid symptomatic improvement.

Recommendation. Consider a stimulant or atomoxetine initially for children with anxiety disorders and ADHD, and seek concurrent behavioral or cognitive-behavioral therapy. Caution families that:

  • >1 medication trial might be needed, as response may not be as consistent as in children with ADHD alone
  • medication-related improvements in ADHD symptoms will not necessarily be associated with reduced anxiety symptoms or improved academic ability
  • improvements with atomoxetine might not be evident for several weeks.

Table 2

Medication dosing for children with ADHD*

MedicationRecommended starting dosageRecommended maximum dosage5 most common side effects in descending prevalence
Stimulants
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Ritalin)5 mg tidTotal 60 mg/dInsomnia, nervousness, decreased appetite, dizziness, nausea
Methylphenidate hydrochloride (Concerta)18 mg every morning54 mg every morningHeadache, abdominal pain, decreased appetite, vomiting, insomnia
Dextroamphetamine sulfate (Dexedrine)5 mg every morningTotal 40 mg/dPalpitations, restlessness, dizziness, dry mouth, decreased appetite
Mixed amphetamine salts (Adderall)10 mg every morning30 mg every morningDecreased appetite, insomnia, abdominal pain, emotional lability, vomiting
Nonstimulant
Atomoxetine (Strattera)0.5 mg/kg/d1.2 mg/kg/dDecreased appetite, dizziness, stomach upset, fatigue, irritability
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
* Recommended dosing is no different for children with ADHD and anxiety than for children with only ADHD
Source: Reference 5
 

 

Psychological intervention

CBT has been shown effective for child-hood anxiety disorders in randomized controlled trials,12 but even those that included children with comorbid ADHD required that an anxiety disorder be the primary, most impairing diagnosis.13 Thus, little is known about CBT’s effectiveness for children with anxiety plus ADHD. Given the evidence for cognitive deficits in comorbid anxiety and ADHD10 and the challenge of working with highly distractible children, one would expect CBT to be more difficult in this population.

The potential for distraction to adversely affect learning of coping strategies is higher in group than in individual therapy, and children with anxiety and ADHD can be disruptive to other children in CBT groups. Consider individual CBT, and seek a therapist who has experience with this population. Having the child on medication for ADHD symptoms usually helps reduce these symptoms’ impact on sessions.

For children younger than about age 8 or too cognitively impaired to benefit from CBT, behavioral intervention alone may be helpful. The largely behavioral psychosocial intervention in the MTA study of ADHD children age 7 to 9 (Box 2)8,14 helped many of those with comorbid anxiety.

Although programs as intense as that used in the MTA study rarely are provided in community practice, consider behavior modification. For example:

  • To reduce anxiety, have the child follow regular, predictable routines, and reward the child for gradually facing previously avoided situations.
  • To reduce distractibility in class, have the child sit near the teacher, break work into small chunks, and reward completion of each chunk.

Even small improvements in the child’s home or school behavior may reduce negative interactions with others and the attendant effects on self-esteem.

CASE CONTINUED: Weighing the options

The therapist seeing Aaron’s family listens to their concerns about medication and reassures them that their son will not be denied psychotherapy. She tells them, however, that psychotherapy will not address his urgent school problems and is unlikely to work in the absence of medication, given Aaron’s behavior in the office. The therapist provides accurate information about the risks and benefits of medication and CBT, and the parents agree to think about all treatment options.

By the next office visit, the school has threatened to suspend Aaron. He and his parents agree to combined treatment with a stimulant medication and CBT and to having the therapist provide a behavioral consultation at the school.

Box 1

Medication + psychosocial treatment
shows best outcomes for ADHD with anxiety

The National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD—the largest study to date—found that comorbid anxiety did not adversely affect behavioral response to stimulants but did moderate outcomes.

In the parallel group design study, 579 ADHD children age 7 to 9 were enrolled at 6 treatment sites, thoroughly assessed, then randomly assigned to 4 groups: medication treatment alone, intensive psychosocial treatment alone, a combination of both treatments, or usual community care. The first 3 interventions were designed to reflect best practices for each approach, and these children were closely monitored and studied for 14 months. All 4 groups were reassessed periodically for 24 months, evaluating multiple outcomes.

For the total sample, combined and medication treatment were more effective than psychosocial treatment and community care. For ADHD children with comorbid anxiety disorders:

  • combined treatment was more effective than either medication treatment alone or psychosocial treatment alone
  • both monotherapies were superior to community care.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Family psychoeducation

With families of children with behavioral challenges, adopt a patient, educational approach rather than acquiescing to their wishes or arguing with them. Either can result in treatment failure. Discuss potential benefits and risks of all treatment options and the impact of comorbidity on treatment.

Parents’ rigid insistence on a particular course of action—such as refusing psychopharmacology—may be caused by anxiety or misinformation. Elicit the source of any anxiety, and provide realistic information and reassurance if possible.

Anxiety in family members may be constitutional—as anxiety is highly heritable15—or relate to aspects of treatment. Families may feel overwhelmed by:

  • their child having 2 disorders rather than 1
  • your suggestion to start medical and nonmedical intervention together
  • hearing about the possibility of multiple medication trials.

Negotiating medication. Discuss with the family the difficulties of a child learning CBT strategies when ADHD is not well-controlled and the cognitive difficulties in many of these children that may necessitate individualized CBT. If the family remains reluctant to consider combining medication with CBT, try contracting for a limited number of CBT sessions (perhaps 3 or 4) before re-evaluating the need for medication.

 

 

The child’s perceptions (and potential anxieties) about his or her difficulties also must be understood, validated, and addressed. Children are more likely to engage in a treatment if they participate in the decision to adopt it.

Anxiety can heighten vigilance in the child or the parents to treatment-emergent side effects, which you may exacerbate by providing exhaustive lists of potential ad-verse events. Limit discussion to serious side effects—with emphasis on their rarity—and those that are common.

ADHD traits in families can affect treatment success. Because of their own distractibility and organizational difficulties, parents with ADHD traits may have difficulty ensuring the child’s medication adherence and treatment participation.16

Behavior modification can require a high degree of consistency in parents’ behavior toward the child. This may be difficult to achieve in families where:

  • 1 or both parents are inattentive because of ADHD
  • a high degree of conflict exists between parents.

To help these families, provide reminder calls about appointments and schedule sessions at a consistent time. To improve consistency of medication use:

  • combine medication administration with an essential daily activity
  • check adherence with pill counts or other means.

If the child participates in CBT, provide separate notebooks for in-session and homework exercises—anticipating some loss of homework notebooks.

Individualizing care

Individualized care is important to return each child to his or her best possible level of functioning. The child’s symptom profile, environment, and developmental level can affect treatment.

For example, in a child whose ADHD-related impairment is substantial but whose anxiety-related impairment is mild, pharmacotherapy for ADHD and some pa-rental guidance may be adequate to manage remaining anxiety symptoms.17 As mentioned, some children show decreased anxiety as their ADHD is better controlled.4 Conversely, if ADHD-related impairment is mild but the child is highly anxious, consider CBT alone—preferably on an individual basis—provided the child can manage the cognitive aspects of therapy.

School personnel can monitor change in relation to various interventions, as many of these children’s symptoms manifest in the classroom. Behavioral interventions are more likely to succeed if they are administered consistently across home and school environments8 and teachers participate in behavior modification.

To elicit cooperation from school personnel, listen to their concerns and observations and help them understand the child’s difficulties and the rationale for various treatments. This approach often reduces negative feedback toward the child, a benefit that may further improve outcomes.

Attention to peer relationships and social stressors is often needed. Because of their multiple difficulties, these children may lack social skills and be shunned by their peers.1 You may need to help them develop social skills and reconnect with their peers after symptoms are well-controlled.

Poverty or lack of social support can affect treatment. Children with ADHD and anxiety usually need multiple interventions, and it is difficult for families to at-tend to these consistently when struggling with social stressors.

Box 2

Behavioral interventions used in the MTA study

The 14-month intensive behavioral intervention used in the National Institute of Mental Health’s Multimodal Treatment Study (MTA) of 579 children age 7 to 9 with ADHD included:

  • weekly parent training initially, decreasing to monthly by the end
  • biweekly teacher consultations in behavior management
  • 8-week full-day therapeutic summer program for children, focusing on behavioral and cognitive behavioral intervention
  • 12-week half-time behaviorally trained paraprofessional aide in the classroom to generalize gains from summer program
  • parent coaching on collaborating with teacher long-term so therapeutic consultation could be faded.

ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder

Source: References 7,8

Adolescent adjustments. ADHD and anxiety often are diagnosed in the early school years, so anticipate developmental effects on treatment as the child enters adolescence. Adolescents value autonomy and may need to be more involved in treatment decisions than younger children.

Ask about and address family disagreements about treatment options, which may reduce adherence. You may need to talk about peer pressure to “not take drugs” by clearly differentiating the reasons some people take street drugs and the reasons for taking prescribed medication. Also discuss in a frank, nonjudgmental manner the risks of experimenting with street drugs (especially with prescribed medication) or of “sharing” one’s medications with friends.

Increased cognitive sophistication in adolescence may increase the potential benefit of CBT, so explore this option with the teen, especially if it was not attempted in the past.

Related resources

  • American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. “ADHD—a guide for families,” under the Resources for Families tab. www.aacap.org.
  • Watkins C. Stimulant medication and ADHD. www.ncpamd.com/Stimulants.htm.
  • Manassis K. Keys to parenting your anxious child. 2nd ed. Hauppauge, NY: Barron’s Educational Series, Inc.; 2008.
 

 

Drug brand names

  • Atomoxetine • Strattera
  • Dextroamphetamine • Dexedrine
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
  • Mixed amphetamine salts • Adderall

Disclosures

Dr. Manassis reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Bowen R, Chavira DA, Bailey K, et al. Nature of anxiety comorbid with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children from a pediatric primary care setting. Psychiatry Res 2008;157:201-9.

2. Walkup JT, Labellarte MJ, Riddle MA, et al. Searching for moderators and mediators of pharmacological treatment in children and adolescents with anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2003;42:13-21.

3. Wiesegger G, Kienbacher C, Pellegrini E, et al. Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and comorbid disorders. Neuropsychiatr 2007;21:187-206.

4. Abikoff H, McGough J, Vitiello B, et al. Sequential pharmacotherapy for children with comorbid attention-deficit/hyperactivity and anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2005;44:418-27.

5. Compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties. Ottawa, Canada: Canadian Pharmacists Association; 2008.

6. Goez H, Back-Bennet O, Zelnik N. Differential stimulant response on attention in children with comorbid anxiety and oppositional defiant disorder. J Child Neurol 2007;22:538-42.

7. Wells KC, Pelham WE, Kotkin RA, et al. Psychosocial treatment strategies in the MTA study: rationale, methods, and critical issues in design and implementation. J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:483-505.

8. March JS, Swanson JM, Arnold EL, et al. Anxiety as a predictor and outcome variable in the Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA). J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:527-41.

9. Tannock R, Ickowicz A, Schachar R. Differential effects of methylphenidate on working memory in ADHD children with and without anxiety. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1995;34:886-96.

10. Manassis K, Tannock R, Young A, Francis-John S. Cognition in anxious children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a comparison with clinical and normal children. Behav Brain Funct 2007;3-4.

11. Geller D, Donnelly C, Lopez F, et al. Atomoxetine treatment for pediatric patients with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with comorbid anxiety disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2007;46:1119-27.

12. Compton SN, March JS, Brent D, et al. Cognitive behavioural psychotherapy for anxiety and depressive disorders in children and adolescents: an evidence-based medicine review. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2004;43:930-59.

13. Manassis K, Mendlowitz SL, Scapillato D, et al. Group and individual cognitive-behavioral therapy for childhood anxiety disorders: a randomized trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2002;41:1423-30.

14. Arnold LE, Abikoff HB, Cantwell DP, et al. National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (the MTA). Design challenges and choices. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1997;54:865-70.

15. Kagan J, Reznick JS, Snidman N. Biological basis of childhood shyness. Science 1990;240:167-71.

16. Van Cleave J, Leslie LK. Approaching ADHD as a chronic condition: implications for long-term adherence. Pediatr Ann 2008;37:19-26.

17. Manassis K, Monga S. therapeutic approach to children and adolescents with anxiety disorders and associated comorbid conditions. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2001;40:115-7.

References

1. Bowen R, Chavira DA, Bailey K, et al. Nature of anxiety comorbid with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in children from a pediatric primary care setting. Psychiatry Res 2008;157:201-9.

2. Walkup JT, Labellarte MJ, Riddle MA, et al. Searching for moderators and mediators of pharmacological treatment in children and adolescents with anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2003;42:13-21.

3. Wiesegger G, Kienbacher C, Pellegrini E, et al. Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and comorbid disorders. Neuropsychiatr 2007;21:187-206.

4. Abikoff H, McGough J, Vitiello B, et al. Sequential pharmacotherapy for children with comorbid attention-deficit/hyperactivity and anxiety disorders. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2005;44:418-27.

5. Compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties. Ottawa, Canada: Canadian Pharmacists Association; 2008.

6. Goez H, Back-Bennet O, Zelnik N. Differential stimulant response on attention in children with comorbid anxiety and oppositional defiant disorder. J Child Neurol 2007;22:538-42.

7. Wells KC, Pelham WE, Kotkin RA, et al. Psychosocial treatment strategies in the MTA study: rationale, methods, and critical issues in design and implementation. J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:483-505.

8. March JS, Swanson JM, Arnold EL, et al. Anxiety as a predictor and outcome variable in the Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (MTA). J Abnorm Child Psychol 2000;28:527-41.

9. Tannock R, Ickowicz A, Schachar R. Differential effects of methylphenidate on working memory in ADHD children with and without anxiety. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 1995;34:886-96.

10. Manassis K, Tannock R, Young A, Francis-John S. Cognition in anxious children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder: a comparison with clinical and normal children. Behav Brain Funct 2007;3-4.

11. Geller D, Donnelly C, Lopez F, et al. Atomoxetine treatment for pediatric patients with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder with comorbid anxiety disorder. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2007;46:1119-27.

12. Compton SN, March JS, Brent D, et al. Cognitive behavioural psychotherapy for anxiety and depressive disorders in children and adolescents: an evidence-based medicine review. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2004;43:930-59.

13. Manassis K, Mendlowitz SL, Scapillato D, et al. Group and individual cognitive-behavioral therapy for childhood anxiety disorders: a randomized trial. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2002;41:1423-30.

14. Arnold LE, Abikoff HB, Cantwell DP, et al. National Institute of Mental Health Collaborative Multimodal Treatment Study of Children with ADHD (the MTA). Design challenges and choices. Arch Gen Psychiatry 1997;54:865-70.

15. Kagan J, Reznick JS, Snidman N. Biological basis of childhood shyness. Science 1990;240:167-71.

16. Van Cleave J, Leslie LK. Approaching ADHD as a chronic condition: implications for long-term adherence. Pediatr Ann 2008;37:19-26.

17. Manassis K, Monga S. therapeutic approach to children and adolescents with anxiety disorders and associated comorbid conditions. J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 2001;40:115-7.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Page Number
77-88
Page Number
77-88
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Double jeopardy: How to treat kids with comorbid anxiety and ADHD
Display Headline
Double jeopardy: How to treat kids with comorbid anxiety and ADHD
Legacy Keywords
Children with anxiety and ADHD; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; atomoxetine; ADHD stimulants; SSRIs; family psychoeducation; Katharina Manassis MD
Legacy Keywords
Children with anxiety and ADHD; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; atomoxetine; ADHD stimulants; SSRIs; family psychoeducation; Katharina Manassis MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Antipsychotics in dementia: Beyond ‘black-box’ warnings

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 03/04/2019 - 15:30
Display Headline
Antipsychotics in dementia: Beyond ‘black-box’ warnings

Diagnosed 7 years ago with Alzheimer’s disease (AD), Mrs. B, age 82, resides in an assisted living facility whose staff is trained to care for older persons with dementia. Over the past 2 months she has shown an escalating pattern of psychosis and aggression, despite one-to-one attention and verbal reassurance.

At first Mrs. B’s psychosis was restricted to occasional rape accusations during assisted bathing and aggression manifested by banging her hand repetitively on furniture, causing skin tears. In the last week, she has been accusing staff and patients of stealing her belongings and has assaulted a staff member and another resident. When supervisors at the facility advise Mrs. B’s husband that she can no longer stay there, he takes her to a local emergency room, from which she is admitted involuntarily to a geriatric psychiatry inpatient unit.

For many patients and families, the most problematic aspects of dementia are neuropsychiatric symptoms—depression, sleep disturbance, psychosis, and aggression. Psychosis affects approximately 40% of persons with AD, whereas ≥80% of persons with dementia experience agitation at some point in the illness.1 These symptoms can lead to:

  • caregiver morbidity
  • poor patient quality of life
  • early patient institutionalization.2

Although no drug has been FDA-approved for treating dementia’s neuropsychiatric symptoms, psychiatrists often use off-label psychotropics—especially antipsychotics—to ameliorate them. This practice is controversial because of public perception that antipsychotics are used in dementia patients to create “zombies” to lighten healthcare workers’ burden. Nonetheless, because dementia patients with psychosis and severe agitation/aggression can pose risks to themselves and those around them, efforts to treat these symptoms are warranted.

Box

 

Atypical antipsychotics’ ‘black-box’ warnings: What are the risks?

The FDA warned prescribers in 2003 of increased risk of “cerebrovascular adverse events including stroke” in dementia patients treated with risperidone vs placebo. Similar cerebrovascular warnings have been issued for olanzapine and aripiprazole. Although the absolute risk difference was generally 1% to 2% between antipsychotic- and placebo-treated patients, the relative risk was approximately 2 times higher with antipsychotics because the prevalence of these events is low in both groups.3

Perhaps more daunting, after a meta-analysis of 17 trials using atypical antipsychotics in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis, the FDA in 2005 issued a black-box warning of increased mortality risk with atypical antipsychotics (relative risk 1.6 to 1.7) vs placebo. The mortality rate in antipsychotic-treated patients was about 4.5%, compared with about 2.6% in the placebo group. Although causes of death varied, most were cardiovascular (heart failure, sudden death) or infectious (pneumonia). This warning was applied to atypical antipsychotics as a class. As with cerebrovascular risks, the absolute mortality risk difference was 1% to 2%.4

The FDA’s “black-box” warnings about using atypical agents in patients with dementia add another layer of complexity to your treatment decisions (Box).3,4 The public is well served by evidence identifying risks associated with prescription medications, but the FDA data do little to help millions of families answer the question, “And so, what now?”

Recognizing that solid empiric evidence is lacking, we attempt to address this lingering question for clinicians, patients, and caregivers who must deal with these symptoms while science tries to provide a more definitive answer.

5-step evaluation

A 5-step initial evaluation of persons with dementia who present with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression includes establishing the frequency, severity, and cause of these symptoms as well as the effectiveness of past treatments and strategies (Algorithm).5

Because adverse drug effects are a potentially reversible cause of psychosis and agitation, review the patient’s drug list—including “as needed” medications—from records at a facility or from family report. Mrs. B’s record from the assisted living facility reveals she was receiving:

 

  • atenolol, 25 mg/d
  • aspirin, 81 mg/d
  • extended-release oxybutynin, 10 mg at bedtime
  • psyllium, one packet daily
  • hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 5/500 mg every 4 hours as needed for pain
  • lorazepam, 1 mg every 6 hours as needed for agitation
  • diphenhydramine, 25 mg at bedtime
  • paroxetine, 20 mg/d
  • haloperidol, 5 mg at bedtime
  • memantine, 10 mg twice a day.

 

Mrs. B’s medication list is revealing for reasons that, unfortunately, are not rare. She is receiving 3 anticholinergic medications—oxybutynin, diphenhydramine, and paroxetine—that may be worsening her mental status and behavior directly through CNS effects, possibly in combination with frequent benzodiazepine use.

Anticholinergics also can lead to behavior changes via peripheral side effects. Constipation and urinary retention may cause discomfort that an aphasic patient “acts out.” A patient may be experiencing pain related to these side effects and receiving opioid analgesics, which can worsen constipation and urinary retention. Uncontrolled pain related to musculoskeletal disease or neuropathy may merit treatment that will reduce behavioral disturbances.

 

 

Mrs. B also was being catheterized every 8 hours as needed for urinary retention. The invasive and unpleasant nature of urinary catheterization is likely to worsen behavior and increases the risk of one of the most common “asymptomatic” etiologies of behavioral symptoms in dementia—urinary tract infection (UTI).

Algorithm

5-step evaluation of dementia patients
with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression*

 

1. How dangerous is the situation?
  • If the patient or others are at significant risk and the patient does not respond quickly to behavioral strategies (such as verbal redirection/reassurance, stimulus reduction, or change of environment), consider acute pharmacotherapy. For instance, offer the patient an oral antipsychotic (possibly in dissolvable tablets) and then if necessary consider intramuscular olanzapine, aripiprazole, ziprasidone, haloperidol, or lorazepam
  • For less acute situations, more thoroughly investigate symptom etiology and obtain informed consent before treatment
2. Establish a clear diagnosis/etiology for the symptoms
  • Rule out causes of delirium (such as urinary tract infection, subdural hematoma, pneumonia) through appropriate physical examination and diagnostic studies
  • Rule out iatrogenic causes, such as recent medication changes
  • Rule out physical discomfort from arthritis pain, unrecognized fracture, constipation, or other causes
  • Assess for potentially modifiable antecedents to symptom flares, such as seeing a certain person, increased noise, or social isolation
  • Explore other common causes of behavioral disturbances, including depression, anxiety, and insomnia
3. Establish symptom severity and frequency, including:
  • Impact on patient quality of life
  • Impact on caregiver quality of life
  • Instances in which the safety of the patient or others has been jeopardized
  • Clear descriptions of prototypical examples of symptoms
4. Explore past treatments/caregiver strategies used to address the symptoms and their success and/or problematic outcomes
5. Discuss with the patient/decision-maker what is and is not known about possible risks and benefits of pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatments for psychosis and agitation/aggression in dementia
Source: Reference 5
* Agitation is defined as “inappropriate verbal, vocal, or motor activity that is not judged by an outside observer to be an obvious outcome of the needs or confusion of the individual”24

CASE CONTINUED: Persistent agitation

After evaluating Mrs. B, the psychiatrist limits her medications to atenolol, aspirin, psyllium, and memantine, and begins to taper lorazepam and paroxetine. Laboratory, radiologic, and physical examinations reveal UTI, fecal impaction, bladder distension, and mild hyponatremia. She is given a phosphosoda enema and ciprofloxacin, 250 mg/d for 5 days.

Despite one-to-one nursing care, frequent reorientation, and attempts to interest her in art therapy, Mrs. B remains agitated and postures to strike staff members and other patients. She denies pain or discomfort. Fearing that someone might be injured, the nurse pages the on-duty psychiatrist.

 

The nurse then calls Mr. B, who has durable power of attorney for his wife’s healthcare. When the nurse advises Mr. B that the psychiatrist has ordered risperidone, 0.5 mg, he immediately interjects that the psychiatrist at the assisted living facility told him haloperidol should be used for his wife’s symptoms because other antipsychotics can cause strokes and death.

Typical vs atypical antipsychotics

Mrs. B’s nurse may have to delay administering risperidone while she puts Mr. B in contact with the psychiatrist. In an emergent situation when well-trained staff have assessed for common reversible causes of agitation and tried reasonable nonpharmacologic means to calm the patient, few people would argue against using medication to preserve the safety of the patient and others. To avoid questions such as this during a crisis, obtain informed consent at admission from the patient or (more likely) the proxy decision-maker for medications you anticipate the patient might receive during hospitalization.

 

The larger question is whether typical antipsychotics are preferred for dementia-related psychosis and agitation/aggression because the FDA has not issued the same global black-box warning for this class. Astute clinicians realize that a lack of evidence of harm is not evidence of a lack of harm. In fact, since the black-box warnings for atypical antipsychotics in dementia emerged, several studies have examined whether the same risks exist for typical agents.

Evidence regarding risk of stroke and death with the use of typical and atypical antipsychotics in patients with dementia is summarized in Table 1.6-13 Most evidence, including numerous studies in the past year, comes from retrospective database analyses. Prospective head-to-head comparisons of atypical and typical antipsychotics in dementia are scarce, and future prospective comparisons would be unethical.

No evidence suggests that typical antipsychotics mitigate the risks of stroke or death in dementia compared with atypical agents. Moreover, typical agents are more likely than atypicals to cause movement-related side effects—especially tardive dyskinesia and parkinsonism—in older adults with dementia.14

 

 

Table 1

Typical antipsychotics: Safer than atypicals for older patients?

 

StudyPopulationSummarized results
Mortality
Nasrallah et al6VA patients age ≥65 taking haloperidol or an atypical antipsychotic (n=1,553)Approximately 4 times higher rate of death in those receiving haloperidol compared with those receiving atypicals
Wang et al8Pennsylvania adults age ≥65 with prescription coverage taking antipsychotics (n=22,890)Typicals had higher relative risk (RR) of death at all time points over 180 days (RR 1.27 to 1.56), both in persons with and without dementia; higher risk associated with increased typical doses
Gill et al10Canadians age >65 with dementia (n=27,259 matched pairs)Mortality rate was higher for users of typical vs atypical antipsychotics (RR 1.26 to 1.55)
Kales et al11VA patients age >65 prescribed psychotropics after a dementia diagnosis (n=10,615)Risk of death similar for atypical and typical antipsychotics
Schneeweiss et al7Cancer-free Canadians age ≥65 taking antipsychotics (n=37,241)Higher mortality rates for those taking typical antipsychotics than those taking atypicals (RR 1.47); higher mortality associated with higher typical doses
Trifirò et al9Adults age >65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics in Italy (n=2,385)Equivalent rates of mortality in those taking typical and atypical antipsychotics
Stroke
Gill et al12Canadians age ≥65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics (n=32,710)Equivalent rates of ischemic stroke in those taking atypical and typical agents compared with those receiving atypicals
Liperoti et al13Nursing home residents with dementia hospitalized for stroke or TIA and matched controls (n=4,788)Rates of cerebrovascular adverse events equivalent between users of atypical and typical antipsychotics
VA: Veterans Affairs; TIA: transient ischemic attack

CASE CONTINUED: Moderate relief from risperidone

After the psychiatrist explains the data on atypical vs typical antipsychotics in dementia—and the lack of FDA-approved treatments—Mr. B consents to the use of risperidone. He believes his wife would have wanted to try a medication with a moderate chance of relieving her internal distress and preventing her from harming anyone.

Risperidone provides moderate relief of Mrs. B’s aggression and paranoia. The next day Mr. B visits the unit and asks to speak with the psychiatrist. Although he appreciates the staff’s caring attitude, he says, “There must be safer or better ways to deal with these symptoms than medications like risperidone. I just don’t want the guilt of causing my wife to have a stroke or pass away.” He also asks, “How long will she have to take this medication?”

Evidence for efficacy

In addition to discussing antipsychotics’ risk in dementia, we also need to highlight their efficacy and effectiveness. A recent meta-analysis of 15 randomized controlled trials of atypical antipsychotics for agitation and/or psychosis in dementia included studies with risperidone, olanzapine, aripiprazole, and quetiapine.3 Most study participants were institutionalized, female, and had AD.

Psychosis scores improved in pooled studies of risperidone, whereas global neuropsychiatric disturbance improved with risperidone and aripiprazole. Effects were more notable in:

 

  • persons without psychosis
  • those living in nursing homes
  • patients with severe cognitive impairment.

 

Subsequent placebo-controlled trials of risperidone, quetiapine, and aripiprazole—most focusing on patients with AD—reveal that atypical and typical antipsychotics have modest efficacy in reducing aggression and psychosis.15-19 However, to some extent the National Institute of Mental Health Clinical Antipsychotic Trial of Intervention Effectiveness Study for Alzheimer’s Disease (CATIE-AD)—the largest nonindustry-funded study conducted to address this question—called this conclusion into question.20 Risperidone and olanzapine (but not quetiapine) were efficacious in that fewer patients taking them vs placebo dropped out because of lack of efficacy. Antipsychotics were not effective overall, however, because the primary outcome—all-cause discontinuation rate—was similar for all 3 drugs and placebo. This indicates that on average these medications’ side effect burden may offset their efficacy, though individual patients’ responses may vary.

Alternatives to antipsychotics

Mr. B also raised the issue of treatment alternatives, such as no treatment, other psychotropics (Table 2),5,21 and nonpharmacologic methods (Table 3).22

 

“No treatment” does not imply a lack of assessment or intervention. Always examine patients for iatrogenic, medical, psychosocial, or other precipitants of behavioral symptoms. No treatment may be viable in mild to moderate cases but is impractical for patients with severe psychosis or agitation. Untreated, these symptoms could compromise safety or leave the patient without housing options.

Although possibly underused because of time constraints, reimbursement issues, or lack of training, nonpharmacologic strategies to treat aggression and psychosis in dementia are appealing alternatives to antipsychotics. Little empiric evidence supports nonpharmacologic strategies, however.22

Treatment decisions need to consider patients’ and caregivers’ value systems. Proxy decision-makers should examine treatment decisions in terms of how they believe the patient would view the alternatives. Without a specific advance directive, however, even well-intentioned decision-makers are likely to “contaminate” decisions with their own values and interests.

 

 

After discussing with the decision-maker various treatments’ risks and benefits, it might be useful to ask, for example, “If Mrs. B could have foreseen her behaviors 10 years ago, what do you think she would have wanted us to do? Some people might have been mortified by the thought of attacking other people, whereas other people would not mind this as much as the fear of being ‘overmedicated.’ Which end of the spectrum do you think she would have leaned toward?”

 

When medical research does not offer clear answers for the “right” next clinical step, clinicians can:

 

  • acknowledge our own limits and those of human knowledge
  • engage the caregiver (or, when appropriate, the patient) in shared decision-making, recognizing that some people will appreciate the opportunity for “equal partnership” whereas others will want us to decide based on our best clinical judgment.

Table 2

Pharmacologic alternatives to antipsychotics: What the evidence says

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors2 positive studies with citalopram (more effective than placebo for agitation in 1 trial and equivalent to risperidone for psychosis and agitation with greater tolerability in the other); 2 negative trials with sertraline
Other antidepressants1 study showed trazodone was equivalent to haloperidol for agitation, with greater tolerability; another found trazodone was no different from placebo; other agents have only case reports or open-label trials
Anticonvulsants3 trials showed divalproex was equivalent to placebo; 2 positive trials for carbamazepine, but tolerability problems in both; other agents tried only in case reports or open-label trials
Benzodiazepines/anxiolytics3 trials showed oxazepam, alprazolam, diphenhydramine, and buspirone were equivalent to haloperidol in effects on agitation, but none used a placebo control; trials had problematic methodologies and indicated cognitive worsening with some agents (especially diphenhydramine)
Cognitive enhancersSome evidence of modest benefit in mostly post-hoc data analyses in trials designed to assess cognitive variables and often among participants with overall mild psychiatric symptoms; prospective studies of rivastigmine and donepezil specifically designed to assess neuropsychiatric symptoms have found no difference compared with placebo
Miscellaneous drugsFailed trial of transdermal estrogen in men; small study showed propranolol (average dose 106 mg/d) more effective than placebo
Source: References 5,21


Table 3

How well do psychosocial/behavioral therapies manage
psychosis/agitation in dementia?*

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Caregiver psychoeducation/supportSeveral positive RCTs (evidence grade A)
Music therapy6 RCTs, generally positive in the short term (evidence grade B)
Cognitive stimulation therapyThree-quarters of RCTs showed some benefit (evidence grade B)
Snoezelen therapy (controlled multisensory stimulation)3 RCTs with positive short-term benefits (evidence grade B)
Behavioral management therapies (by professionals)Largest RCTs with some benefits (grade B)
Staff training/educationSeveral positive studies of fair-to-good methodologic quality (evidence grade B)
Reality orientation therapyBest RCT showed no benefit (evidence grade D)
Teaching caregivers behavioral management techniquesOverall inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Simulated presence therapyOnly 1 RCT which was negative (evidence grade D)
Validation therapy1-year RCT with mixed results (evidence grade D)
Reminiscence therapyA few small studies with mixed methodologies (evidence grade D)
Therapeutic activity programs (such as exercise, puzzle play)Varied methods and inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Physical environmental stimulation (such as altered visual stimuli, mirrors, signs)Generally poor methodology and inconsistent results; best results with obscuring exits to decrease exit-seeking (evidence grade D)
* Evidence grades from A (strongest) to D (weakest) were assigned in a review by Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021
RCT: randomized controlled trial
Source: Reference 22

Duration of treatment

Limited evidence leaves psychiatrists largely on our own in regards to how long to continue pharmacotherapy with antipsychotics. Neuropsychiatric symptoms such as psychosis and agitation exhibit variable patterns. Symptoms may wax and wane for unclear reasons.

Given the tenuous nature of the risk-benefit profile for atypical antipsychotics in dementia, consider a gradual taper for persons with dementia who remain asymptomatic after 3 to 6 months of atypical antipsychotic treatment. Monitor them closely for symptom recurrence.5

 

Carefully consider the necessary duration of antipsychotic therapy in patients (such as Mrs. B) in whom you can identify possibly reversible precipitants of psychosis and aggression. Patients may have a delayed beneficial response to the correction of precipitating factors such as medical illness, physical discomfort, or medication side effects.

Mrs. B received risperidone, but evidence for efficacy and safety in dementia-related psychosis or agitation does not yet significantly distinguish among the atypical agents (except that data are limited for ziprasidone and clozapine). Usual starting and target doses are provided in Table 4.23

 

 

Table 4

Atypicals in dementia: Starting and target doses

 

DrugStarting doseTarget dose
Aripiprazole2.5 to 5 mg/d7.5 to 12.5 mg/d
Olanzapine2.5 to 5 mg/d5 to 10 mg/d
Quetiapine12.5 to 25 mg/d50 to 200 mg/d
Risperidone0.25 to 0.5 mg/d0.5 to 1.5 mg/d
Source: Reference 23

Related resources

 

  • Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.
  • American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry position statement: principles of care for persons with dementia resulting from Alzheimer disease. www.aagponline.org/prof/position_caredmnalz.asp.

Drug brand names

 

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atenolol • Tenormin
  • Buspirone • Buspar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Ciprofloxacin • Ciloxan
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Lortab, Vicodin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Oxybutynin • Ditropan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Meeks receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the Mental Health Research Foundation, NARSAD, and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Health Resources and Services Administration.

Dr. Jeste receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the National Institute of Aging, and the National Institute of Mental Health. AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly and Company, and Janssen, L.P. provide free medications for an NIMH-funded study for which Dr. Jeste is the principal investigator.

References

 

1. Jeste DV, Meeks TW, Kim DS, Zubenko GS. Research agenda for DSM-V: diagnostic categories and criteria for neuropsychiatry syndromes in dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:160-71.

2. Yaffe K, Fox P, Newcomer R, et al. Patient and caregiver characteristics and nursing home placement in patients with dementia. JAMA 2002;287:2090-7.

3. Schneider LS, Dagerman K, Insel PS. Efficacy and adverse effects of atypical antipsychotics for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized, placebo-controlled trials. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:191-210.

4. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005;294:1934-43.

5. Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on the use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.

6. Nasrallah HA, White T, Nasrallah AT. Lower mortality in geriatric patients receiving risperidone and olanzapine versus haloperidol: preliminary analysis of retrospective data. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:437-9.

7. Schneeweiss S, Setoguchi S, Brookhart A, et al. Risk of death associated with the use of conventional versus atypical antipsychotic drugs among elderly patients. CMAJ 2007;176:627-32.

8. Wang PS, Schneeweiss S, Avorn J, et al. Risk of death in elderly users of conventional vs. atypical antipsychotic medications. N Engl J Med 2005;353:2335-41.

9. Trifirò G, Verhamme KM, Ziere G, et al. All-cause mortality associated with atypical and typical antipsychotics in demented outpatients. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf 2007;16:538-44.

10. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med 2007;146:775-86.

11. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1568-76.

12. Gill SS, Rochon PA, Herrmann N, et al. Atypical antipsychotic drugs and risk of ischaemic stroke: population based retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2005;330:445.-

13. Liperoti R, Gambassi G, Lapane KL, et al. Cerebrovascular events among elderly nursing home patients treated with conventional or atypical antipsychotics. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:1090-6.

14. Jeste DV, Lacro JP, Nguyen HA, et al. Lower incidence of tardive dyskinesia with risperidone versus haloperidol. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:716-9.

15. Rainer M, Haushofer M, Pfolz H, et al. Quetiapine versus risperidone in elderly patients with behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia: efficacy, safety and cognitive function. Eur Psychiatry 2007;22:395-403.

16. Holmes C, Wilkinson D, Dean C, et al. Risperidone and rivastigmine and agitated behaviour in severe Alzheimer’s disease: a randomised double blind placebo controlled study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;22:380-1.

17. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

18. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res 2007;4:81-93.

19. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:918-31.

20. Schneider LS, Tariot PN, Dagerman KS, et al. Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1525-38.

21. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

22. Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021.

23. Jeste D, Meeks T. To prescribe or not to prescribe? Atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with dementia. South Med J 2007;100:961-3.

24. Cohen-Mansfield J. Nonpharmacologic interventions for inappropriate behaviors in dementia: a review and critique. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;9:361-81.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Thomas W. Meeks, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego
Dilip V. Jeste, MD
Estelle and Edgar Levi Chair in Aging Director, Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging, professor of psychiatry and neurosciences, University of California, San Diego

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Publications
Page Number
51-65
Legacy Keywords
antipsychotics; dementia; Alzheimer’s disease; dementia and agitation; typical vs atypical antipsychotics; Thomas W. Meeks MD; Dilip V. Jeste MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

 

Thomas W. Meeks, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego
Dilip V. Jeste, MD
Estelle and Edgar Levi Chair in Aging Director, Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging, professor of psychiatry and neurosciences, University of California, San Diego

Author and Disclosure Information

 

Thomas W. Meeks, MD
Assistant professor of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego
Dilip V. Jeste, MD
Estelle and Edgar Levi Chair in Aging Director, Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging, professor of psychiatry and neurosciences, University of California, San Diego

Article PDF
Article PDF

Diagnosed 7 years ago with Alzheimer’s disease (AD), Mrs. B, age 82, resides in an assisted living facility whose staff is trained to care for older persons with dementia. Over the past 2 months she has shown an escalating pattern of psychosis and aggression, despite one-to-one attention and verbal reassurance.

At first Mrs. B’s psychosis was restricted to occasional rape accusations during assisted bathing and aggression manifested by banging her hand repetitively on furniture, causing skin tears. In the last week, she has been accusing staff and patients of stealing her belongings and has assaulted a staff member and another resident. When supervisors at the facility advise Mrs. B’s husband that she can no longer stay there, he takes her to a local emergency room, from which she is admitted involuntarily to a geriatric psychiatry inpatient unit.

For many patients and families, the most problematic aspects of dementia are neuropsychiatric symptoms—depression, sleep disturbance, psychosis, and aggression. Psychosis affects approximately 40% of persons with AD, whereas ≥80% of persons with dementia experience agitation at some point in the illness.1 These symptoms can lead to:

  • caregiver morbidity
  • poor patient quality of life
  • early patient institutionalization.2

Although no drug has been FDA-approved for treating dementia’s neuropsychiatric symptoms, psychiatrists often use off-label psychotropics—especially antipsychotics—to ameliorate them. This practice is controversial because of public perception that antipsychotics are used in dementia patients to create “zombies” to lighten healthcare workers’ burden. Nonetheless, because dementia patients with psychosis and severe agitation/aggression can pose risks to themselves and those around them, efforts to treat these symptoms are warranted.

Box

 

Atypical antipsychotics’ ‘black-box’ warnings: What are the risks?

The FDA warned prescribers in 2003 of increased risk of “cerebrovascular adverse events including stroke” in dementia patients treated with risperidone vs placebo. Similar cerebrovascular warnings have been issued for olanzapine and aripiprazole. Although the absolute risk difference was generally 1% to 2% between antipsychotic- and placebo-treated patients, the relative risk was approximately 2 times higher with antipsychotics because the prevalence of these events is low in both groups.3

Perhaps more daunting, after a meta-analysis of 17 trials using atypical antipsychotics in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis, the FDA in 2005 issued a black-box warning of increased mortality risk with atypical antipsychotics (relative risk 1.6 to 1.7) vs placebo. The mortality rate in antipsychotic-treated patients was about 4.5%, compared with about 2.6% in the placebo group. Although causes of death varied, most were cardiovascular (heart failure, sudden death) or infectious (pneumonia). This warning was applied to atypical antipsychotics as a class. As with cerebrovascular risks, the absolute mortality risk difference was 1% to 2%.4

The FDA’s “black-box” warnings about using atypical agents in patients with dementia add another layer of complexity to your treatment decisions (Box).3,4 The public is well served by evidence identifying risks associated with prescription medications, but the FDA data do little to help millions of families answer the question, “And so, what now?”

Recognizing that solid empiric evidence is lacking, we attempt to address this lingering question for clinicians, patients, and caregivers who must deal with these symptoms while science tries to provide a more definitive answer.

5-step evaluation

A 5-step initial evaluation of persons with dementia who present with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression includes establishing the frequency, severity, and cause of these symptoms as well as the effectiveness of past treatments and strategies (Algorithm).5

Because adverse drug effects are a potentially reversible cause of psychosis and agitation, review the patient’s drug list—including “as needed” medications—from records at a facility or from family report. Mrs. B’s record from the assisted living facility reveals she was receiving:

 

  • atenolol, 25 mg/d
  • aspirin, 81 mg/d
  • extended-release oxybutynin, 10 mg at bedtime
  • psyllium, one packet daily
  • hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 5/500 mg every 4 hours as needed for pain
  • lorazepam, 1 mg every 6 hours as needed for agitation
  • diphenhydramine, 25 mg at bedtime
  • paroxetine, 20 mg/d
  • haloperidol, 5 mg at bedtime
  • memantine, 10 mg twice a day.

 

Mrs. B’s medication list is revealing for reasons that, unfortunately, are not rare. She is receiving 3 anticholinergic medications—oxybutynin, diphenhydramine, and paroxetine—that may be worsening her mental status and behavior directly through CNS effects, possibly in combination with frequent benzodiazepine use.

Anticholinergics also can lead to behavior changes via peripheral side effects. Constipation and urinary retention may cause discomfort that an aphasic patient “acts out.” A patient may be experiencing pain related to these side effects and receiving opioid analgesics, which can worsen constipation and urinary retention. Uncontrolled pain related to musculoskeletal disease or neuropathy may merit treatment that will reduce behavioral disturbances.

 

 

Mrs. B also was being catheterized every 8 hours as needed for urinary retention. The invasive and unpleasant nature of urinary catheterization is likely to worsen behavior and increases the risk of one of the most common “asymptomatic” etiologies of behavioral symptoms in dementia—urinary tract infection (UTI).

Algorithm

5-step evaluation of dementia patients
with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression*

 

1. How dangerous is the situation?
  • If the patient or others are at significant risk and the patient does not respond quickly to behavioral strategies (such as verbal redirection/reassurance, stimulus reduction, or change of environment), consider acute pharmacotherapy. For instance, offer the patient an oral antipsychotic (possibly in dissolvable tablets) and then if necessary consider intramuscular olanzapine, aripiprazole, ziprasidone, haloperidol, or lorazepam
  • For less acute situations, more thoroughly investigate symptom etiology and obtain informed consent before treatment
2. Establish a clear diagnosis/etiology for the symptoms
  • Rule out causes of delirium (such as urinary tract infection, subdural hematoma, pneumonia) through appropriate physical examination and diagnostic studies
  • Rule out iatrogenic causes, such as recent medication changes
  • Rule out physical discomfort from arthritis pain, unrecognized fracture, constipation, or other causes
  • Assess for potentially modifiable antecedents to symptom flares, such as seeing a certain person, increased noise, or social isolation
  • Explore other common causes of behavioral disturbances, including depression, anxiety, and insomnia
3. Establish symptom severity and frequency, including:
  • Impact on patient quality of life
  • Impact on caregiver quality of life
  • Instances in which the safety of the patient or others has been jeopardized
  • Clear descriptions of prototypical examples of symptoms
4. Explore past treatments/caregiver strategies used to address the symptoms and their success and/or problematic outcomes
5. Discuss with the patient/decision-maker what is and is not known about possible risks and benefits of pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatments for psychosis and agitation/aggression in dementia
Source: Reference 5
* Agitation is defined as “inappropriate verbal, vocal, or motor activity that is not judged by an outside observer to be an obvious outcome of the needs or confusion of the individual”24

CASE CONTINUED: Persistent agitation

After evaluating Mrs. B, the psychiatrist limits her medications to atenolol, aspirin, psyllium, and memantine, and begins to taper lorazepam and paroxetine. Laboratory, radiologic, and physical examinations reveal UTI, fecal impaction, bladder distension, and mild hyponatremia. She is given a phosphosoda enema and ciprofloxacin, 250 mg/d for 5 days.

Despite one-to-one nursing care, frequent reorientation, and attempts to interest her in art therapy, Mrs. B remains agitated and postures to strike staff members and other patients. She denies pain or discomfort. Fearing that someone might be injured, the nurse pages the on-duty psychiatrist.

 

The nurse then calls Mr. B, who has durable power of attorney for his wife’s healthcare. When the nurse advises Mr. B that the psychiatrist has ordered risperidone, 0.5 mg, he immediately interjects that the psychiatrist at the assisted living facility told him haloperidol should be used for his wife’s symptoms because other antipsychotics can cause strokes and death.

Typical vs atypical antipsychotics

Mrs. B’s nurse may have to delay administering risperidone while she puts Mr. B in contact with the psychiatrist. In an emergent situation when well-trained staff have assessed for common reversible causes of agitation and tried reasonable nonpharmacologic means to calm the patient, few people would argue against using medication to preserve the safety of the patient and others. To avoid questions such as this during a crisis, obtain informed consent at admission from the patient or (more likely) the proxy decision-maker for medications you anticipate the patient might receive during hospitalization.

 

The larger question is whether typical antipsychotics are preferred for dementia-related psychosis and agitation/aggression because the FDA has not issued the same global black-box warning for this class. Astute clinicians realize that a lack of evidence of harm is not evidence of a lack of harm. In fact, since the black-box warnings for atypical antipsychotics in dementia emerged, several studies have examined whether the same risks exist for typical agents.

Evidence regarding risk of stroke and death with the use of typical and atypical antipsychotics in patients with dementia is summarized in Table 1.6-13 Most evidence, including numerous studies in the past year, comes from retrospective database analyses. Prospective head-to-head comparisons of atypical and typical antipsychotics in dementia are scarce, and future prospective comparisons would be unethical.

No evidence suggests that typical antipsychotics mitigate the risks of stroke or death in dementia compared with atypical agents. Moreover, typical agents are more likely than atypicals to cause movement-related side effects—especially tardive dyskinesia and parkinsonism—in older adults with dementia.14

 

 

Table 1

Typical antipsychotics: Safer than atypicals for older patients?

 

StudyPopulationSummarized results
Mortality
Nasrallah et al6VA patients age ≥65 taking haloperidol or an atypical antipsychotic (n=1,553)Approximately 4 times higher rate of death in those receiving haloperidol compared with those receiving atypicals
Wang et al8Pennsylvania adults age ≥65 with prescription coverage taking antipsychotics (n=22,890)Typicals had higher relative risk (RR) of death at all time points over 180 days (RR 1.27 to 1.56), both in persons with and without dementia; higher risk associated with increased typical doses
Gill et al10Canadians age >65 with dementia (n=27,259 matched pairs)Mortality rate was higher for users of typical vs atypical antipsychotics (RR 1.26 to 1.55)
Kales et al11VA patients age >65 prescribed psychotropics after a dementia diagnosis (n=10,615)Risk of death similar for atypical and typical antipsychotics
Schneeweiss et al7Cancer-free Canadians age ≥65 taking antipsychotics (n=37,241)Higher mortality rates for those taking typical antipsychotics than those taking atypicals (RR 1.47); higher mortality associated with higher typical doses
Trifirò et al9Adults age >65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics in Italy (n=2,385)Equivalent rates of mortality in those taking typical and atypical antipsychotics
Stroke
Gill et al12Canadians age ≥65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics (n=32,710)Equivalent rates of ischemic stroke in those taking atypical and typical agents compared with those receiving atypicals
Liperoti et al13Nursing home residents with dementia hospitalized for stroke or TIA and matched controls (n=4,788)Rates of cerebrovascular adverse events equivalent between users of atypical and typical antipsychotics
VA: Veterans Affairs; TIA: transient ischemic attack

CASE CONTINUED: Moderate relief from risperidone

After the psychiatrist explains the data on atypical vs typical antipsychotics in dementia—and the lack of FDA-approved treatments—Mr. B consents to the use of risperidone. He believes his wife would have wanted to try a medication with a moderate chance of relieving her internal distress and preventing her from harming anyone.

Risperidone provides moderate relief of Mrs. B’s aggression and paranoia. The next day Mr. B visits the unit and asks to speak with the psychiatrist. Although he appreciates the staff’s caring attitude, he says, “There must be safer or better ways to deal with these symptoms than medications like risperidone. I just don’t want the guilt of causing my wife to have a stroke or pass away.” He also asks, “How long will she have to take this medication?”

Evidence for efficacy

In addition to discussing antipsychotics’ risk in dementia, we also need to highlight their efficacy and effectiveness. A recent meta-analysis of 15 randomized controlled trials of atypical antipsychotics for agitation and/or psychosis in dementia included studies with risperidone, olanzapine, aripiprazole, and quetiapine.3 Most study participants were institutionalized, female, and had AD.

Psychosis scores improved in pooled studies of risperidone, whereas global neuropsychiatric disturbance improved with risperidone and aripiprazole. Effects were more notable in:

 

  • persons without psychosis
  • those living in nursing homes
  • patients with severe cognitive impairment.

 

Subsequent placebo-controlled trials of risperidone, quetiapine, and aripiprazole—most focusing on patients with AD—reveal that atypical and typical antipsychotics have modest efficacy in reducing aggression and psychosis.15-19 However, to some extent the National Institute of Mental Health Clinical Antipsychotic Trial of Intervention Effectiveness Study for Alzheimer’s Disease (CATIE-AD)—the largest nonindustry-funded study conducted to address this question—called this conclusion into question.20 Risperidone and olanzapine (but not quetiapine) were efficacious in that fewer patients taking them vs placebo dropped out because of lack of efficacy. Antipsychotics were not effective overall, however, because the primary outcome—all-cause discontinuation rate—was similar for all 3 drugs and placebo. This indicates that on average these medications’ side effect burden may offset their efficacy, though individual patients’ responses may vary.

Alternatives to antipsychotics

Mr. B also raised the issue of treatment alternatives, such as no treatment, other psychotropics (Table 2),5,21 and nonpharmacologic methods (Table 3).22

 

“No treatment” does not imply a lack of assessment or intervention. Always examine patients for iatrogenic, medical, psychosocial, or other precipitants of behavioral symptoms. No treatment may be viable in mild to moderate cases but is impractical for patients with severe psychosis or agitation. Untreated, these symptoms could compromise safety or leave the patient without housing options.

Although possibly underused because of time constraints, reimbursement issues, or lack of training, nonpharmacologic strategies to treat aggression and psychosis in dementia are appealing alternatives to antipsychotics. Little empiric evidence supports nonpharmacologic strategies, however.22

Treatment decisions need to consider patients’ and caregivers’ value systems. Proxy decision-makers should examine treatment decisions in terms of how they believe the patient would view the alternatives. Without a specific advance directive, however, even well-intentioned decision-makers are likely to “contaminate” decisions with their own values and interests.

 

 

After discussing with the decision-maker various treatments’ risks and benefits, it might be useful to ask, for example, “If Mrs. B could have foreseen her behaviors 10 years ago, what do you think she would have wanted us to do? Some people might have been mortified by the thought of attacking other people, whereas other people would not mind this as much as the fear of being ‘overmedicated.’ Which end of the spectrum do you think she would have leaned toward?”

 

When medical research does not offer clear answers for the “right” next clinical step, clinicians can:

 

  • acknowledge our own limits and those of human knowledge
  • engage the caregiver (or, when appropriate, the patient) in shared decision-making, recognizing that some people will appreciate the opportunity for “equal partnership” whereas others will want us to decide based on our best clinical judgment.

Table 2

Pharmacologic alternatives to antipsychotics: What the evidence says

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors2 positive studies with citalopram (more effective than placebo for agitation in 1 trial and equivalent to risperidone for psychosis and agitation with greater tolerability in the other); 2 negative trials with sertraline
Other antidepressants1 study showed trazodone was equivalent to haloperidol for agitation, with greater tolerability; another found trazodone was no different from placebo; other agents have only case reports or open-label trials
Anticonvulsants3 trials showed divalproex was equivalent to placebo; 2 positive trials for carbamazepine, but tolerability problems in both; other agents tried only in case reports or open-label trials
Benzodiazepines/anxiolytics3 trials showed oxazepam, alprazolam, diphenhydramine, and buspirone were equivalent to haloperidol in effects on agitation, but none used a placebo control; trials had problematic methodologies and indicated cognitive worsening with some agents (especially diphenhydramine)
Cognitive enhancersSome evidence of modest benefit in mostly post-hoc data analyses in trials designed to assess cognitive variables and often among participants with overall mild psychiatric symptoms; prospective studies of rivastigmine and donepezil specifically designed to assess neuropsychiatric symptoms have found no difference compared with placebo
Miscellaneous drugsFailed trial of transdermal estrogen in men; small study showed propranolol (average dose 106 mg/d) more effective than placebo
Source: References 5,21


Table 3

How well do psychosocial/behavioral therapies manage
psychosis/agitation in dementia?*

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Caregiver psychoeducation/supportSeveral positive RCTs (evidence grade A)
Music therapy6 RCTs, generally positive in the short term (evidence grade B)
Cognitive stimulation therapyThree-quarters of RCTs showed some benefit (evidence grade B)
Snoezelen therapy (controlled multisensory stimulation)3 RCTs with positive short-term benefits (evidence grade B)
Behavioral management therapies (by professionals)Largest RCTs with some benefits (grade B)
Staff training/educationSeveral positive studies of fair-to-good methodologic quality (evidence grade B)
Reality orientation therapyBest RCT showed no benefit (evidence grade D)
Teaching caregivers behavioral management techniquesOverall inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Simulated presence therapyOnly 1 RCT which was negative (evidence grade D)
Validation therapy1-year RCT with mixed results (evidence grade D)
Reminiscence therapyA few small studies with mixed methodologies (evidence grade D)
Therapeutic activity programs (such as exercise, puzzle play)Varied methods and inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Physical environmental stimulation (such as altered visual stimuli, mirrors, signs)Generally poor methodology and inconsistent results; best results with obscuring exits to decrease exit-seeking (evidence grade D)
* Evidence grades from A (strongest) to D (weakest) were assigned in a review by Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021
RCT: randomized controlled trial
Source: Reference 22

Duration of treatment

Limited evidence leaves psychiatrists largely on our own in regards to how long to continue pharmacotherapy with antipsychotics. Neuropsychiatric symptoms such as psychosis and agitation exhibit variable patterns. Symptoms may wax and wane for unclear reasons.

Given the tenuous nature of the risk-benefit profile for atypical antipsychotics in dementia, consider a gradual taper for persons with dementia who remain asymptomatic after 3 to 6 months of atypical antipsychotic treatment. Monitor them closely for symptom recurrence.5

 

Carefully consider the necessary duration of antipsychotic therapy in patients (such as Mrs. B) in whom you can identify possibly reversible precipitants of psychosis and aggression. Patients may have a delayed beneficial response to the correction of precipitating factors such as medical illness, physical discomfort, or medication side effects.

Mrs. B received risperidone, but evidence for efficacy and safety in dementia-related psychosis or agitation does not yet significantly distinguish among the atypical agents (except that data are limited for ziprasidone and clozapine). Usual starting and target doses are provided in Table 4.23

 

 

Table 4

Atypicals in dementia: Starting and target doses

 

DrugStarting doseTarget dose
Aripiprazole2.5 to 5 mg/d7.5 to 12.5 mg/d
Olanzapine2.5 to 5 mg/d5 to 10 mg/d
Quetiapine12.5 to 25 mg/d50 to 200 mg/d
Risperidone0.25 to 0.5 mg/d0.5 to 1.5 mg/d
Source: Reference 23

Related resources

 

  • Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.
  • American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry position statement: principles of care for persons with dementia resulting from Alzheimer disease. www.aagponline.org/prof/position_caredmnalz.asp.

Drug brand names

 

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atenolol • Tenormin
  • Buspirone • Buspar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Ciprofloxacin • Ciloxan
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Lortab, Vicodin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Oxybutynin • Ditropan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Meeks receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the Mental Health Research Foundation, NARSAD, and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Health Resources and Services Administration.

Dr. Jeste receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the National Institute of Aging, and the National Institute of Mental Health. AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly and Company, and Janssen, L.P. provide free medications for an NIMH-funded study for which Dr. Jeste is the principal investigator.

Diagnosed 7 years ago with Alzheimer’s disease (AD), Mrs. B, age 82, resides in an assisted living facility whose staff is trained to care for older persons with dementia. Over the past 2 months she has shown an escalating pattern of psychosis and aggression, despite one-to-one attention and verbal reassurance.

At first Mrs. B’s psychosis was restricted to occasional rape accusations during assisted bathing and aggression manifested by banging her hand repetitively on furniture, causing skin tears. In the last week, she has been accusing staff and patients of stealing her belongings and has assaulted a staff member and another resident. When supervisors at the facility advise Mrs. B’s husband that she can no longer stay there, he takes her to a local emergency room, from which she is admitted involuntarily to a geriatric psychiatry inpatient unit.

For many patients and families, the most problematic aspects of dementia are neuropsychiatric symptoms—depression, sleep disturbance, psychosis, and aggression. Psychosis affects approximately 40% of persons with AD, whereas ≥80% of persons with dementia experience agitation at some point in the illness.1 These symptoms can lead to:

  • caregiver morbidity
  • poor patient quality of life
  • early patient institutionalization.2

Although no drug has been FDA-approved for treating dementia’s neuropsychiatric symptoms, psychiatrists often use off-label psychotropics—especially antipsychotics—to ameliorate them. This practice is controversial because of public perception that antipsychotics are used in dementia patients to create “zombies” to lighten healthcare workers’ burden. Nonetheless, because dementia patients with psychosis and severe agitation/aggression can pose risks to themselves and those around them, efforts to treat these symptoms are warranted.

Box

 

Atypical antipsychotics’ ‘black-box’ warnings: What are the risks?

The FDA warned prescribers in 2003 of increased risk of “cerebrovascular adverse events including stroke” in dementia patients treated with risperidone vs placebo. Similar cerebrovascular warnings have been issued for olanzapine and aripiprazole. Although the absolute risk difference was generally 1% to 2% between antipsychotic- and placebo-treated patients, the relative risk was approximately 2 times higher with antipsychotics because the prevalence of these events is low in both groups.3

Perhaps more daunting, after a meta-analysis of 17 trials using atypical antipsychotics in elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis, the FDA in 2005 issued a black-box warning of increased mortality risk with atypical antipsychotics (relative risk 1.6 to 1.7) vs placebo. The mortality rate in antipsychotic-treated patients was about 4.5%, compared with about 2.6% in the placebo group. Although causes of death varied, most were cardiovascular (heart failure, sudden death) or infectious (pneumonia). This warning was applied to atypical antipsychotics as a class. As with cerebrovascular risks, the absolute mortality risk difference was 1% to 2%.4

The FDA’s “black-box” warnings about using atypical agents in patients with dementia add another layer of complexity to your treatment decisions (Box).3,4 The public is well served by evidence identifying risks associated with prescription medications, but the FDA data do little to help millions of families answer the question, “And so, what now?”

Recognizing that solid empiric evidence is lacking, we attempt to address this lingering question for clinicians, patients, and caregivers who must deal with these symptoms while science tries to provide a more definitive answer.

5-step evaluation

A 5-step initial evaluation of persons with dementia who present with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression includes establishing the frequency, severity, and cause of these symptoms as well as the effectiveness of past treatments and strategies (Algorithm).5

Because adverse drug effects are a potentially reversible cause of psychosis and agitation, review the patient’s drug list—including “as needed” medications—from records at a facility or from family report. Mrs. B’s record from the assisted living facility reveals she was receiving:

 

  • atenolol, 25 mg/d
  • aspirin, 81 mg/d
  • extended-release oxybutynin, 10 mg at bedtime
  • psyllium, one packet daily
  • hydrocodone/acetaminophen, 5/500 mg every 4 hours as needed for pain
  • lorazepam, 1 mg every 6 hours as needed for agitation
  • diphenhydramine, 25 mg at bedtime
  • paroxetine, 20 mg/d
  • haloperidol, 5 mg at bedtime
  • memantine, 10 mg twice a day.

 

Mrs. B’s medication list is revealing for reasons that, unfortunately, are not rare. She is receiving 3 anticholinergic medications—oxybutynin, diphenhydramine, and paroxetine—that may be worsening her mental status and behavior directly through CNS effects, possibly in combination with frequent benzodiazepine use.

Anticholinergics also can lead to behavior changes via peripheral side effects. Constipation and urinary retention may cause discomfort that an aphasic patient “acts out.” A patient may be experiencing pain related to these side effects and receiving opioid analgesics, which can worsen constipation and urinary retention. Uncontrolled pain related to musculoskeletal disease or neuropathy may merit treatment that will reduce behavioral disturbances.

 

 

Mrs. B also was being catheterized every 8 hours as needed for urinary retention. The invasive and unpleasant nature of urinary catheterization is likely to worsen behavior and increases the risk of one of the most common “asymptomatic” etiologies of behavioral symptoms in dementia—urinary tract infection (UTI).

Algorithm

5-step evaluation of dementia patients
with psychosis and/or agitation/aggression*

 

1. How dangerous is the situation?
  • If the patient or others are at significant risk and the patient does not respond quickly to behavioral strategies (such as verbal redirection/reassurance, stimulus reduction, or change of environment), consider acute pharmacotherapy. For instance, offer the patient an oral antipsychotic (possibly in dissolvable tablets) and then if necessary consider intramuscular olanzapine, aripiprazole, ziprasidone, haloperidol, or lorazepam
  • For less acute situations, more thoroughly investigate symptom etiology and obtain informed consent before treatment
2. Establish a clear diagnosis/etiology for the symptoms
  • Rule out causes of delirium (such as urinary tract infection, subdural hematoma, pneumonia) through appropriate physical examination and diagnostic studies
  • Rule out iatrogenic causes, such as recent medication changes
  • Rule out physical discomfort from arthritis pain, unrecognized fracture, constipation, or other causes
  • Assess for potentially modifiable antecedents to symptom flares, such as seeing a certain person, increased noise, or social isolation
  • Explore other common causes of behavioral disturbances, including depression, anxiety, and insomnia
3. Establish symptom severity and frequency, including:
  • Impact on patient quality of life
  • Impact on caregiver quality of life
  • Instances in which the safety of the patient or others has been jeopardized
  • Clear descriptions of prototypical examples of symptoms
4. Explore past treatments/caregiver strategies used to address the symptoms and their success and/or problematic outcomes
5. Discuss with the patient/decision-maker what is and is not known about possible risks and benefits of pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatments for psychosis and agitation/aggression in dementia
Source: Reference 5
* Agitation is defined as “inappropriate verbal, vocal, or motor activity that is not judged by an outside observer to be an obvious outcome of the needs or confusion of the individual”24

CASE CONTINUED: Persistent agitation

After evaluating Mrs. B, the psychiatrist limits her medications to atenolol, aspirin, psyllium, and memantine, and begins to taper lorazepam and paroxetine. Laboratory, radiologic, and physical examinations reveal UTI, fecal impaction, bladder distension, and mild hyponatremia. She is given a phosphosoda enema and ciprofloxacin, 250 mg/d for 5 days.

Despite one-to-one nursing care, frequent reorientation, and attempts to interest her in art therapy, Mrs. B remains agitated and postures to strike staff members and other patients. She denies pain or discomfort. Fearing that someone might be injured, the nurse pages the on-duty psychiatrist.

 

The nurse then calls Mr. B, who has durable power of attorney for his wife’s healthcare. When the nurse advises Mr. B that the psychiatrist has ordered risperidone, 0.5 mg, he immediately interjects that the psychiatrist at the assisted living facility told him haloperidol should be used for his wife’s symptoms because other antipsychotics can cause strokes and death.

Typical vs atypical antipsychotics

Mrs. B’s nurse may have to delay administering risperidone while she puts Mr. B in contact with the psychiatrist. In an emergent situation when well-trained staff have assessed for common reversible causes of agitation and tried reasonable nonpharmacologic means to calm the patient, few people would argue against using medication to preserve the safety of the patient and others. To avoid questions such as this during a crisis, obtain informed consent at admission from the patient or (more likely) the proxy decision-maker for medications you anticipate the patient might receive during hospitalization.

 

The larger question is whether typical antipsychotics are preferred for dementia-related psychosis and agitation/aggression because the FDA has not issued the same global black-box warning for this class. Astute clinicians realize that a lack of evidence of harm is not evidence of a lack of harm. In fact, since the black-box warnings for atypical antipsychotics in dementia emerged, several studies have examined whether the same risks exist for typical agents.

Evidence regarding risk of stroke and death with the use of typical and atypical antipsychotics in patients with dementia is summarized in Table 1.6-13 Most evidence, including numerous studies in the past year, comes from retrospective database analyses. Prospective head-to-head comparisons of atypical and typical antipsychotics in dementia are scarce, and future prospective comparisons would be unethical.

No evidence suggests that typical antipsychotics mitigate the risks of stroke or death in dementia compared with atypical agents. Moreover, typical agents are more likely than atypicals to cause movement-related side effects—especially tardive dyskinesia and parkinsonism—in older adults with dementia.14

 

 

Table 1

Typical antipsychotics: Safer than atypicals for older patients?

 

StudyPopulationSummarized results
Mortality
Nasrallah et al6VA patients age ≥65 taking haloperidol or an atypical antipsychotic (n=1,553)Approximately 4 times higher rate of death in those receiving haloperidol compared with those receiving atypicals
Wang et al8Pennsylvania adults age ≥65 with prescription coverage taking antipsychotics (n=22,890)Typicals had higher relative risk (RR) of death at all time points over 180 days (RR 1.27 to 1.56), both in persons with and without dementia; higher risk associated with increased typical doses
Gill et al10Canadians age >65 with dementia (n=27,259 matched pairs)Mortality rate was higher for users of typical vs atypical antipsychotics (RR 1.26 to 1.55)
Kales et al11VA patients age >65 prescribed psychotropics after a dementia diagnosis (n=10,615)Risk of death similar for atypical and typical antipsychotics
Schneeweiss et al7Cancer-free Canadians age ≥65 taking antipsychotics (n=37,241)Higher mortality rates for those taking typical antipsychotics than those taking atypicals (RR 1.47); higher mortality associated with higher typical doses
Trifirò et al9Adults age >65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics in Italy (n=2,385)Equivalent rates of mortality in those taking typical and atypical antipsychotics
Stroke
Gill et al12Canadians age ≥65 with dementia receiving antipsychotics (n=32,710)Equivalent rates of ischemic stroke in those taking atypical and typical agents compared with those receiving atypicals
Liperoti et al13Nursing home residents with dementia hospitalized for stroke or TIA and matched controls (n=4,788)Rates of cerebrovascular adverse events equivalent between users of atypical and typical antipsychotics
VA: Veterans Affairs; TIA: transient ischemic attack

CASE CONTINUED: Moderate relief from risperidone

After the psychiatrist explains the data on atypical vs typical antipsychotics in dementia—and the lack of FDA-approved treatments—Mr. B consents to the use of risperidone. He believes his wife would have wanted to try a medication with a moderate chance of relieving her internal distress and preventing her from harming anyone.

Risperidone provides moderate relief of Mrs. B’s aggression and paranoia. The next day Mr. B visits the unit and asks to speak with the psychiatrist. Although he appreciates the staff’s caring attitude, he says, “There must be safer or better ways to deal with these symptoms than medications like risperidone. I just don’t want the guilt of causing my wife to have a stroke or pass away.” He also asks, “How long will she have to take this medication?”

Evidence for efficacy

In addition to discussing antipsychotics’ risk in dementia, we also need to highlight their efficacy and effectiveness. A recent meta-analysis of 15 randomized controlled trials of atypical antipsychotics for agitation and/or psychosis in dementia included studies with risperidone, olanzapine, aripiprazole, and quetiapine.3 Most study participants were institutionalized, female, and had AD.

Psychosis scores improved in pooled studies of risperidone, whereas global neuropsychiatric disturbance improved with risperidone and aripiprazole. Effects were more notable in:

 

  • persons without psychosis
  • those living in nursing homes
  • patients with severe cognitive impairment.

 

Subsequent placebo-controlled trials of risperidone, quetiapine, and aripiprazole—most focusing on patients with AD—reveal that atypical and typical antipsychotics have modest efficacy in reducing aggression and psychosis.15-19 However, to some extent the National Institute of Mental Health Clinical Antipsychotic Trial of Intervention Effectiveness Study for Alzheimer’s Disease (CATIE-AD)—the largest nonindustry-funded study conducted to address this question—called this conclusion into question.20 Risperidone and olanzapine (but not quetiapine) were efficacious in that fewer patients taking them vs placebo dropped out because of lack of efficacy. Antipsychotics were not effective overall, however, because the primary outcome—all-cause discontinuation rate—was similar for all 3 drugs and placebo. This indicates that on average these medications’ side effect burden may offset their efficacy, though individual patients’ responses may vary.

Alternatives to antipsychotics

Mr. B also raised the issue of treatment alternatives, such as no treatment, other psychotropics (Table 2),5,21 and nonpharmacologic methods (Table 3).22

 

“No treatment” does not imply a lack of assessment or intervention. Always examine patients for iatrogenic, medical, psychosocial, or other precipitants of behavioral symptoms. No treatment may be viable in mild to moderate cases but is impractical for patients with severe psychosis or agitation. Untreated, these symptoms could compromise safety or leave the patient without housing options.

Although possibly underused because of time constraints, reimbursement issues, or lack of training, nonpharmacologic strategies to treat aggression and psychosis in dementia are appealing alternatives to antipsychotics. Little empiric evidence supports nonpharmacologic strategies, however.22

Treatment decisions need to consider patients’ and caregivers’ value systems. Proxy decision-makers should examine treatment decisions in terms of how they believe the patient would view the alternatives. Without a specific advance directive, however, even well-intentioned decision-makers are likely to “contaminate” decisions with their own values and interests.

 

 

After discussing with the decision-maker various treatments’ risks and benefits, it might be useful to ask, for example, “If Mrs. B could have foreseen her behaviors 10 years ago, what do you think she would have wanted us to do? Some people might have been mortified by the thought of attacking other people, whereas other people would not mind this as much as the fear of being ‘overmedicated.’ Which end of the spectrum do you think she would have leaned toward?”

 

When medical research does not offer clear answers for the “right” next clinical step, clinicians can:

 

  • acknowledge our own limits and those of human knowledge
  • engage the caregiver (or, when appropriate, the patient) in shared decision-making, recognizing that some people will appreciate the opportunity for “equal partnership” whereas others will want us to decide based on our best clinical judgment.

Table 2

Pharmacologic alternatives to antipsychotics: What the evidence says

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors2 positive studies with citalopram (more effective than placebo for agitation in 1 trial and equivalent to risperidone for psychosis and agitation with greater tolerability in the other); 2 negative trials with sertraline
Other antidepressants1 study showed trazodone was equivalent to haloperidol for agitation, with greater tolerability; another found trazodone was no different from placebo; other agents have only case reports or open-label trials
Anticonvulsants3 trials showed divalproex was equivalent to placebo; 2 positive trials for carbamazepine, but tolerability problems in both; other agents tried only in case reports or open-label trials
Benzodiazepines/anxiolytics3 trials showed oxazepam, alprazolam, diphenhydramine, and buspirone were equivalent to haloperidol in effects on agitation, but none used a placebo control; trials had problematic methodologies and indicated cognitive worsening with some agents (especially diphenhydramine)
Cognitive enhancersSome evidence of modest benefit in mostly post-hoc data analyses in trials designed to assess cognitive variables and often among participants with overall mild psychiatric symptoms; prospective studies of rivastigmine and donepezil specifically designed to assess neuropsychiatric symptoms have found no difference compared with placebo
Miscellaneous drugsFailed trial of transdermal estrogen in men; small study showed propranolol (average dose 106 mg/d) more effective than placebo
Source: References 5,21


Table 3

How well do psychosocial/behavioral therapies manage
psychosis/agitation in dementia?*

 

TreatmentEvidence/results
Caregiver psychoeducation/supportSeveral positive RCTs (evidence grade A)
Music therapy6 RCTs, generally positive in the short term (evidence grade B)
Cognitive stimulation therapyThree-quarters of RCTs showed some benefit (evidence grade B)
Snoezelen therapy (controlled multisensory stimulation)3 RCTs with positive short-term benefits (evidence grade B)
Behavioral management therapies (by professionals)Largest RCTs with some benefits (grade B)
Staff training/educationSeveral positive studies of fair-to-good methodologic quality (evidence grade B)
Reality orientation therapyBest RCT showed no benefit (evidence grade D)
Teaching caregivers behavioral management techniquesOverall inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Simulated presence therapyOnly 1 RCT which was negative (evidence grade D)
Validation therapy1-year RCT with mixed results (evidence grade D)
Reminiscence therapyA few small studies with mixed methodologies (evidence grade D)
Therapeutic activity programs (such as exercise, puzzle play)Varied methods and inconsistent results (evidence grade D)
Physical environmental stimulation (such as altered visual stimuli, mirrors, signs)Generally poor methodology and inconsistent results; best results with obscuring exits to decrease exit-seeking (evidence grade D)
* Evidence grades from A (strongest) to D (weakest) were assigned in a review by Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021
RCT: randomized controlled trial
Source: Reference 22

Duration of treatment

Limited evidence leaves psychiatrists largely on our own in regards to how long to continue pharmacotherapy with antipsychotics. Neuropsychiatric symptoms such as psychosis and agitation exhibit variable patterns. Symptoms may wax and wane for unclear reasons.

Given the tenuous nature of the risk-benefit profile for atypical antipsychotics in dementia, consider a gradual taper for persons with dementia who remain asymptomatic after 3 to 6 months of atypical antipsychotic treatment. Monitor them closely for symptom recurrence.5

 

Carefully consider the necessary duration of antipsychotic therapy in patients (such as Mrs. B) in whom you can identify possibly reversible precipitants of psychosis and aggression. Patients may have a delayed beneficial response to the correction of precipitating factors such as medical illness, physical discomfort, or medication side effects.

Mrs. B received risperidone, but evidence for efficacy and safety in dementia-related psychosis or agitation does not yet significantly distinguish among the atypical agents (except that data are limited for ziprasidone and clozapine). Usual starting and target doses are provided in Table 4.23

 

 

Table 4

Atypicals in dementia: Starting and target doses

 

DrugStarting doseTarget dose
Aripiprazole2.5 to 5 mg/d7.5 to 12.5 mg/d
Olanzapine2.5 to 5 mg/d5 to 10 mg/d
Quetiapine12.5 to 25 mg/d50 to 200 mg/d
Risperidone0.25 to 0.5 mg/d0.5 to 1.5 mg/d
Source: Reference 23

Related resources

 

  • Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.
  • American Association for Geriatric Psychiatry position statement: principles of care for persons with dementia resulting from Alzheimer disease. www.aagponline.org/prof/position_caredmnalz.asp.

Drug brand names

 

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Atenolol • Tenormin
  • Buspirone • Buspar
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Ciprofloxacin • Ciloxan
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Diphenhydramine • Benadryl
  • Divalproex • Depakote
  • Donepezil • Aricept
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Hydrocodone/acetaminophen • Lortab, Vicodin
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Memantine • Namenda
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxazepam • Serax
  • Oxybutynin • Ditropan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Rivastigmine • Exelon
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon

Disclosure

Dr. Meeks receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the Mental Health Research Foundation, NARSAD, and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Health Resources and Services Administration.

Dr. Jeste receives research/grant support from the John A. Hartford Foundation, the National Institute of Aging, and the National Institute of Mental Health. AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Eli Lilly and Company, and Janssen, L.P. provide free medications for an NIMH-funded study for which Dr. Jeste is the principal investigator.

References

 

1. Jeste DV, Meeks TW, Kim DS, Zubenko GS. Research agenda for DSM-V: diagnostic categories and criteria for neuropsychiatry syndromes in dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:160-71.

2. Yaffe K, Fox P, Newcomer R, et al. Patient and caregiver characteristics and nursing home placement in patients with dementia. JAMA 2002;287:2090-7.

3. Schneider LS, Dagerman K, Insel PS. Efficacy and adverse effects of atypical antipsychotics for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized, placebo-controlled trials. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:191-210.

4. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005;294:1934-43.

5. Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on the use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.

6. Nasrallah HA, White T, Nasrallah AT. Lower mortality in geriatric patients receiving risperidone and olanzapine versus haloperidol: preliminary analysis of retrospective data. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:437-9.

7. Schneeweiss S, Setoguchi S, Brookhart A, et al. Risk of death associated with the use of conventional versus atypical antipsychotic drugs among elderly patients. CMAJ 2007;176:627-32.

8. Wang PS, Schneeweiss S, Avorn J, et al. Risk of death in elderly users of conventional vs. atypical antipsychotic medications. N Engl J Med 2005;353:2335-41.

9. Trifirò G, Verhamme KM, Ziere G, et al. All-cause mortality associated with atypical and typical antipsychotics in demented outpatients. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf 2007;16:538-44.

10. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med 2007;146:775-86.

11. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1568-76.

12. Gill SS, Rochon PA, Herrmann N, et al. Atypical antipsychotic drugs and risk of ischaemic stroke: population based retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2005;330:445.-

13. Liperoti R, Gambassi G, Lapane KL, et al. Cerebrovascular events among elderly nursing home patients treated with conventional or atypical antipsychotics. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:1090-6.

14. Jeste DV, Lacro JP, Nguyen HA, et al. Lower incidence of tardive dyskinesia with risperidone versus haloperidol. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:716-9.

15. Rainer M, Haushofer M, Pfolz H, et al. Quetiapine versus risperidone in elderly patients with behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia: efficacy, safety and cognitive function. Eur Psychiatry 2007;22:395-403.

16. Holmes C, Wilkinson D, Dean C, et al. Risperidone and rivastigmine and agitated behaviour in severe Alzheimer’s disease: a randomised double blind placebo controlled study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;22:380-1.

17. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

18. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res 2007;4:81-93.

19. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:918-31.

20. Schneider LS, Tariot PN, Dagerman KS, et al. Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1525-38.

21. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

22. Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021.

23. Jeste D, Meeks T. To prescribe or not to prescribe? Atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with dementia. South Med J 2007;100:961-3.

24. Cohen-Mansfield J. Nonpharmacologic interventions for inappropriate behaviors in dementia: a review and critique. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;9:361-81.

References

 

1. Jeste DV, Meeks TW, Kim DS, Zubenko GS. Research agenda for DSM-V: diagnostic categories and criteria for neuropsychiatry syndromes in dementia. J Geriatr Psychiatry Neurol 2006;19:160-71.

2. Yaffe K, Fox P, Newcomer R, et al. Patient and caregiver characteristics and nursing home placement in patients with dementia. JAMA 2002;287:2090-7.

3. Schneider LS, Dagerman K, Insel PS. Efficacy and adverse effects of atypical antipsychotics for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized, placebo-controlled trials. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2006;14:191-210.

4. Schneider LS, Dagerman KS, Insel P. Risk of death with atypical antipsychotic drug treatment for dementia: meta-analysis of randomized placebo-controlled trials. JAMA 2005;294:1934-43.

5. Jeste DV, Blazer D, Casey D, et al. ACNP White Paper: update on the use of antipsychotic drugs in elderly persons with dementia. Neuropsychopharmacology 2008;33(5):957-70.

6. Nasrallah HA, White T, Nasrallah AT. Lower mortality in geriatric patients receiving risperidone and olanzapine versus haloperidol: preliminary analysis of retrospective data. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2004;12:437-9.

7. Schneeweiss S, Setoguchi S, Brookhart A, et al. Risk of death associated with the use of conventional versus atypical antipsychotic drugs among elderly patients. CMAJ 2007;176:627-32.

8. Wang PS, Schneeweiss S, Avorn J, et al. Risk of death in elderly users of conventional vs. atypical antipsychotic medications. N Engl J Med 2005;353:2335-41.

9. Trifirò G, Verhamme KM, Ziere G, et al. All-cause mortality associated with atypical and typical antipsychotics in demented outpatients. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf 2007;16:538-44.

10. Gill SS, Bronskill SE, Normand SL, et al. Antipsychotic drug use and mortality in older adults with dementia. Ann Intern Med 2007;146:775-86.

11. Kales HC, Valenstein M, Kim HM, et al. Mortality risk in patients with dementia treated with antipsychotics versus other psychiatric medications. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1568-76.

12. Gill SS, Rochon PA, Herrmann N, et al. Atypical antipsychotic drugs and risk of ischaemic stroke: population based retrospective cohort study. BMJ 2005;330:445.-

13. Liperoti R, Gambassi G, Lapane KL, et al. Cerebrovascular events among elderly nursing home patients treated with conventional or atypical antipsychotics. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66:1090-6.

14. Jeste DV, Lacro JP, Nguyen HA, et al. Lower incidence of tardive dyskinesia with risperidone versus haloperidol. J Am Geriatr Soc 1999;47:716-9.

15. Rainer M, Haushofer M, Pfolz H, et al. Quetiapine versus risperidone in elderly patients with behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia: efficacy, safety and cognitive function. Eur Psychiatry 2007;22:395-403.

16. Holmes C, Wilkinson D, Dean C, et al. Risperidone and rivastigmine and agitated behaviour in severe Alzheimer’s disease: a randomised double blind placebo controlled study. Int J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;22:380-1.

17. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

18. Zhong KX, Tariot PN, Mintzer J, et al. Quetiapine to treat agitation in dementia: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Curr Alzheimer Res 2007;4:81-93.

19. Mintzer JE, Tune LE, Breder CD, et al. Aripiprazole for the treatment of psychoses in institutionalized patients with Alzheimer dementia: a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled assessment of three fixed doses. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:918-31.

20. Schneider LS, Tariot PN, Dagerman KS, et al. Effectiveness of atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with Alzheimer’s disease. N Engl J Med 2006;355:1525-38.

21. Pollock BG, Mulsant BH, Rosen J, et al. A double-blind comparison of citalopram and risperidone for the treatment of behavioral and psychotic symptoms associated with dementia. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2007;15:942-52.

22. Livingston G, Johnston K, Katona C, et al. Systematic review of psychological approaches to the management of neuropsychiatric symptoms of dementia. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1996-2021.

23. Jeste D, Meeks T. To prescribe or not to prescribe? Atypical antipsychotic drugs in patients with dementia. South Med J 2007;100:961-3.

24. Cohen-Mansfield J. Nonpharmacologic interventions for inappropriate behaviors in dementia: a review and critique. Am J Geriatr Psychiatry 2001;9:361-81.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Page Number
51-65
Page Number
51-65
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Antipsychotics in dementia: Beyond ‘black-box’ warnings
Display Headline
Antipsychotics in dementia: Beyond ‘black-box’ warnings
Legacy Keywords
antipsychotics; dementia; Alzheimer’s disease; dementia and agitation; typical vs atypical antipsychotics; Thomas W. Meeks MD; Dilip V. Jeste MD
Legacy Keywords
antipsychotics; dementia; Alzheimer’s disease; dementia and agitation; typical vs atypical antipsychotics; Thomas W. Meeks MD; Dilip V. Jeste MD
Sections
PURLs Copyright

Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Every patient, every visit: Routine tests yield clinically useful data

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Every patient, every visit: Routine tests yield clinically useful data

General psychiatry practitioners such as myself traditionally have relied on writing case reports to describe our clinical experience. One obstacle to getting cases published is that many research journals require submitted articles to include large samples and rating scales as measures of change in the conditions of patients being studied.

I have published articles about my clinical experiences using patient data collected with the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scale and other standardized tests. Research instruments such as the CGI can gather empiric data and are easy to use in clinical practice.1

This article describes how routine standardized testing provides useful data for research and improves diagnostic accuracy—and patient outcomes—even before I meet my patients for the first time.

Why use standardized tests?

Benefits. All my new patients undergo screening before their first face-to-face meeting with a psychiatrist. This registration visit takes about 2 hours, after which they are scheduled for an appointment based on clinical urgency. We charge no fee for the screening visit; the benefits of gathering a comprehensive database before the clinical evaluation outweigh the cost of the tests, software, and staff time.

Along with completing insurance and biographical paperwork, patients perform self-administered psychosocial and medical histories and a battery of standardized tests. This information allows me to focus on interpersonal issues—rather than fact-finding—during the first interview. It also ensures a comprehensive patient history.

Box 1

Unipolar or bipolar depression? Mini-SCID can help with diagnosis

Bipolar disorder is difficult to diagnose in patients presenting with depressive symptoms. In a 5-year chart review,2 we used data from Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (Mini-SCID) screening tests to assess this tool’s usefulness in diagnosing depressed patients. Data also included each patient’s demographic information, initial clinical diagnosis, current clinical diagnosis, and Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90) results.

Among 796 patients who took the Mini-SCID at their initial visit, 256 had a current clinical diagnosis of bipolar disorder and 540 had nonbipolar diagnoses. The Mini-SCID had a sensitivity of 0.58 and specificity of 0.63 in predicting a current diagnosis of bipolarity. This compared with a sensitivity of 0.35 and specificity of 0.98 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis. Among patients with bipolar II disorder, the MiniSCID’s sensitivity was 0.55, compared with 0.20 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis.

Patients who endorsed mania/hypomania on the Mini-SCID yet had a diagnosis of nonbipolar illness had SCL-90 profiles more like those of bipolar than unipolar patients. Therefore, using the Mini-SCID with the SCL-90 might improve in-office recognition of bipolar illness.

Using standardized tests has given our practice a positive image in the community. Repeated outcome measures also reinforce to patients that our practice provides up-to-date, comprehensive care.

Limitations. One limitation to using rating scales to publish experiences in clinical practice is that clinical need, rather than a research protocol, determines the frequency of visits. Another is that we ask patients to rate symptoms they experience in the week before office visits. Thus, the data do not capture changes that occurred in other weeks.

Standardized tests we use

Except for the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS), I selected the tests I use in the late 1980s because of:

  • their ease of use and affordability
  • my familiarity with them from my academic work
  • their suitability for a mood disorder clinical practice such as mine.
Other tests are available; the point is to select affordable tools for baseline assessment and repeated measurement of change.

Psychosocial history. Patients use an office computer to complete a questionnaire about family and developmental history, financial and employment history, education, health, alcohol and drug history, current stressors, and the presenting problem. Software from Multi-Health Systems (See Related Resources) allows me to add or remove questions as needed.

To ensure privacy when the next patient uses the computer, each patient’s report is deleted after it is printed. I receive the printed report, which details all responses and flags those that may require clarification.

Medical history. A standardized form asks patients about whether they have had most common medical conditions, their present symptoms, and family members’ health. An additional form inquires into psychiatric treatment, family history of psychiatric illnesses, and present medications.

Mini-SCID. The Mini-SCID has several advantages over the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM (SCID):

  • Patients self-administer the test on a computer at the office.
  • For research purposes, Mini-SCID results are protected from clinician biases because patients are interviewed using uniform questions and circumstances.
The clinician receives a printed report that assesses the likelihood of 21 DSM-IV diagnoses, including past or current depression, mania, dysthymia, panic disorder, agoraphobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, social phobia, simple phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, somatoform disorder, delusions, hallucinations, alcohol and substance abuse, anorexia, bulimia, hypochondriasis, posttraumatic stress disorder, and body dysmorphic disorder.
 

 


Box 2

TEMPS shows value in early detection of bipolar disorder

Being able to identify the bipolar nature of a depressive episode leads to better treatment and outcomes. In our private psychiatric clinic, we used the 39-item Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) to screen for temperaments of 783 consecutive mood disorder outpatients. We also examined their demographic information, clinical diagnoses by the treating psychiatrist, and Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scores to measure response to treatment.6

  • Patients with bipolar disorder scored significantly higher on cyclothymia, depression, and irritability scales, compared with patients diagnosed with unipolar depression.
  • Bipolar II patients scored significantly higher on the same 3 scales than did patients with bipolar I disorder or unipolar depression.

Patients with higher cyclothymia scores tended also to have higher CGI-C scores, indicating greater treatment resistance.

By analyzing Mini-SCID data from >1,000 of our outpatients, we learned that this screening test can improve our diagnosis of bipolar disorder in patients presenting with depressive symptoms (Box 1).2

Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90). This tool adds another layer of support for bipolar illness diagnosis (Box 1). It also is useful in conjunction with rating scales specific to other diagnostic categories, such as depression and anxiety.

The SCL-903 consists of 90 statements that measure the severity of 9 dimensions of psychopathology: somatization, obsession-compulsion, interpersonal sensitivity, depression, anxiety, hostility, phobic anxiety, paranoid ideation, and psychoticism. Using a scale of 0 (not at all) to 4 (a great deal), patients rate how much they are bothered by the feelings expressed in each statement.

In its standard scoring, the SCL-90 returns a score for 9 scales. Hunter et al4 developed an alternate set of 8 scales that uses SCL-90 questions to screen for depression, mania, schizophrenia, antisocial personality disorder, somatization disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, and agoraphobia. These SCL-90 diagnostic scales showed good reliability as an aid to the Mini-SCID in identifying diagnoses among 1,457 adult psychiatric outpatients.

Temperament evaluation. The Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) is a 39-item, self-report scale designed to measure 5 different temperaments: cyclothymic, depressive, irritable, hyperthymic, and anxious.5 It is especially useful for identifying bipolar spectrum patients (Box 2).6

Clinical Global Impressions scale. The CGI uses a 7-point Likert scale to describe the clinician’s impression of change in a patient’s condition. This scale:

  • transcends symptom checklists by incorporating knowledge of the patient’s history, symptoms, and behaviors
  • lends itself easily to repeated measures of change and severity of the condition being rated.1
I use the CGI-Severity scale for baseline assessment and the CGI-Change when I see patients on follow-up.

Every office visit

At the screening visit and before every office visit, my patients complete 2 depression rating tests to document changes between visits and over time: a visual analog scale (VAS) and the QIDS.

The VAS’ 10-cm line with the left side marked “worst ever” and the right side marked “best ever” is a simple tool. It captures patients’ subjective impressions of their mood states in answer to the question, “How do you feel today?” I used the VAS as an outcome measure in a study of modafinil augmentation of antidepressant therapy.7

The QIDS is a 16-item screen that measures 9 depressive symptoms.8 It has been validated against the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM-D)9 and was used as the outcome measure in the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial.10 The QIDS-16 is available online for free use in many languages (see Related Resources).11

The QIDS-16 allows you to track the severity of each depressive symptom and provides an overall depression score. It includes 3 questions on insomnia (for early, middle, and late symptoms) and 1 on hypersomnia. Routine use of the QIDS-16 provided data for a poster on the high frequency of persistent insomnia in 145 consecutive outpatients in our practice whose depressive symptoms were in remission.12

Until recently, our office performed routine depression screening with the 52-item Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS),13 a self-administered inventory designed to mirror results from the HAM-D. I published articles using the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy (Box 3)13,14 and in a study of modafinil’s effectiveness as adjunctive therapy in patients with unipolar depression.7

 

 

Box 3

Antidepressant efficacy in unipolar depression

The Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS) is lengthy (52 items), but its self-rating yes/no format makes it easy to administer and score.13 We used the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy in 346 patients with unipolar depression.14

Using baseline and follow-up CDRS scores over 5 years, we examined:

  • changes in scores
  • which medications most rapidly brought about remission (defined as CDRS score ≤7)
  • which medication was most effective in preventing relapse.

We found that sertraline and to a lesser extent paroxetine were more effective than several other antidepressants in achieving remission and preventing relapse.

Logistical concerns

Patient feedback. Although some patients complain about having to complete depression rating scales at every visit, most accept this as equivalent to having routine blood pressure measurements. Many become interested in tracking their improvement by test scores in addition to subjective feelings.

Related resources

  • Multi-Health Systems. Publishers of mental health assessment tools. www.mhs.com.
  • Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) and Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS). www.ids-qids.org.
Drug brand names

  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosure

Dr. Nasr is a speaker for Takeda Pharmaceutical Company, Pfizer Inc, Eli Lilly and Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and GlaxoSmithKline.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Nasr acknowledges the contribution of research assistant Burdette J. Wendt, who collects and analyzes the data referenced above and helped prepare this manuscript.

HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) allows publication of large-scale studies that do not identify patients individually. We also obtained permission from the local Institutional Review Board to disseminate non-identifying cumulative data.

References

1. Busner J, Targum SD. The Clinical Global Impressions Scale: applying a research tool in clinical practice. Psychiatry 2007 2007;4(7):28-37.

2. Nasr S, Popli A, Wendt B. Can the MiniSCID improve the detection of bipolarity in private practice? J Affect Disord 2005;86:289-93.

3. Derogatis LR, Lipman RS, Covi L. SCL-90: an outpatient psychiatric rating scale—preliminary report. Psychopharmacol Bull 1973;9(1):13-28.

4. Hunter E, Penick E, Powell B, et al. Development of scales to screen for eight common psychiatric disorders. J Nerv Ment Dis 2005;193:131-5.

5. Akiskal HS, Akiskal KK, Haykal RF, et al. TEMPS-A: progress towards validation of a self-rated clinical version of the Temperament Evaluation of the Memphis, Pisa, Paris, and San Diego Autoquestionnaire. J Affect Disord 2005;85:3-16.

6. Nasr S, Wendt B. The TEMPS in outpatient practice. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

7. Nasr S. Modafinil as adjunctive therapy in depressed outpatients. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2004;16:133-8.

8. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Ibrahim HM, et al. The 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) clinician rating (QIDS-C) and self-report (QIDS-SR): a psychometric evaluation in patients with chronic major depression. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54:573-83.

9. Rush AJ, Gullion CM, Basco MR, et al. The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS): psychometric properties. Psychol Med 1996;26:477-86.

10. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(11):1905-17.

11. IDS/QIDS. Instruments in English and multiple translations. University of Pittsburgh Epidemiology Data Center. Available at: http://www.ids-qids.org. Accessed March 7, 2008.

12. Nasr S, Wendt B. Sleeplessness despite remission in depressed outpatients. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

13. Carroll BJM, Feinberg M, Smouse PE, et al. The Carroll rating scale for depression. I. Development, reliability and validation. Br J Psychiatry 1981;138:194-200.

14. Nasr S, Wendt B. Five-year comparison of antidepressant monotherapy. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract 2006;10:297-9.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Suhayl Nasr, MD
Volunteer clinical associate professor, Department of psychiatry, Indiana University, Indianapolis, Adjunct assistant professor, Department of psychology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Publications
Page Number
39-43
Legacy Keywords
Clinical Global Impressions scale; standardized testing; Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV; Mini-SCID; TEMPS; SCL-90; visual analog scale; QIDS; Carroll Depression Rating Scale; Suhayl Nasr MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Suhayl Nasr, MD
Volunteer clinical associate professor, Department of psychiatry, Indiana University, Indianapolis, Adjunct assistant professor, Department of psychology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN

Author and Disclosure Information

Suhayl Nasr, MD
Volunteer clinical associate professor, Department of psychiatry, Indiana University, Indianapolis, Adjunct assistant professor, Department of psychology, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN

Article PDF
Article PDF

General psychiatry practitioners such as myself traditionally have relied on writing case reports to describe our clinical experience. One obstacle to getting cases published is that many research journals require submitted articles to include large samples and rating scales as measures of change in the conditions of patients being studied.

I have published articles about my clinical experiences using patient data collected with the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scale and other standardized tests. Research instruments such as the CGI can gather empiric data and are easy to use in clinical practice.1

This article describes how routine standardized testing provides useful data for research and improves diagnostic accuracy—and patient outcomes—even before I meet my patients for the first time.

Why use standardized tests?

Benefits. All my new patients undergo screening before their first face-to-face meeting with a psychiatrist. This registration visit takes about 2 hours, after which they are scheduled for an appointment based on clinical urgency. We charge no fee for the screening visit; the benefits of gathering a comprehensive database before the clinical evaluation outweigh the cost of the tests, software, and staff time.

Along with completing insurance and biographical paperwork, patients perform self-administered psychosocial and medical histories and a battery of standardized tests. This information allows me to focus on interpersonal issues—rather than fact-finding—during the first interview. It also ensures a comprehensive patient history.

Box 1

Unipolar or bipolar depression? Mini-SCID can help with diagnosis

Bipolar disorder is difficult to diagnose in patients presenting with depressive symptoms. In a 5-year chart review,2 we used data from Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (Mini-SCID) screening tests to assess this tool’s usefulness in diagnosing depressed patients. Data also included each patient’s demographic information, initial clinical diagnosis, current clinical diagnosis, and Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90) results.

Among 796 patients who took the Mini-SCID at their initial visit, 256 had a current clinical diagnosis of bipolar disorder and 540 had nonbipolar diagnoses. The Mini-SCID had a sensitivity of 0.58 and specificity of 0.63 in predicting a current diagnosis of bipolarity. This compared with a sensitivity of 0.35 and specificity of 0.98 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis. Among patients with bipolar II disorder, the MiniSCID’s sensitivity was 0.55, compared with 0.20 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis.

Patients who endorsed mania/hypomania on the Mini-SCID yet had a diagnosis of nonbipolar illness had SCL-90 profiles more like those of bipolar than unipolar patients. Therefore, using the Mini-SCID with the SCL-90 might improve in-office recognition of bipolar illness.

Using standardized tests has given our practice a positive image in the community. Repeated outcome measures also reinforce to patients that our practice provides up-to-date, comprehensive care.

Limitations. One limitation to using rating scales to publish experiences in clinical practice is that clinical need, rather than a research protocol, determines the frequency of visits. Another is that we ask patients to rate symptoms they experience in the week before office visits. Thus, the data do not capture changes that occurred in other weeks.

Standardized tests we use

Except for the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS), I selected the tests I use in the late 1980s because of:

  • their ease of use and affordability
  • my familiarity with them from my academic work
  • their suitability for a mood disorder clinical practice such as mine.
Other tests are available; the point is to select affordable tools for baseline assessment and repeated measurement of change.

Psychosocial history. Patients use an office computer to complete a questionnaire about family and developmental history, financial and employment history, education, health, alcohol and drug history, current stressors, and the presenting problem. Software from Multi-Health Systems (See Related Resources) allows me to add or remove questions as needed.

To ensure privacy when the next patient uses the computer, each patient’s report is deleted after it is printed. I receive the printed report, which details all responses and flags those that may require clarification.

Medical history. A standardized form asks patients about whether they have had most common medical conditions, their present symptoms, and family members’ health. An additional form inquires into psychiatric treatment, family history of psychiatric illnesses, and present medications.

Mini-SCID. The Mini-SCID has several advantages over the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM (SCID):

  • Patients self-administer the test on a computer at the office.
  • For research purposes, Mini-SCID results are protected from clinician biases because patients are interviewed using uniform questions and circumstances.
The clinician receives a printed report that assesses the likelihood of 21 DSM-IV diagnoses, including past or current depression, mania, dysthymia, panic disorder, agoraphobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, social phobia, simple phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, somatoform disorder, delusions, hallucinations, alcohol and substance abuse, anorexia, bulimia, hypochondriasis, posttraumatic stress disorder, and body dysmorphic disorder.
 

 


Box 2

TEMPS shows value in early detection of bipolar disorder

Being able to identify the bipolar nature of a depressive episode leads to better treatment and outcomes. In our private psychiatric clinic, we used the 39-item Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) to screen for temperaments of 783 consecutive mood disorder outpatients. We also examined their demographic information, clinical diagnoses by the treating psychiatrist, and Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scores to measure response to treatment.6

  • Patients with bipolar disorder scored significantly higher on cyclothymia, depression, and irritability scales, compared with patients diagnosed with unipolar depression.
  • Bipolar II patients scored significantly higher on the same 3 scales than did patients with bipolar I disorder or unipolar depression.

Patients with higher cyclothymia scores tended also to have higher CGI-C scores, indicating greater treatment resistance.

By analyzing Mini-SCID data from >1,000 of our outpatients, we learned that this screening test can improve our diagnosis of bipolar disorder in patients presenting with depressive symptoms (Box 1).2

Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90). This tool adds another layer of support for bipolar illness diagnosis (Box 1). It also is useful in conjunction with rating scales specific to other diagnostic categories, such as depression and anxiety.

The SCL-903 consists of 90 statements that measure the severity of 9 dimensions of psychopathology: somatization, obsession-compulsion, interpersonal sensitivity, depression, anxiety, hostility, phobic anxiety, paranoid ideation, and psychoticism. Using a scale of 0 (not at all) to 4 (a great deal), patients rate how much they are bothered by the feelings expressed in each statement.

In its standard scoring, the SCL-90 returns a score for 9 scales. Hunter et al4 developed an alternate set of 8 scales that uses SCL-90 questions to screen for depression, mania, schizophrenia, antisocial personality disorder, somatization disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, and agoraphobia. These SCL-90 diagnostic scales showed good reliability as an aid to the Mini-SCID in identifying diagnoses among 1,457 adult psychiatric outpatients.

Temperament evaluation. The Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) is a 39-item, self-report scale designed to measure 5 different temperaments: cyclothymic, depressive, irritable, hyperthymic, and anxious.5 It is especially useful for identifying bipolar spectrum patients (Box 2).6

Clinical Global Impressions scale. The CGI uses a 7-point Likert scale to describe the clinician’s impression of change in a patient’s condition. This scale:

  • transcends symptom checklists by incorporating knowledge of the patient’s history, symptoms, and behaviors
  • lends itself easily to repeated measures of change and severity of the condition being rated.1
I use the CGI-Severity scale for baseline assessment and the CGI-Change when I see patients on follow-up.

Every office visit

At the screening visit and before every office visit, my patients complete 2 depression rating tests to document changes between visits and over time: a visual analog scale (VAS) and the QIDS.

The VAS’ 10-cm line with the left side marked “worst ever” and the right side marked “best ever” is a simple tool. It captures patients’ subjective impressions of their mood states in answer to the question, “How do you feel today?” I used the VAS as an outcome measure in a study of modafinil augmentation of antidepressant therapy.7

The QIDS is a 16-item screen that measures 9 depressive symptoms.8 It has been validated against the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM-D)9 and was used as the outcome measure in the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial.10 The QIDS-16 is available online for free use in many languages (see Related Resources).11

The QIDS-16 allows you to track the severity of each depressive symptom and provides an overall depression score. It includes 3 questions on insomnia (for early, middle, and late symptoms) and 1 on hypersomnia. Routine use of the QIDS-16 provided data for a poster on the high frequency of persistent insomnia in 145 consecutive outpatients in our practice whose depressive symptoms were in remission.12

Until recently, our office performed routine depression screening with the 52-item Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS),13 a self-administered inventory designed to mirror results from the HAM-D. I published articles using the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy (Box 3)13,14 and in a study of modafinil’s effectiveness as adjunctive therapy in patients with unipolar depression.7

 

 

Box 3

Antidepressant efficacy in unipolar depression

The Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS) is lengthy (52 items), but its self-rating yes/no format makes it easy to administer and score.13 We used the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy in 346 patients with unipolar depression.14

Using baseline and follow-up CDRS scores over 5 years, we examined:

  • changes in scores
  • which medications most rapidly brought about remission (defined as CDRS score ≤7)
  • which medication was most effective in preventing relapse.

We found that sertraline and to a lesser extent paroxetine were more effective than several other antidepressants in achieving remission and preventing relapse.

Logistical concerns

Patient feedback. Although some patients complain about having to complete depression rating scales at every visit, most accept this as equivalent to having routine blood pressure measurements. Many become interested in tracking their improvement by test scores in addition to subjective feelings.

Related resources

  • Multi-Health Systems. Publishers of mental health assessment tools. www.mhs.com.
  • Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) and Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS). www.ids-qids.org.
Drug brand names

  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosure

Dr. Nasr is a speaker for Takeda Pharmaceutical Company, Pfizer Inc, Eli Lilly and Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and GlaxoSmithKline.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Nasr acknowledges the contribution of research assistant Burdette J. Wendt, who collects and analyzes the data referenced above and helped prepare this manuscript.

HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) allows publication of large-scale studies that do not identify patients individually. We also obtained permission from the local Institutional Review Board to disseminate non-identifying cumulative data.

General psychiatry practitioners such as myself traditionally have relied on writing case reports to describe our clinical experience. One obstacle to getting cases published is that many research journals require submitted articles to include large samples and rating scales as measures of change in the conditions of patients being studied.

I have published articles about my clinical experiences using patient data collected with the Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scale and other standardized tests. Research instruments such as the CGI can gather empiric data and are easy to use in clinical practice.1

This article describes how routine standardized testing provides useful data for research and improves diagnostic accuracy—and patient outcomes—even before I meet my patients for the first time.

Why use standardized tests?

Benefits. All my new patients undergo screening before their first face-to-face meeting with a psychiatrist. This registration visit takes about 2 hours, after which they are scheduled for an appointment based on clinical urgency. We charge no fee for the screening visit; the benefits of gathering a comprehensive database before the clinical evaluation outweigh the cost of the tests, software, and staff time.

Along with completing insurance and biographical paperwork, patients perform self-administered psychosocial and medical histories and a battery of standardized tests. This information allows me to focus on interpersonal issues—rather than fact-finding—during the first interview. It also ensures a comprehensive patient history.

Box 1

Unipolar or bipolar depression? Mini-SCID can help with diagnosis

Bipolar disorder is difficult to diagnose in patients presenting with depressive symptoms. In a 5-year chart review,2 we used data from Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV (Mini-SCID) screening tests to assess this tool’s usefulness in diagnosing depressed patients. Data also included each patient’s demographic information, initial clinical diagnosis, current clinical diagnosis, and Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90) results.

Among 796 patients who took the Mini-SCID at their initial visit, 256 had a current clinical diagnosis of bipolar disorder and 540 had nonbipolar diagnoses. The Mini-SCID had a sensitivity of 0.58 and specificity of 0.63 in predicting a current diagnosis of bipolarity. This compared with a sensitivity of 0.35 and specificity of 0.98 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis. Among patients with bipolar II disorder, the MiniSCID’s sensitivity was 0.55, compared with 0.20 for the clinician’s initial diagnosis.

Patients who endorsed mania/hypomania on the Mini-SCID yet had a diagnosis of nonbipolar illness had SCL-90 profiles more like those of bipolar than unipolar patients. Therefore, using the Mini-SCID with the SCL-90 might improve in-office recognition of bipolar illness.

Using standardized tests has given our practice a positive image in the community. Repeated outcome measures also reinforce to patients that our practice provides up-to-date, comprehensive care.

Limitations. One limitation to using rating scales to publish experiences in clinical practice is that clinical need, rather than a research protocol, determines the frequency of visits. Another is that we ask patients to rate symptoms they experience in the week before office visits. Thus, the data do not capture changes that occurred in other weeks.

Standardized tests we use

Except for the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS), I selected the tests I use in the late 1980s because of:

  • their ease of use and affordability
  • my familiarity with them from my academic work
  • their suitability for a mood disorder clinical practice such as mine.
Other tests are available; the point is to select affordable tools for baseline assessment and repeated measurement of change.

Psychosocial history. Patients use an office computer to complete a questionnaire about family and developmental history, financial and employment history, education, health, alcohol and drug history, current stressors, and the presenting problem. Software from Multi-Health Systems (See Related Resources) allows me to add or remove questions as needed.

To ensure privacy when the next patient uses the computer, each patient’s report is deleted after it is printed. I receive the printed report, which details all responses and flags those that may require clarification.

Medical history. A standardized form asks patients about whether they have had most common medical conditions, their present symptoms, and family members’ health. An additional form inquires into psychiatric treatment, family history of psychiatric illnesses, and present medications.

Mini-SCID. The Mini-SCID has several advantages over the Structured Clinical Interview for DSM (SCID):

  • Patients self-administer the test on a computer at the office.
  • For research purposes, Mini-SCID results are protected from clinician biases because patients are interviewed using uniform questions and circumstances.
The clinician receives a printed report that assesses the likelihood of 21 DSM-IV diagnoses, including past or current depression, mania, dysthymia, panic disorder, agoraphobia, obsessive-compulsive disorder, social phobia, simple phobia, generalized anxiety disorder, somatoform disorder, delusions, hallucinations, alcohol and substance abuse, anorexia, bulimia, hypochondriasis, posttraumatic stress disorder, and body dysmorphic disorder.
 

 


Box 2

TEMPS shows value in early detection of bipolar disorder

Being able to identify the bipolar nature of a depressive episode leads to better treatment and outcomes. In our private psychiatric clinic, we used the 39-item Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) to screen for temperaments of 783 consecutive mood disorder outpatients. We also examined their demographic information, clinical diagnoses by the treating psychiatrist, and Clinical Global Impressions (CGI) scores to measure response to treatment.6

  • Patients with bipolar disorder scored significantly higher on cyclothymia, depression, and irritability scales, compared with patients diagnosed with unipolar depression.
  • Bipolar II patients scored significantly higher on the same 3 scales than did patients with bipolar I disorder or unipolar depression.

Patients with higher cyclothymia scores tended also to have higher CGI-C scores, indicating greater treatment resistance.

By analyzing Mini-SCID data from >1,000 of our outpatients, we learned that this screening test can improve our diagnosis of bipolar disorder in patients presenting with depressive symptoms (Box 1).2

Symptom Checklist-90 (SCL-90). This tool adds another layer of support for bipolar illness diagnosis (Box 1). It also is useful in conjunction with rating scales specific to other diagnostic categories, such as depression and anxiety.

The SCL-903 consists of 90 statements that measure the severity of 9 dimensions of psychopathology: somatization, obsession-compulsion, interpersonal sensitivity, depression, anxiety, hostility, phobic anxiety, paranoid ideation, and psychoticism. Using a scale of 0 (not at all) to 4 (a great deal), patients rate how much they are bothered by the feelings expressed in each statement.

In its standard scoring, the SCL-90 returns a score for 9 scales. Hunter et al4 developed an alternate set of 8 scales that uses SCL-90 questions to screen for depression, mania, schizophrenia, antisocial personality disorder, somatization disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, panic disorder, and agoraphobia. These SCL-90 diagnostic scales showed good reliability as an aid to the Mini-SCID in identifying diagnoses among 1,457 adult psychiatric outpatients.

Temperament evaluation. The Temperament Evaluation of Memphis, Pisa, Paris and San Diego (TEMPS) is a 39-item, self-report scale designed to measure 5 different temperaments: cyclothymic, depressive, irritable, hyperthymic, and anxious.5 It is especially useful for identifying bipolar spectrum patients (Box 2).6

Clinical Global Impressions scale. The CGI uses a 7-point Likert scale to describe the clinician’s impression of change in a patient’s condition. This scale:

  • transcends symptom checklists by incorporating knowledge of the patient’s history, symptoms, and behaviors
  • lends itself easily to repeated measures of change and severity of the condition being rated.1
I use the CGI-Severity scale for baseline assessment and the CGI-Change when I see patients on follow-up.

Every office visit

At the screening visit and before every office visit, my patients complete 2 depression rating tests to document changes between visits and over time: a visual analog scale (VAS) and the QIDS.

The VAS’ 10-cm line with the left side marked “worst ever” and the right side marked “best ever” is a simple tool. It captures patients’ subjective impressions of their mood states in answer to the question, “How do you feel today?” I used the VAS as an outcome measure in a study of modafinil augmentation of antidepressant therapy.7

The QIDS is a 16-item screen that measures 9 depressive symptoms.8 It has been validated against the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM-D)9 and was used as the outcome measure in the Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) trial.10 The QIDS-16 is available online for free use in many languages (see Related Resources).11

The QIDS-16 allows you to track the severity of each depressive symptom and provides an overall depression score. It includes 3 questions on insomnia (for early, middle, and late symptoms) and 1 on hypersomnia. Routine use of the QIDS-16 provided data for a poster on the high frequency of persistent insomnia in 145 consecutive outpatients in our practice whose depressive symptoms were in remission.12

Until recently, our office performed routine depression screening with the 52-item Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS),13 a self-administered inventory designed to mirror results from the HAM-D. I published articles using the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy (Box 3)13,14 and in a study of modafinil’s effectiveness as adjunctive therapy in patients with unipolar depression.7

 

 

Box 3

Antidepressant efficacy in unipolar depression

The Carroll Depression Rating Scale (CDRS) is lengthy (52 items), but its self-rating yes/no format makes it easy to administer and score.13 We used the CDRS as the primary outcome measure in a chart review of long-term effectiveness of antidepressant monotherapy in 346 patients with unipolar depression.14

Using baseline and follow-up CDRS scores over 5 years, we examined:

  • changes in scores
  • which medications most rapidly brought about remission (defined as CDRS score ≤7)
  • which medication was most effective in preventing relapse.

We found that sertraline and to a lesser extent paroxetine were more effective than several other antidepressants in achieving remission and preventing relapse.

Logistical concerns

Patient feedback. Although some patients complain about having to complete depression rating scales at every visit, most accept this as equivalent to having routine blood pressure measurements. Many become interested in tracking their improvement by test scores in addition to subjective feelings.

Related resources

  • Multi-Health Systems. Publishers of mental health assessment tools. www.mhs.com.
  • Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS) and Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS). www.ids-qids.org.
Drug brand names

  • Modafinil • Provigil
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
Disclosure

Dr. Nasr is a speaker for Takeda Pharmaceutical Company, Pfizer Inc, Eli Lilly and Company, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and GlaxoSmithKline.

Acknowledgment

Dr. Nasr acknowledges the contribution of research assistant Burdette J. Wendt, who collects and analyzes the data referenced above and helped prepare this manuscript.

HIPAA. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) allows publication of large-scale studies that do not identify patients individually. We also obtained permission from the local Institutional Review Board to disseminate non-identifying cumulative data.

References

1. Busner J, Targum SD. The Clinical Global Impressions Scale: applying a research tool in clinical practice. Psychiatry 2007 2007;4(7):28-37.

2. Nasr S, Popli A, Wendt B. Can the MiniSCID improve the detection of bipolarity in private practice? J Affect Disord 2005;86:289-93.

3. Derogatis LR, Lipman RS, Covi L. SCL-90: an outpatient psychiatric rating scale—preliminary report. Psychopharmacol Bull 1973;9(1):13-28.

4. Hunter E, Penick E, Powell B, et al. Development of scales to screen for eight common psychiatric disorders. J Nerv Ment Dis 2005;193:131-5.

5. Akiskal HS, Akiskal KK, Haykal RF, et al. TEMPS-A: progress towards validation of a self-rated clinical version of the Temperament Evaluation of the Memphis, Pisa, Paris, and San Diego Autoquestionnaire. J Affect Disord 2005;85:3-16.

6. Nasr S, Wendt B. The TEMPS in outpatient practice. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

7. Nasr S. Modafinil as adjunctive therapy in depressed outpatients. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2004;16:133-8.

8. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Ibrahim HM, et al. The 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) clinician rating (QIDS-C) and self-report (QIDS-SR): a psychometric evaluation in patients with chronic major depression. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54:573-83.

9. Rush AJ, Gullion CM, Basco MR, et al. The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS): psychometric properties. Psychol Med 1996;26:477-86.

10. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(11):1905-17.

11. IDS/QIDS. Instruments in English and multiple translations. University of Pittsburgh Epidemiology Data Center. Available at: http://www.ids-qids.org. Accessed March 7, 2008.

12. Nasr S, Wendt B. Sleeplessness despite remission in depressed outpatients. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

13. Carroll BJM, Feinberg M, Smouse PE, et al. The Carroll rating scale for depression. I. Development, reliability and validation. Br J Psychiatry 1981;138:194-200.

14. Nasr S, Wendt B. Five-year comparison of antidepressant monotherapy. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract 2006;10:297-9.

References

1. Busner J, Targum SD. The Clinical Global Impressions Scale: applying a research tool in clinical practice. Psychiatry 2007 2007;4(7):28-37.

2. Nasr S, Popli A, Wendt B. Can the MiniSCID improve the detection of bipolarity in private practice? J Affect Disord 2005;86:289-93.

3. Derogatis LR, Lipman RS, Covi L. SCL-90: an outpatient psychiatric rating scale—preliminary report. Psychopharmacol Bull 1973;9(1):13-28.

4. Hunter E, Penick E, Powell B, et al. Development of scales to screen for eight common psychiatric disorders. J Nerv Ment Dis 2005;193:131-5.

5. Akiskal HS, Akiskal KK, Haykal RF, et al. TEMPS-A: progress towards validation of a self-rated clinical version of the Temperament Evaluation of the Memphis, Pisa, Paris, and San Diego Autoquestionnaire. J Affect Disord 2005;85:3-16.

6. Nasr S, Wendt B. The TEMPS in outpatient practice. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

7. Nasr S. Modafinil as adjunctive therapy in depressed outpatients. Ann Clin Psychiatry 2004;16:133-8.

8. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Ibrahim HM, et al. The 16-item Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) clinician rating (QIDS-C) and self-report (QIDS-SR): a psychometric evaluation in patients with chronic major depression. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54:573-83.

9. Rush AJ, Gullion CM, Basco MR, et al. The Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (IDS): psychometric properties. Psychol Med 1996;26:477-86.

10. Rush AJ, Trivedi MH, Wisniewski SR, et al. Acute and longer-term outcomes in depressed outpatients requiring one or several treatment steps: a STAR*D report. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(11):1905-17.

11. IDS/QIDS. Instruments in English and multiple translations. University of Pittsburgh Epidemiology Data Center. Available at: http://www.ids-qids.org. Accessed March 7, 2008.

12. Nasr S, Wendt B. Sleeplessness despite remission in depressed outpatients. Poster presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Psychiatric Association; May 23, 2007; San Diego, CA.

13. Carroll BJM, Feinberg M, Smouse PE, et al. The Carroll rating scale for depression. I. Development, reliability and validation. Br J Psychiatry 1981;138:194-200.

14. Nasr S, Wendt B. Five-year comparison of antidepressant monotherapy. Int J Psychiatry Clin Pract 2006;10:297-9.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Page Number
39-43
Page Number
39-43
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Every patient, every visit: Routine tests yield clinically useful data
Display Headline
Every patient, every visit: Routine tests yield clinically useful data
Legacy Keywords
Clinical Global Impressions scale; standardized testing; Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV; Mini-SCID; TEMPS; SCL-90; visual analog scale; QIDS; Carroll Depression Rating Scale; Suhayl Nasr MD
Legacy Keywords
Clinical Global Impressions scale; standardized testing; Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV; Mini-SCID; TEMPS; SCL-90; visual analog scale; QIDS; Carroll Depression Rating Scale; Suhayl Nasr MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Restoring sexual function: Which medications show benefit?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Restoring sexual function: Which medications show benefit?

Sexual disorders such as premature ejaculation, erectile dysfunction (ED), and low libido reduce quality of life in patients with depression, anxiety, and other psychiatric illnesses. In addition, sexual dysfunction is a side effect of many drugs used to treat psychiatric disorders.1

Psychiatry—with its biopsychosocial model—can easily assume the evaluation and treatment of sexual disorders. To inform your practice, this article provides an update on pharmacotherapy for the 3 most common sexual disorders. Its emphasis on biologic treatment is not intended to minimize the importance of psychological interventions.

Premature ejaculation

Premature ejaculation is one of the most common male sexual complaints. In some surveys, approximately 30% of men express concern about ejaculating too rapidly.2 Behavioral therapy often is effective (Box 1), but in my experience most male patients prefer a pharmacologic approach to sexual problems.

Anesthetic creams. Locally applied anesthetic creams—such as prilocaine, lidocaine mixtures, and creams consisting of natural herbs—can increase ejaculatory latency by approximately 7 to 10 minutes. The major side effect of these preparations is penile hypoanesthesia. The man also must use a condom or wash off the cream before vaginal penetration to minimize vaginal absorption.3

Box 1

Start-stop technique for premature ejaculation*

  1. With male lying on back, partner strokes penis until male signals that ejaculation will occur with continued stimulation
  2. Stroking stops, and erection is allowed to subside, then stroking resumes
  3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 four times, 2 times/week
  4. Ejaculatory latency will increase
  5. Partner assumes female-superior position and moves up and down until male indicates ejaculation is imminent

* Behavioral therapy for heterosexual couples. Oral-genital stimulation can be utilized between steps 4 and 5

† Frenulum squeeze technique is similar except that partner squeezes frenulum of penis at sign of male excitement

Centrally active medications. No medications are FDA-approved for premature ejaculation, but case reports describe the off-label use of monoamine oxidase inhibitors, tricyclic antidepressants, and antipsychotics.4 The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine also delay ejaculation, as shown in double-blind controlled studies.

Among the SSRIs, paroxetine appears to have the greatest effect on ejaculatory latency (Table 1).5 Most trials have found that the dose needed to delay ejaculation is similar to the dose necessary to treat depressive disorders.

Clomipramine, a tricyclic antidepressant with strong serotonergic activity, has been shown in double-blind trials to be effective in treating rapid ejaculation on an as-needed basis. By contrast, SSRIs appear to require chronic dosing to be effective. Clomipramine usually is taken 4 to 6 hours before coitus in doses of 25 to 50 mg. Low-dose lorazepam (0.5 to 1 mg) taken 30 minutes before coitus also may be effective in some men.2

Some case reports suggest that phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors (PDE-5 inhibitors) may help to delay ejaculation, but this effect has not been borne out in double-blind studies.6

Table 1

Drug treatment options for premature ejaculation

DrugDosageCommon side effects
Paroxetine20 to 40 mg/dNausea, headache
Clomipramine25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before sexual activityNausea, fatigue
Lorazepam0.5 to 1 mg 30 minutes before sexual activitySedation
Source: Reference 5
Recommendation. Most psychiatrists can easily provide pharmacotherapy for premature ejaculation because we commonly use the medications in clinical practice. As initial treatment, I recommend trying clomipramine, 25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before coitus. Other authors prefer a trial of paroxetine, 20 mg daily.

Erectile dysfunction

Men with major depressive disorder, anxiety disorders, and psychotic disorders have higher rates of ED, compared with the general male population. ED also can be a side effect of—and adversely affect adherence to—antidepressant and antipsychotic therapy.7 Restored erectile function can positively affect patients’ self-esteem and sense of personal efficacy and may facilitate recovery from depression.8

PDE-5 inhibitors. Nitric oxide release triggers the production of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which leads to decreased intracellular calcium, smooth muscle relaxation, and penile erection. All available PDE-5 inhibitors work by inhibiting the degradation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate. They are highly specific, vary somewhat in selectivity for other phosphodiesterase enzyme types, and differ in duration of action (Table 2).

Common side effects include dyspepsia, stuffy nose, and headache. The use of PDE-5 inhibitors with nitrates is contraindicated because of the risk of severe hypotension. Use PDE-5 inhibitors cautiously:

  • with alpha blockers because of the risk of hypotension
  • in men with aortic stenosis, recent myocardial infarction, unstable angina, heart failure, arrhythmias, degenerative retinal disease, or poorly controlled hypertension.9
Also warn patients about the rare possibility of priapism and to go immediately to the nearest emergency room if an erection lasts >4 hours without sexual stimulation.
 

 


Table 2

Duration of action of PDE-5 inhibitors

DrugDuration
Sildenafil4 hours
Vardenafil4 hours
Tadalafil24 to 36 hours
PDE-5: phosphodiesterase type 5
Cases of sudden loss of hearing or vision (nonarteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy) have been associated with PDE-5 inhibitor use.10,11 To date, there is insufficient evidence to determine if these adverse events are chance associations in a population at risk for hearing and vision losses from other causes such as aging.

Other options. Other accepted options for treating ED include intracavernosal injection of vasoactive substances such as phentolamine or prostaglandin E1, or intraurethral insertion of prostaglandins.12 Since the advent of PDE-5 inhibitors, these approaches are rarely used.

Cabergoline. Off-label use of dopaminergic agents such as cabergoline may be moderately effective in treating ED in men who do not respond adequately to PDE-5 inhibitors. Cabergoline is a dopamine D2 receptor agonist used to treat hyperprolactinemia and Parkinson’s disease.

In a randomized, double-blind, placebo- controlled study, 402 men who did not respond to sildenafil received cabergoline, 0.5 to 1 mg weekly for 6 months. Among the 370 men (92%) who completed the trial, mean weekly intercourse episodes increased from 1.4 to 2.2, compared with 1.2 to 1.4 in men who received placebo.13

Cabergoline also improved erectile function and sexual satisfaction in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 50 men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction.14

Treatment outcomes. Most studies report positive psychological responses to ED reversal in men using PDE-5 inhibitors. Successful therapy has been associated with increased self-esteem, satisfaction, and sexual satisfaction.8 Some studies have found increased sexual satisfaction in the partner as well.15

Approximately 50% of PDE-5 inhibitor prescriptions are not refilled, however, and some case reports suggest that restored erectile function can result in:

  • divorce and marital discord
  • no change in partner-related activity.16
Given the symbolic meaning and interpersonal context of sexual activity, it is not surprising that restored sexual function does not always have a positive psychological outcome. Combined psychological and pharmacologic therapy may improve treatment outcomes in men with ED.17

Recommendation. Because erectile problems are common in psychiatric patients, most psychiatrists should feel comfortable treating ED with PDE-5 inhibitors. In general, these agents are relatively safe. Reversing drug-induced sexual dysfunction may improve patients’ adherence to psychotropics, increase self-esteem, and improve relationships with sexual partners.

Hypoactive sexual desire

PDE-5 inhibitors. The success of PDE-5 inhibitors in treating ED led to investigations into whether these agents also could treat female sexual disorders. Large multisite trials using sildenafil failed to find evidence of efficacy in treating female hypoactive sexual desire or arousal disorders, however.18 Similarly, trials of topical prostaglandin E1 and alpha blockers were unsuccessful in women.

Some small studies suggested that PDE-5 inhibitors might be useful in:

  • women with normal libido but decreased arousal19
  • young women with normal libido and inability to reach orgasm.20
These studies used small sample sizes and have not been replicated, however.

Testosterone therapy. In the 1940s, case reports suggested increased libido as a side effect when women were treated with androgens for metastatic cancer. In a prospective study, Sherwin and Gelfand21 found increased sexual desire, sexual arousal, and rates of coitus and orgasm in women injected with testosterone/estrogen preparations after surgical menopausal.

More recently, Shifren et al22 showed in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial that transdermal testosterone, 150 or 300 micrograms/day for 12 weeks, improved sexual function and psychological wellbeing in women age 31 to 56 after surgical menopause. Since then, numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies have demonstrated the efficacy of transdermal testosterone in treating low sexual desire in surgically menopausal women.23 Transdermal testosterone has been approved for this indication in the European Union but not in the United States.

Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24 The study of the relationship of testosterone to libido in women is complicated by numerous factors, however (Box 2).23,24

Other agents. Recent research has focused on centrally active compounds’ effect on libido. One agent in development is flibanserin, a serotonergic 5HT2 antagonist and a 5HT1a agonist. Data from large, multisite studies indicates that this compound increases libido in women with low sexual desire.

Box 2

Testosterone for female hypoactive sexual desire?

Transdermal testosterone can increase sexual desire in surgically menopausal women—according to numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies23—and has been approved for this indication in the European Union. Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24

In the United States, testosterone is not FDA-approved for treating low sexual desire. Considerable off-label use occurs, although long-term safety is unknown.

Various factors complicate the study of testosterone’s relationship to female libido:

  • 3 large population studies have found minimal evidence of a relationship between endogenous androgenic activity and measures of female sexual responsiveness; these results may reflect an absence of such a relationship or methodologic weaknesses.
  • The sensitivity and specificity of available assays to detect testosterone in women are seriously limited.
  • Much of the active testosterone in the female body is made by intracellular conversion or testosterone precursors and thus may not be detected by assays of serum androgen levels.24
 

 

Some evidence suggests that bupropion—which has noradrenergic and dopaminergic agonist properties—increases orgasm completion and other measures of sexual responsiveness in women with hypoactive sexual desire disorders.25

The investigational compound bremelanotide—a synthetic version of melanocytes stimulating hormone—is administered intranasally and appears to acutely influence libido in women.26 Trials have been delayed because of this agent’s effects on blood pressure.

Herbal compounds. Some herbal compounds are being sold for low-desire complaints. Web sites for 2 herbal compounds, Ziti and Alibi, cite unpublished double-blind studies attesting to their efficacy. Because these studies are unpublished, one cannot evaluate their methodologies.

One double-blind study of the herbal compound ArginMax—which contains ginseng, ginkgo, damiana, L-arginine, and multivitamins—suggests efficacy in a small group of women with poorly specified sexual problems.27 Zestra, a topical herbal compound, has been evaluated in large multisite studies and found to be effective in increasing female sexual responsiveness.28

Other approaches. Some clinicians advocate using the testosterone precursor dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) for low sexual desire, although evidence does not support its efficacy.29

A battery-operated device is FDA -approved for treating sexual dysfunction in women. The clitoral vacuum increases vaginal engorgement and various indices of sexual responsiveness. This device’s target population is not clearly defined.30

Recommendation. The first step in treating hypoactive sexual desire disorder is to identify causes that can be treated. Low libido is common in patients with anxiety and depressive disorders and may remit with successful treatment of these primary difficulties.

When medication side effects are causing hypoactive sexual desire, consider substituting another drug or using antidotes such as buspirone or bupropion. Unfortunately, however, most sexual desire problems are idiopathic.

Testosterone therapy has been shown to improve libido, although it is not FDA-approved for this indication. Considerable off-label use occurs, but long-term safety is unknown.

Related resource

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Cabergoline • Dostinex
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phentolamine • Regitine
  • Prostaglandin E1 • Liprostin
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sildenafil • Viagr
  • Tadalafil • Cialis
  • Vardenafil • Levitra
Disclosure

Dr. Segraves receives grant/research support from Pfizer, Boehringer Ingelheim, AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Novartis and is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Company, GlaxoSmithKline, Boehringer Ingelheim, and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

References

1. Segraves RT. Female sexual disorders: psychiatric aspects. Can J Psychiatry 2002;47:419-25.

2. Segraves RT. Rapid ejaculation: a review of nosology, prevalence and treatment. Int J Impot Res 2006;18(suppl 1):S24-S32.

3. Riley A, Segraves RT. Treatment of premature ejaculation. Int J Clin Pract 2006;60(6):694-7.

4. Duterte E, Segraves R, Althof S. Psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy of sexual dysfunctions. In: Nathan P, Gorman J, eds. A guide to treatments that work. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2007:531-60.

5. Waldinger M. Male ejaculation and orgasmic disorders. In: Balon R, Segraves RT, eds. Handbook of sexual dysfunction. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor & Francis; 2005:215-48.

6. McMahon C, Stuckey B, Andersen M, et al. Efficacy of sildenafil citrate (Viagra) in men with premature ejaculation. J Sex Med 2005;2:368-75.

7. Segraves R. Treatment of erectile dysfunction: a psychiatric perspective. Primary Psychiatry 2004;11(12):35-45.

8. Hartmann U. Depression and sexual dysfunction. J Men’s Health Gender 2007;4:18-25.

9. Shabsigh R, Seftel A, Rosen R, et al. Review of time of onset and duration of clinical efficacy of phosphodiesterase inhibitors in treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2006;68:689-96.

10. Mukherjee B, Shivakumar T. A case of sensorineural deafness following ingestion of sildenafil. J Laryngol Otol 2007;121(4):395-7.

11. Pomeranz HD, Bhavsar AR. Nonarteritic ischemic optic neuropathy developing soon after use of sildenafil (Viagra): a report of seven new cases. J Neuroophthalmol 2005;25(1):9-13.

12. Padma-Nathan H, Christ G, Adaikan G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for erectile dysfunction. In: Lue T, Basson R, Rosen R, et al, eds. Sexual medicine: sexual dysfunctions in men and women. Paris, France: Health Publications; 2004:505-68.

13. Safarinejad M. Salvage of sildenafil failures with cabergoline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2006;18:550-8.

14. Nickel M, Moleda D, Loew T, et al. Cabergoline treatment in men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction: a randomized placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2007;19:164-7.

15. Montorsi F, Althof S. Partner responses to sildenafil citrate (Viagra) treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2004;63:762-7.

16. Wise T. Psychosocial effects of sildenafil therapy for erectile dysfunction. J Sex Marital Ther 1999;25(2):145-50.

17. Pallas J, Levine SB, Althof SE, Risen CB. A study using Viagra in a mental health practice. J Sex Marital Ther 2000;26:41-50.

18. Basson R, McInnes R, Smith MD, et al. Efficacy and safety of sildenafil citrate in women with sexual dysfunction associated with female sexual arousal disorder. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2002;11:367-77.

19. Berman JR, Berman LA, Toler SM, et al. Safety and efficacy of sildenafil citrate for the treatment of female sexual arousal disorder: a double-blind, placebo controlled study. J Urol 2003;170(6 Pt 1):2333-8.

20. Caruso S, Intelisano G, Lupo L, Agnello C. Premenopausal women affected by sexual arousal disorder treated with sildenafil: a double-blind, cross-over, placebo-controlled study. BJOG 2001;108:623-8.

21. Sherwin BB, Gelfand MM. The role of androgen in the maintenance of sexual functioning in oophorectomized women. Psychosom Med 1987;49:397-409.

22. Shifren JL, Braunstein GD, Simon JA, et al. Transdermal testosterone treatment in women with impaired sexual function after oophorectomy. N Engl J Med 2000;343:682-8.

23. Segraves RT, Woodard T. Female hypoactive sexual desire disorder: history and current status. J Sex Med 2006;3:408-18.

24. Basaria S, Dobs AS. Clinical review: controversies regarding transdermal androgen therapy in postmenopausal women. J Clin Endocrin Metab 2006;91:4743-52.

25. Segraves RT, Clayton A, Croft H, et al. Bupropion for the treatment of hypoactive sexual desire disorder in premenopausal women. J Clin Psychopharamacol 2004;24:339-42.

26. Pfaus J, Giuliano F, Gelez H. Bremelanotide: an overview of preclinical CNS effects on female sexual function. J Sex Med 2007;4(suppl 4):269-79.

27. Ito T, Polan M, Whipple B, Trant A. The enhancement of female sexual function with ArginMax, a nutritional supplement, among women suffering in menopausal status. J Sex Marit Ther 2006;32:359-78.

28. Ferguson DM, Steidle CP, Singh GS, et al. Randomized, placebo-controlled, double blind, crossover design trial of the efficacy and safety of Zestra for Women in women with and without female sexual arousal disorder. J Sex Marital Ther 2003;29(suppl 1):33-44.

29. Panjari M, Davis S. DHEA therapy for women: effect on sexual functioning and wellbeing. Hum Reprod Update 2007;13:239-48.

30. Feldman J, Striepe M. Women’s sexual health. Clinics in Family Practice 2004;6:839-61.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Robert Taylor Segraves, MD, PhD
Professor, department of psychiatry, Case Western Reserve University
Chair, department of psychiatry, MetroHealth Medical Center
Cleveland, OH

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Publications
Page Number
19-36
Legacy Keywords
sexual disorders; sexual dysfunction and psychiatric disorders; premature ejaculation; erectile dysfunction; ED; low libido; Robert Taylor Segraves MD PhD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Robert Taylor Segraves, MD, PhD
Professor, department of psychiatry, Case Western Reserve University
Chair, department of psychiatry, MetroHealth Medical Center
Cleveland, OH

Author and Disclosure Information

Robert Taylor Segraves, MD, PhD
Professor, department of psychiatry, Case Western Reserve University
Chair, department of psychiatry, MetroHealth Medical Center
Cleveland, OH

Article PDF
Article PDF

Sexual disorders such as premature ejaculation, erectile dysfunction (ED), and low libido reduce quality of life in patients with depression, anxiety, and other psychiatric illnesses. In addition, sexual dysfunction is a side effect of many drugs used to treat psychiatric disorders.1

Psychiatry—with its biopsychosocial model—can easily assume the evaluation and treatment of sexual disorders. To inform your practice, this article provides an update on pharmacotherapy for the 3 most common sexual disorders. Its emphasis on biologic treatment is not intended to minimize the importance of psychological interventions.

Premature ejaculation

Premature ejaculation is one of the most common male sexual complaints. In some surveys, approximately 30% of men express concern about ejaculating too rapidly.2 Behavioral therapy often is effective (Box 1), but in my experience most male patients prefer a pharmacologic approach to sexual problems.

Anesthetic creams. Locally applied anesthetic creams—such as prilocaine, lidocaine mixtures, and creams consisting of natural herbs—can increase ejaculatory latency by approximately 7 to 10 minutes. The major side effect of these preparations is penile hypoanesthesia. The man also must use a condom or wash off the cream before vaginal penetration to minimize vaginal absorption.3

Box 1

Start-stop technique for premature ejaculation*

  1. With male lying on back, partner strokes penis until male signals that ejaculation will occur with continued stimulation
  2. Stroking stops, and erection is allowed to subside, then stroking resumes
  3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 four times, 2 times/week
  4. Ejaculatory latency will increase
  5. Partner assumes female-superior position and moves up and down until male indicates ejaculation is imminent

* Behavioral therapy for heterosexual couples. Oral-genital stimulation can be utilized between steps 4 and 5

† Frenulum squeeze technique is similar except that partner squeezes frenulum of penis at sign of male excitement

Centrally active medications. No medications are FDA-approved for premature ejaculation, but case reports describe the off-label use of monoamine oxidase inhibitors, tricyclic antidepressants, and antipsychotics.4 The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine also delay ejaculation, as shown in double-blind controlled studies.

Among the SSRIs, paroxetine appears to have the greatest effect on ejaculatory latency (Table 1).5 Most trials have found that the dose needed to delay ejaculation is similar to the dose necessary to treat depressive disorders.

Clomipramine, a tricyclic antidepressant with strong serotonergic activity, has been shown in double-blind trials to be effective in treating rapid ejaculation on an as-needed basis. By contrast, SSRIs appear to require chronic dosing to be effective. Clomipramine usually is taken 4 to 6 hours before coitus in doses of 25 to 50 mg. Low-dose lorazepam (0.5 to 1 mg) taken 30 minutes before coitus also may be effective in some men.2

Some case reports suggest that phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors (PDE-5 inhibitors) may help to delay ejaculation, but this effect has not been borne out in double-blind studies.6

Table 1

Drug treatment options for premature ejaculation

DrugDosageCommon side effects
Paroxetine20 to 40 mg/dNausea, headache
Clomipramine25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before sexual activityNausea, fatigue
Lorazepam0.5 to 1 mg 30 minutes before sexual activitySedation
Source: Reference 5
Recommendation. Most psychiatrists can easily provide pharmacotherapy for premature ejaculation because we commonly use the medications in clinical practice. As initial treatment, I recommend trying clomipramine, 25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before coitus. Other authors prefer a trial of paroxetine, 20 mg daily.

Erectile dysfunction

Men with major depressive disorder, anxiety disorders, and psychotic disorders have higher rates of ED, compared with the general male population. ED also can be a side effect of—and adversely affect adherence to—antidepressant and antipsychotic therapy.7 Restored erectile function can positively affect patients’ self-esteem and sense of personal efficacy and may facilitate recovery from depression.8

PDE-5 inhibitors. Nitric oxide release triggers the production of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which leads to decreased intracellular calcium, smooth muscle relaxation, and penile erection. All available PDE-5 inhibitors work by inhibiting the degradation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate. They are highly specific, vary somewhat in selectivity for other phosphodiesterase enzyme types, and differ in duration of action (Table 2).

Common side effects include dyspepsia, stuffy nose, and headache. The use of PDE-5 inhibitors with nitrates is contraindicated because of the risk of severe hypotension. Use PDE-5 inhibitors cautiously:

  • with alpha blockers because of the risk of hypotension
  • in men with aortic stenosis, recent myocardial infarction, unstable angina, heart failure, arrhythmias, degenerative retinal disease, or poorly controlled hypertension.9
Also warn patients about the rare possibility of priapism and to go immediately to the nearest emergency room if an erection lasts >4 hours without sexual stimulation.
 

 


Table 2

Duration of action of PDE-5 inhibitors

DrugDuration
Sildenafil4 hours
Vardenafil4 hours
Tadalafil24 to 36 hours
PDE-5: phosphodiesterase type 5
Cases of sudden loss of hearing or vision (nonarteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy) have been associated with PDE-5 inhibitor use.10,11 To date, there is insufficient evidence to determine if these adverse events are chance associations in a population at risk for hearing and vision losses from other causes such as aging.

Other options. Other accepted options for treating ED include intracavernosal injection of vasoactive substances such as phentolamine or prostaglandin E1, or intraurethral insertion of prostaglandins.12 Since the advent of PDE-5 inhibitors, these approaches are rarely used.

Cabergoline. Off-label use of dopaminergic agents such as cabergoline may be moderately effective in treating ED in men who do not respond adequately to PDE-5 inhibitors. Cabergoline is a dopamine D2 receptor agonist used to treat hyperprolactinemia and Parkinson’s disease.

In a randomized, double-blind, placebo- controlled study, 402 men who did not respond to sildenafil received cabergoline, 0.5 to 1 mg weekly for 6 months. Among the 370 men (92%) who completed the trial, mean weekly intercourse episodes increased from 1.4 to 2.2, compared with 1.2 to 1.4 in men who received placebo.13

Cabergoline also improved erectile function and sexual satisfaction in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 50 men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction.14

Treatment outcomes. Most studies report positive psychological responses to ED reversal in men using PDE-5 inhibitors. Successful therapy has been associated with increased self-esteem, satisfaction, and sexual satisfaction.8 Some studies have found increased sexual satisfaction in the partner as well.15

Approximately 50% of PDE-5 inhibitor prescriptions are not refilled, however, and some case reports suggest that restored erectile function can result in:

  • divorce and marital discord
  • no change in partner-related activity.16
Given the symbolic meaning and interpersonal context of sexual activity, it is not surprising that restored sexual function does not always have a positive psychological outcome. Combined psychological and pharmacologic therapy may improve treatment outcomes in men with ED.17

Recommendation. Because erectile problems are common in psychiatric patients, most psychiatrists should feel comfortable treating ED with PDE-5 inhibitors. In general, these agents are relatively safe. Reversing drug-induced sexual dysfunction may improve patients’ adherence to psychotropics, increase self-esteem, and improve relationships with sexual partners.

Hypoactive sexual desire

PDE-5 inhibitors. The success of PDE-5 inhibitors in treating ED led to investigations into whether these agents also could treat female sexual disorders. Large multisite trials using sildenafil failed to find evidence of efficacy in treating female hypoactive sexual desire or arousal disorders, however.18 Similarly, trials of topical prostaglandin E1 and alpha blockers were unsuccessful in women.

Some small studies suggested that PDE-5 inhibitors might be useful in:

  • women with normal libido but decreased arousal19
  • young women with normal libido and inability to reach orgasm.20
These studies used small sample sizes and have not been replicated, however.

Testosterone therapy. In the 1940s, case reports suggested increased libido as a side effect when women were treated with androgens for metastatic cancer. In a prospective study, Sherwin and Gelfand21 found increased sexual desire, sexual arousal, and rates of coitus and orgasm in women injected with testosterone/estrogen preparations after surgical menopausal.

More recently, Shifren et al22 showed in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial that transdermal testosterone, 150 or 300 micrograms/day for 12 weeks, improved sexual function and psychological wellbeing in women age 31 to 56 after surgical menopause. Since then, numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies have demonstrated the efficacy of transdermal testosterone in treating low sexual desire in surgically menopausal women.23 Transdermal testosterone has been approved for this indication in the European Union but not in the United States.

Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24 The study of the relationship of testosterone to libido in women is complicated by numerous factors, however (Box 2).23,24

Other agents. Recent research has focused on centrally active compounds’ effect on libido. One agent in development is flibanserin, a serotonergic 5HT2 antagonist and a 5HT1a agonist. Data from large, multisite studies indicates that this compound increases libido in women with low sexual desire.

Box 2

Testosterone for female hypoactive sexual desire?

Transdermal testosterone can increase sexual desire in surgically menopausal women—according to numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies23—and has been approved for this indication in the European Union. Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24

In the United States, testosterone is not FDA-approved for treating low sexual desire. Considerable off-label use occurs, although long-term safety is unknown.

Various factors complicate the study of testosterone’s relationship to female libido:

  • 3 large population studies have found minimal evidence of a relationship between endogenous androgenic activity and measures of female sexual responsiveness; these results may reflect an absence of such a relationship or methodologic weaknesses.
  • The sensitivity and specificity of available assays to detect testosterone in women are seriously limited.
  • Much of the active testosterone in the female body is made by intracellular conversion or testosterone precursors and thus may not be detected by assays of serum androgen levels.24
 

 

Some evidence suggests that bupropion—which has noradrenergic and dopaminergic agonist properties—increases orgasm completion and other measures of sexual responsiveness in women with hypoactive sexual desire disorders.25

The investigational compound bremelanotide—a synthetic version of melanocytes stimulating hormone—is administered intranasally and appears to acutely influence libido in women.26 Trials have been delayed because of this agent’s effects on blood pressure.

Herbal compounds. Some herbal compounds are being sold for low-desire complaints. Web sites for 2 herbal compounds, Ziti and Alibi, cite unpublished double-blind studies attesting to their efficacy. Because these studies are unpublished, one cannot evaluate their methodologies.

One double-blind study of the herbal compound ArginMax—which contains ginseng, ginkgo, damiana, L-arginine, and multivitamins—suggests efficacy in a small group of women with poorly specified sexual problems.27 Zestra, a topical herbal compound, has been evaluated in large multisite studies and found to be effective in increasing female sexual responsiveness.28

Other approaches. Some clinicians advocate using the testosterone precursor dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) for low sexual desire, although evidence does not support its efficacy.29

A battery-operated device is FDA -approved for treating sexual dysfunction in women. The clitoral vacuum increases vaginal engorgement and various indices of sexual responsiveness. This device’s target population is not clearly defined.30

Recommendation. The first step in treating hypoactive sexual desire disorder is to identify causes that can be treated. Low libido is common in patients with anxiety and depressive disorders and may remit with successful treatment of these primary difficulties.

When medication side effects are causing hypoactive sexual desire, consider substituting another drug or using antidotes such as buspirone or bupropion. Unfortunately, however, most sexual desire problems are idiopathic.

Testosterone therapy has been shown to improve libido, although it is not FDA-approved for this indication. Considerable off-label use occurs, but long-term safety is unknown.

Related resource

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Cabergoline • Dostinex
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phentolamine • Regitine
  • Prostaglandin E1 • Liprostin
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sildenafil • Viagr
  • Tadalafil • Cialis
  • Vardenafil • Levitra
Disclosure

Dr. Segraves receives grant/research support from Pfizer, Boehringer Ingelheim, AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Novartis and is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Company, GlaxoSmithKline, Boehringer Ingelheim, and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

Sexual disorders such as premature ejaculation, erectile dysfunction (ED), and low libido reduce quality of life in patients with depression, anxiety, and other psychiatric illnesses. In addition, sexual dysfunction is a side effect of many drugs used to treat psychiatric disorders.1

Psychiatry—with its biopsychosocial model—can easily assume the evaluation and treatment of sexual disorders. To inform your practice, this article provides an update on pharmacotherapy for the 3 most common sexual disorders. Its emphasis on biologic treatment is not intended to minimize the importance of psychological interventions.

Premature ejaculation

Premature ejaculation is one of the most common male sexual complaints. In some surveys, approximately 30% of men express concern about ejaculating too rapidly.2 Behavioral therapy often is effective (Box 1), but in my experience most male patients prefer a pharmacologic approach to sexual problems.

Anesthetic creams. Locally applied anesthetic creams—such as prilocaine, lidocaine mixtures, and creams consisting of natural herbs—can increase ejaculatory latency by approximately 7 to 10 minutes. The major side effect of these preparations is penile hypoanesthesia. The man also must use a condom or wash off the cream before vaginal penetration to minimize vaginal absorption.3

Box 1

Start-stop technique for premature ejaculation*

  1. With male lying on back, partner strokes penis until male signals that ejaculation will occur with continued stimulation
  2. Stroking stops, and erection is allowed to subside, then stroking resumes
  3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 four times, 2 times/week
  4. Ejaculatory latency will increase
  5. Partner assumes female-superior position and moves up and down until male indicates ejaculation is imminent

* Behavioral therapy for heterosexual couples. Oral-genital stimulation can be utilized between steps 4 and 5

† Frenulum squeeze technique is similar except that partner squeezes frenulum of penis at sign of male excitement

Centrally active medications. No medications are FDA-approved for premature ejaculation, but case reports describe the off-label use of monoamine oxidase inhibitors, tricyclic antidepressants, and antipsychotics.4 The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) paroxetine, sertraline, and fluoxetine also delay ejaculation, as shown in double-blind controlled studies.

Among the SSRIs, paroxetine appears to have the greatest effect on ejaculatory latency (Table 1).5 Most trials have found that the dose needed to delay ejaculation is similar to the dose necessary to treat depressive disorders.

Clomipramine, a tricyclic antidepressant with strong serotonergic activity, has been shown in double-blind trials to be effective in treating rapid ejaculation on an as-needed basis. By contrast, SSRIs appear to require chronic dosing to be effective. Clomipramine usually is taken 4 to 6 hours before coitus in doses of 25 to 50 mg. Low-dose lorazepam (0.5 to 1 mg) taken 30 minutes before coitus also may be effective in some men.2

Some case reports suggest that phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors (PDE-5 inhibitors) may help to delay ejaculation, but this effect has not been borne out in double-blind studies.6

Table 1

Drug treatment options for premature ejaculation

DrugDosageCommon side effects
Paroxetine20 to 40 mg/dNausea, headache
Clomipramine25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before sexual activityNausea, fatigue
Lorazepam0.5 to 1 mg 30 minutes before sexual activitySedation
Source: Reference 5
Recommendation. Most psychiatrists can easily provide pharmacotherapy for premature ejaculation because we commonly use the medications in clinical practice. As initial treatment, I recommend trying clomipramine, 25 to 50 mg 4 to 6 hours before coitus. Other authors prefer a trial of paroxetine, 20 mg daily.

Erectile dysfunction

Men with major depressive disorder, anxiety disorders, and psychotic disorders have higher rates of ED, compared with the general male population. ED also can be a side effect of—and adversely affect adherence to—antidepressant and antipsychotic therapy.7 Restored erectile function can positively affect patients’ self-esteem and sense of personal efficacy and may facilitate recovery from depression.8

PDE-5 inhibitors. Nitric oxide release triggers the production of cyclic guanosine monophosphate, which leads to decreased intracellular calcium, smooth muscle relaxation, and penile erection. All available PDE-5 inhibitors work by inhibiting the degradation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate. They are highly specific, vary somewhat in selectivity for other phosphodiesterase enzyme types, and differ in duration of action (Table 2).

Common side effects include dyspepsia, stuffy nose, and headache. The use of PDE-5 inhibitors with nitrates is contraindicated because of the risk of severe hypotension. Use PDE-5 inhibitors cautiously:

  • with alpha blockers because of the risk of hypotension
  • in men with aortic stenosis, recent myocardial infarction, unstable angina, heart failure, arrhythmias, degenerative retinal disease, or poorly controlled hypertension.9
Also warn patients about the rare possibility of priapism and to go immediately to the nearest emergency room if an erection lasts >4 hours without sexual stimulation.
 

 


Table 2

Duration of action of PDE-5 inhibitors

DrugDuration
Sildenafil4 hours
Vardenafil4 hours
Tadalafil24 to 36 hours
PDE-5: phosphodiesterase type 5
Cases of sudden loss of hearing or vision (nonarteritic anterior ischemic optic neuropathy) have been associated with PDE-5 inhibitor use.10,11 To date, there is insufficient evidence to determine if these adverse events are chance associations in a population at risk for hearing and vision losses from other causes such as aging.

Other options. Other accepted options for treating ED include intracavernosal injection of vasoactive substances such as phentolamine or prostaglandin E1, or intraurethral insertion of prostaglandins.12 Since the advent of PDE-5 inhibitors, these approaches are rarely used.

Cabergoline. Off-label use of dopaminergic agents such as cabergoline may be moderately effective in treating ED in men who do not respond adequately to PDE-5 inhibitors. Cabergoline is a dopamine D2 receptor agonist used to treat hyperprolactinemia and Parkinson’s disease.

In a randomized, double-blind, placebo- controlled study, 402 men who did not respond to sildenafil received cabergoline, 0.5 to 1 mg weekly for 6 months. Among the 370 men (92%) who completed the trial, mean weekly intercourse episodes increased from 1.4 to 2.2, compared with 1.2 to 1.4 in men who received placebo.13

Cabergoline also improved erectile function and sexual satisfaction in a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial of 50 men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction.14

Treatment outcomes. Most studies report positive psychological responses to ED reversal in men using PDE-5 inhibitors. Successful therapy has been associated with increased self-esteem, satisfaction, and sexual satisfaction.8 Some studies have found increased sexual satisfaction in the partner as well.15

Approximately 50% of PDE-5 inhibitor prescriptions are not refilled, however, and some case reports suggest that restored erectile function can result in:

  • divorce and marital discord
  • no change in partner-related activity.16
Given the symbolic meaning and interpersonal context of sexual activity, it is not surprising that restored sexual function does not always have a positive psychological outcome. Combined psychological and pharmacologic therapy may improve treatment outcomes in men with ED.17

Recommendation. Because erectile problems are common in psychiatric patients, most psychiatrists should feel comfortable treating ED with PDE-5 inhibitors. In general, these agents are relatively safe. Reversing drug-induced sexual dysfunction may improve patients’ adherence to psychotropics, increase self-esteem, and improve relationships with sexual partners.

Hypoactive sexual desire

PDE-5 inhibitors. The success of PDE-5 inhibitors in treating ED led to investigations into whether these agents also could treat female sexual disorders. Large multisite trials using sildenafil failed to find evidence of efficacy in treating female hypoactive sexual desire or arousal disorders, however.18 Similarly, trials of topical prostaglandin E1 and alpha blockers were unsuccessful in women.

Some small studies suggested that PDE-5 inhibitors might be useful in:

  • women with normal libido but decreased arousal19
  • young women with normal libido and inability to reach orgasm.20
These studies used small sample sizes and have not been replicated, however.

Testosterone therapy. In the 1940s, case reports suggested increased libido as a side effect when women were treated with androgens for metastatic cancer. In a prospective study, Sherwin and Gelfand21 found increased sexual desire, sexual arousal, and rates of coitus and orgasm in women injected with testosterone/estrogen preparations after surgical menopausal.

More recently, Shifren et al22 showed in a randomized, placebo-controlled trial that transdermal testosterone, 150 or 300 micrograms/day for 12 weeks, improved sexual function and psychological wellbeing in women age 31 to 56 after surgical menopause. Since then, numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies have demonstrated the efficacy of transdermal testosterone in treating low sexual desire in surgically menopausal women.23 Transdermal testosterone has been approved for this indication in the European Union but not in the United States.

Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24 The study of the relationship of testosterone to libido in women is complicated by numerous factors, however (Box 2).23,24

Other agents. Recent research has focused on centrally active compounds’ effect on libido. One agent in development is flibanserin, a serotonergic 5HT2 antagonist and a 5HT1a agonist. Data from large, multisite studies indicates that this compound increases libido in women with low sexual desire.

Box 2

Testosterone for female hypoactive sexual desire?

Transdermal testosterone can increase sexual desire in surgically menopausal women—according to numerous large, multisite, double-blind studies23—and has been approved for this indication in the European Union. Testosterone also has been reported to increase sexual desire in women who experienced natural menopause and in normal premenopausal women.24

In the United States, testosterone is not FDA-approved for treating low sexual desire. Considerable off-label use occurs, although long-term safety is unknown.

Various factors complicate the study of testosterone’s relationship to female libido:

  • 3 large population studies have found minimal evidence of a relationship between endogenous androgenic activity and measures of female sexual responsiveness; these results may reflect an absence of such a relationship or methodologic weaknesses.
  • The sensitivity and specificity of available assays to detect testosterone in women are seriously limited.
  • Much of the active testosterone in the female body is made by intracellular conversion or testosterone precursors and thus may not be detected by assays of serum androgen levels.24
 

 

Some evidence suggests that bupropion—which has noradrenergic and dopaminergic agonist properties—increases orgasm completion and other measures of sexual responsiveness in women with hypoactive sexual desire disorders.25

The investigational compound bremelanotide—a synthetic version of melanocytes stimulating hormone—is administered intranasally and appears to acutely influence libido in women.26 Trials have been delayed because of this agent’s effects on blood pressure.

Herbal compounds. Some herbal compounds are being sold for low-desire complaints. Web sites for 2 herbal compounds, Ziti and Alibi, cite unpublished double-blind studies attesting to their efficacy. Because these studies are unpublished, one cannot evaluate their methodologies.

One double-blind study of the herbal compound ArginMax—which contains ginseng, ginkgo, damiana, L-arginine, and multivitamins—suggests efficacy in a small group of women with poorly specified sexual problems.27 Zestra, a topical herbal compound, has been evaluated in large multisite studies and found to be effective in increasing female sexual responsiveness.28

Other approaches. Some clinicians advocate using the testosterone precursor dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) for low sexual desire, although evidence does not support its efficacy.29

A battery-operated device is FDA -approved for treating sexual dysfunction in women. The clitoral vacuum increases vaginal engorgement and various indices of sexual responsiveness. This device’s target population is not clearly defined.30

Recommendation. The first step in treating hypoactive sexual desire disorder is to identify causes that can be treated. Low libido is common in patients with anxiety and depressive disorders and may remit with successful treatment of these primary difficulties.

When medication side effects are causing hypoactive sexual desire, consider substituting another drug or using antidotes such as buspirone or bupropion. Unfortunately, however, most sexual desire problems are idiopathic.

Testosterone therapy has been shown to improve libido, although it is not FDA-approved for this indication. Considerable off-label use occurs, but long-term safety is unknown.

Related resource

Drug brand names

  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Buspirone • BuSpar
  • Cabergoline • Dostinex
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lorazepam • Ativan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phentolamine • Regitine
  • Prostaglandin E1 • Liprostin
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sildenafil • Viagr
  • Tadalafil • Cialis
  • Vardenafil • Levitra
Disclosure

Dr. Segraves receives grant/research support from Pfizer, Boehringer Ingelheim, AstraZeneca, Bristol-Myers Squibb, and Novartis and is a consultant to Eli Lilly and Company, GlaxoSmithKline, Boehringer Ingelheim, and Bristol-Myers Squibb.

References

1. Segraves RT. Female sexual disorders: psychiatric aspects. Can J Psychiatry 2002;47:419-25.

2. Segraves RT. Rapid ejaculation: a review of nosology, prevalence and treatment. Int J Impot Res 2006;18(suppl 1):S24-S32.

3. Riley A, Segraves RT. Treatment of premature ejaculation. Int J Clin Pract 2006;60(6):694-7.

4. Duterte E, Segraves R, Althof S. Psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy of sexual dysfunctions. In: Nathan P, Gorman J, eds. A guide to treatments that work. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2007:531-60.

5. Waldinger M. Male ejaculation and orgasmic disorders. In: Balon R, Segraves RT, eds. Handbook of sexual dysfunction. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor & Francis; 2005:215-48.

6. McMahon C, Stuckey B, Andersen M, et al. Efficacy of sildenafil citrate (Viagra) in men with premature ejaculation. J Sex Med 2005;2:368-75.

7. Segraves R. Treatment of erectile dysfunction: a psychiatric perspective. Primary Psychiatry 2004;11(12):35-45.

8. Hartmann U. Depression and sexual dysfunction. J Men’s Health Gender 2007;4:18-25.

9. Shabsigh R, Seftel A, Rosen R, et al. Review of time of onset and duration of clinical efficacy of phosphodiesterase inhibitors in treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2006;68:689-96.

10. Mukherjee B, Shivakumar T. A case of sensorineural deafness following ingestion of sildenafil. J Laryngol Otol 2007;121(4):395-7.

11. Pomeranz HD, Bhavsar AR. Nonarteritic ischemic optic neuropathy developing soon after use of sildenafil (Viagra): a report of seven new cases. J Neuroophthalmol 2005;25(1):9-13.

12. Padma-Nathan H, Christ G, Adaikan G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for erectile dysfunction. In: Lue T, Basson R, Rosen R, et al, eds. Sexual medicine: sexual dysfunctions in men and women. Paris, France: Health Publications; 2004:505-68.

13. Safarinejad M. Salvage of sildenafil failures with cabergoline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2006;18:550-8.

14. Nickel M, Moleda D, Loew T, et al. Cabergoline treatment in men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction: a randomized placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2007;19:164-7.

15. Montorsi F, Althof S. Partner responses to sildenafil citrate (Viagra) treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2004;63:762-7.

16. Wise T. Psychosocial effects of sildenafil therapy for erectile dysfunction. J Sex Marital Ther 1999;25(2):145-50.

17. Pallas J, Levine SB, Althof SE, Risen CB. A study using Viagra in a mental health practice. J Sex Marital Ther 2000;26:41-50.

18. Basson R, McInnes R, Smith MD, et al. Efficacy and safety of sildenafil citrate in women with sexual dysfunction associated with female sexual arousal disorder. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2002;11:367-77.

19. Berman JR, Berman LA, Toler SM, et al. Safety and efficacy of sildenafil citrate for the treatment of female sexual arousal disorder: a double-blind, placebo controlled study. J Urol 2003;170(6 Pt 1):2333-8.

20. Caruso S, Intelisano G, Lupo L, Agnello C. Premenopausal women affected by sexual arousal disorder treated with sildenafil: a double-blind, cross-over, placebo-controlled study. BJOG 2001;108:623-8.

21. Sherwin BB, Gelfand MM. The role of androgen in the maintenance of sexual functioning in oophorectomized women. Psychosom Med 1987;49:397-409.

22. Shifren JL, Braunstein GD, Simon JA, et al. Transdermal testosterone treatment in women with impaired sexual function after oophorectomy. N Engl J Med 2000;343:682-8.

23. Segraves RT, Woodard T. Female hypoactive sexual desire disorder: history and current status. J Sex Med 2006;3:408-18.

24. Basaria S, Dobs AS. Clinical review: controversies regarding transdermal androgen therapy in postmenopausal women. J Clin Endocrin Metab 2006;91:4743-52.

25. Segraves RT, Clayton A, Croft H, et al. Bupropion for the treatment of hypoactive sexual desire disorder in premenopausal women. J Clin Psychopharamacol 2004;24:339-42.

26. Pfaus J, Giuliano F, Gelez H. Bremelanotide: an overview of preclinical CNS effects on female sexual function. J Sex Med 2007;4(suppl 4):269-79.

27. Ito T, Polan M, Whipple B, Trant A. The enhancement of female sexual function with ArginMax, a nutritional supplement, among women suffering in menopausal status. J Sex Marit Ther 2006;32:359-78.

28. Ferguson DM, Steidle CP, Singh GS, et al. Randomized, placebo-controlled, double blind, crossover design trial of the efficacy and safety of Zestra for Women in women with and without female sexual arousal disorder. J Sex Marital Ther 2003;29(suppl 1):33-44.

29. Panjari M, Davis S. DHEA therapy for women: effect on sexual functioning and wellbeing. Hum Reprod Update 2007;13:239-48.

30. Feldman J, Striepe M. Women’s sexual health. Clinics in Family Practice 2004;6:839-61.

References

1. Segraves RT. Female sexual disorders: psychiatric aspects. Can J Psychiatry 2002;47:419-25.

2. Segraves RT. Rapid ejaculation: a review of nosology, prevalence and treatment. Int J Impot Res 2006;18(suppl 1):S24-S32.

3. Riley A, Segraves RT. Treatment of premature ejaculation. Int J Clin Pract 2006;60(6):694-7.

4. Duterte E, Segraves R, Althof S. Psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy of sexual dysfunctions. In: Nathan P, Gorman J, eds. A guide to treatments that work. New York, NY: Oxford University Press; 2007:531-60.

5. Waldinger M. Male ejaculation and orgasmic disorders. In: Balon R, Segraves RT, eds. Handbook of sexual dysfunction. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor & Francis; 2005:215-48.

6. McMahon C, Stuckey B, Andersen M, et al. Efficacy of sildenafil citrate (Viagra) in men with premature ejaculation. J Sex Med 2005;2:368-75.

7. Segraves R. Treatment of erectile dysfunction: a psychiatric perspective. Primary Psychiatry 2004;11(12):35-45.

8. Hartmann U. Depression and sexual dysfunction. J Men’s Health Gender 2007;4:18-25.

9. Shabsigh R, Seftel A, Rosen R, et al. Review of time of onset and duration of clinical efficacy of phosphodiesterase inhibitors in treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2006;68:689-96.

10. Mukherjee B, Shivakumar T. A case of sensorineural deafness following ingestion of sildenafil. J Laryngol Otol 2007;121(4):395-7.

11. Pomeranz HD, Bhavsar AR. Nonarteritic ischemic optic neuropathy developing soon after use of sildenafil (Viagra): a report of seven new cases. J Neuroophthalmol 2005;25(1):9-13.

12. Padma-Nathan H, Christ G, Adaikan G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for erectile dysfunction. In: Lue T, Basson R, Rosen R, et al, eds. Sexual medicine: sexual dysfunctions in men and women. Paris, France: Health Publications; 2004:505-68.

13. Safarinejad M. Salvage of sildenafil failures with cabergoline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2006;18:550-8.

14. Nickel M, Moleda D, Loew T, et al. Cabergoline treatment in men with psychogenic erectile dysfunction: a randomized placebo-controlled study. Int J Impot Res 2007;19:164-7.

15. Montorsi F, Althof S. Partner responses to sildenafil citrate (Viagra) treatment of erectile dysfunction. Urology 2004;63:762-7.

16. Wise T. Psychosocial effects of sildenafil therapy for erectile dysfunction. J Sex Marital Ther 1999;25(2):145-50.

17. Pallas J, Levine SB, Althof SE, Risen CB. A study using Viagra in a mental health practice. J Sex Marital Ther 2000;26:41-50.

18. Basson R, McInnes R, Smith MD, et al. Efficacy and safety of sildenafil citrate in women with sexual dysfunction associated with female sexual arousal disorder. J Womens Health Gend Based Med 2002;11:367-77.

19. Berman JR, Berman LA, Toler SM, et al. Safety and efficacy of sildenafil citrate for the treatment of female sexual arousal disorder: a double-blind, placebo controlled study. J Urol 2003;170(6 Pt 1):2333-8.

20. Caruso S, Intelisano G, Lupo L, Agnello C. Premenopausal women affected by sexual arousal disorder treated with sildenafil: a double-blind, cross-over, placebo-controlled study. BJOG 2001;108:623-8.

21. Sherwin BB, Gelfand MM. The role of androgen in the maintenance of sexual functioning in oophorectomized women. Psychosom Med 1987;49:397-409.

22. Shifren JL, Braunstein GD, Simon JA, et al. Transdermal testosterone treatment in women with impaired sexual function after oophorectomy. N Engl J Med 2000;343:682-8.

23. Segraves RT, Woodard T. Female hypoactive sexual desire disorder: history and current status. J Sex Med 2006;3:408-18.

24. Basaria S, Dobs AS. Clinical review: controversies regarding transdermal androgen therapy in postmenopausal women. J Clin Endocrin Metab 2006;91:4743-52.

25. Segraves RT, Clayton A, Croft H, et al. Bupropion for the treatment of hypoactive sexual desire disorder in premenopausal women. J Clin Psychopharamacol 2004;24:339-42.

26. Pfaus J, Giuliano F, Gelez H. Bremelanotide: an overview of preclinical CNS effects on female sexual function. J Sex Med 2007;4(suppl 4):269-79.

27. Ito T, Polan M, Whipple B, Trant A. The enhancement of female sexual function with ArginMax, a nutritional supplement, among women suffering in menopausal status. J Sex Marit Ther 2006;32:359-78.

28. Ferguson DM, Steidle CP, Singh GS, et al. Randomized, placebo-controlled, double blind, crossover design trial of the efficacy and safety of Zestra for Women in women with and without female sexual arousal disorder. J Sex Marital Ther 2003;29(suppl 1):33-44.

29. Panjari M, Davis S. DHEA therapy for women: effect on sexual functioning and wellbeing. Hum Reprod Update 2007;13:239-48.

30. Feldman J, Striepe M. Women’s sexual health. Clinics in Family Practice 2004;6:839-61.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(06)
Page Number
19-36
Page Number
19-36
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Restoring sexual function: Which medications show benefit?
Display Headline
Restoring sexual function: Which medications show benefit?
Legacy Keywords
sexual disorders; sexual dysfunction and psychiatric disorders; premature ejaculation; erectile dysfunction; ED; low libido; Robert Taylor Segraves MD PhD
Legacy Keywords
sexual disorders; sexual dysfunction and psychiatric disorders; premature ejaculation; erectile dysfunction; ED; low libido; Robert Taylor Segraves MD PhD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Insomnia in patients with addictions: A safer way to break the cycle

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Insomnia in patients with addictions: A safer way to break the cycle

From alcohol to opioids, most addictive substances can induce sleep disturbances that persist despite abstinence and may increase the risk for relapse. Nearly all FDA-approved hypnotics are Schedule IV controlled substances that—although safe and effective for most populations—are prone to abuse by patients with substance use disorders.

You’re not alone if you hesitate to prescribe hypnotics to these patients; a study of 311 addiction medicine physicians found that they prescribed sleep-promoting medication to only 30% of their alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.1

This article presents evidence on how alcohol and other substances disturb sleep in patients with addictions. We discuss the usefulness of hypnotics, off-label sedatives, and cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Our goal is to help you reduce your patients’ risk of relapse by addressing their sleep complaints.

Workup: 3 principles

Insomnia is multifactorial. Don’t assume that substance abuse is the only cause of prominent insomnia complaints. Insomnia in patients with substance use disorders may be a manifestation of protracted withdrawal or a primary sleep disorder. Evaluate your patient’s:

  • other illnesses (psychiatric, medical, and other sleep disorders)
  • sleep-impairing medications (such as activating antidepressants and theophylline)
  • inadequate sleep hygiene
  • dysfunctional beliefs about sleep.
Nevertheless, assume that substances are part of the problem, even if not necessarily the only cause of insomnia. Substance-induced sleep problems usually improve with abstinence but may persist because of enduring effects of chronic drug exposure on the brain’s sleep centers.

Insomnia is a clinical diagnosis that does not require an overnight sleep laboratory study (polysomnography [PSG]). Diagnose insomnia when a patient meets DSM-IV-TR criteria (has difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep or feels that sleep is not refreshing for at least 1 month; and the sleep problem impairs daytime functioning and/or causes clinically significant distress). In addition, consider:

  • PSG if you suspect other sleep disorders, particularly obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) and periodic limb movement disorder (PLMD)
  • an overnight sleep study for treatment-resistant insomnia, when you have adequately treated other causes.
A primary sleep disorder—such as OSA, restless legs syndrome (RLS), or PLMD—typically requires referral to a sleep specialist. For more information about sleep disorders—including OSA or RLS—see Related Resources.

Sleep logs are useful. Ask patients to keep a sleep log for 2 weeks during early recovery, after acute withdrawal subsides. These diaries help assess sleep patterns over time, document improvement with abstinence, and engage the patient in treatment. The National Sleep Foundation can provide examples (see Related Resources).

Alcohol and sleep disturbances

Insomnia is extremely common in active drinkers and in those who are in treatment after having stopped drinking. Across 7 studies of 1,577 alcohol-dependent patients undergoing treatment, more than one-half reported insomnia symptoms (mean 58%, range 36% to 91%),2,3 substantially higher than the rate in the general population (33%). Nicotine, marijuana, cocaine and other stimulants, and opioids also can disrupt sleep (Table 1).

Which came first? Sleep problems may be a pathway by which problematic substance use develops. In 1 study, sleep problems reported by mothers in boys ages 3 to 5 predicted onset of alcohol and drug use by ages 12 to 14.4 This relationship was not mediated by attention problems, anxiety/depression, or aggression. Thus, insomnia may increase the risk for early substance use.

In an epidemiologic study of >10,000 adults, the incidence of new alcohol use disorders after 1 year in those without psychiatric disorders at baseline was twice as high in persons with persistent insomnia as in those without insomnia.5

Patients with sleep disturbances may use alcohol to self-medicate,6 and tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects develops quickly. As patients consume larger quantities with greater frequency to produce sleep, the risk for dependence may increase.

Comorbid sleep disorders. Alcohol-dependent patients with difficulty falling asleep may have abnormal circadian rhythms, as suggested by delayed onset of nocturnal melatonin secretion.7 They also may have low homeostatic sleep drive, another factor required to promote sleep.8

Habitual alcohol consumption before bedtime (1 to 3 standard drinks) is associated with mild sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) in men but not in women.9 SDB also may be more prevalent in alcohol-dependent men age >60.10

Consuming >2 drinks/day has been associated with restless legs and increased periodic limb movements during sleep. Twice as many women reporting high alcohol use were diagnosed with PLMD, compared with women reporting normal alcohol consumption.10-11 Recovering alcohol-dependent patients have significantly more periodic limb movements associated with arousals (PLMA) from sleep than controls. Moreover, PLMA can predict 80% of abstainers and 44% of relapsers after 6 months of abstinence.12

Table 1

Sleep disruptions caused by substances of abuse

 

 

SubstanceEffect on sleep
NicotineDifficulty falling asleep, sleep fragmentation, less restful sleep compared with nonsmokers, increased risk for OSA and SDBa-e
MarijuanaShort-term difficulty falling asleep and decreased slow-wave sleep percentage during withdrawalf-j
CocaineProlonged sleep latency, decreased sleep efficiency, and decreased REM sleep with intranasal self-administration; hypersomnia during withdrawalk-m
Other stimulants (amphetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate)Sleep complaints similar to those reported with cocaine use disordersn
OpioidsDecreased slow-wave sleep, increased stage-2 sleep, but minimal impact on sleep continuity; dreams and nightmares; central sleep apneao-t
OSA: obstructive sleep apnea; SDB: sleep-disordered breathing; REM: rapid eye movement
Reference Citations: click here

Multifaceted treatment

A thorough history is essential to evaluate sleep and guide treatment decisions. Refer patients to an accredited sleep disorders center if their history shows:

  • loud snoring
  • cessation of breathing
  • frequent kicking during sleep
  • excessive daytime sleepiness.
Short-term insomnia. Judicious use of medications with appropriate follow-up can be effective for short-term insomnia. Keep in mind, however, that treating insomnia without addiction treatment may improve sleep but worsen addiction. Tailor medications’ pharmacokinetic characteristics to patients’ sleep complaints. For example, a medication with rapid onset may be indicated for sleep-onset insomnia but not for sleep-maintenance insomnia.

Chronic insomnia. Patients who report chronic insomnia and behaviors incompatible with sleep may be good candidates for cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I). Patient education can change maladaptive behaviors, such as staying in bed for long periods of time to compensate for sleep loss, using the bed for activities other than sleep, or worrying excessively about sleep (Box 1).13

Pharmacotherapy may be preferred:

  • for patients with unstable physical or mental illness
  • when CBT-I could exacerbate a comorbid condition (such as restricting sleep in a patient with bipolar disorder)
  • for patients with low motivation for behavior change
  • when trained CBT-I providers or resources to pay for CBT-I are limited.
Patient preferences are critical to successful insomnia treatment. Some cannot or will not make the commitment required for CBT-I, and some do not wish to use medications. Combining medication and CBT-I to capitalize on medications’ immediate relief and CBT-I’s durability may be effective for patients who do not respond to either approach alone.

Box 1

Stimulus control: 7 steps to a better night’s sleep

Step 1. Get into bed to go to sleep only when you are sleepy
Step 2. Avoid using the bed for activities other than sleep; for example, do not read, watch TV, eat, or worry in bed. Sexual activity is the only exception; on these occasions, follow the next steps when you intend to go to sleep
Step 3. If you are unable to fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, get out of bed and go into another room. Remember, the goal is to associate your bed with falling asleep quickly. Return to bed intending to go to sleep only when you are very sleepy
Step 4. While out of bed during the night, engage in activities that are quiet but of interest to you. Do not exercise, eat, smoke, or take warm showers or baths. Do not lie down or fall asleep when not in bed
Step 5. If you return to bed and still cannot fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, repeat Step 3. Do this as often as necessary throughout the night
Step 6. Set your alarm and get up at the same time every morning, regardless of how much sleep you got during the night. This will help your body acquire a sleep-wake rhythm
Step 7. Do not nap during the day
Source. Adapted from Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification, vol. 6. New York: Academic Press; 1978:30
CBT-I is effective for primary insomnia and insomnia associated with medical conditions. Using sleep restriction, stimulus control, sleep hygiene, and cognitive therapy, it addresses maladaptive sleep behaviors and counters dysfunctional beliefs about sleep (Box 2).13,14

In older adults with insomnia but no history of addiction, CBT-I was more effective than placebo and as effective as a hypnotic alone (temazepam, 7.5 and 30 mg qhs) and a hypnotic/CBT-I combination in reducing nighttime wakefulness, increasing total sleep time, and increasing sleep efficiency. After 2 years, patients treated with CBT-I alone were most likely to maintain these initial treatment gains.15

Limited data exist on CBT-I’s effectiveness in patients with addiction. In 2 studies, alcohol-dependent patients reported improved sleep.16,17 CBT-I also improved measures of anxiety and depression, fatigue, and some quality-of-life items.16

Box 2

Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I): 4 components

Stimulus control (SC). Patients with chronic insomnia may watch television, talk on the telephone, or worry about not sleeping while lying in bed. The goal of SC is to alter this association by reestablishing the bed and bedroom with the pleasant experience of falling asleep and staying asleep.13 Instructions for SC (Box 1) are commonly provided with sleep restriction.

Sleep restriction (SR) addresses the excessive time that patients with insomnia spend in bed not sleeping. SR temporarily restricts time spent in bed and prohibits sleep at other times. The resulting mild sleep deprivation may promote consolidated sleep, leading to improved patient-reported sleep quality.14

Sleep hygiene (SH) addresses behaviors that may help or hinder sleep. Patients with addiction may benefit from learning how drug use and withdrawal affects sleep or how substance use for sleep may exacerbate sleep problems. Other SH recommendations include avoiding caffeine, nicotine, and exercise in close proximity to bedtime.

Cognitive therapy. Goals are to:

  • identify and explore dysfunctional beliefs that cause patients anxiety about sleep problems
  • replace these beliefs with more appropriate self-statements that promote sleep-healthy behaviors.

Common themes address patients’ unrealistic sleep expectations, inability to control or predict sleep, and faulty beliefs about sleep-promoting practices.

 

 

Precautions about hypnotics. The newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone) and the older nonselective benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam, temazepam, and triazolam) share an equivalent range of abuse liability.18 Consequently, all benzodiazepine receptor agonists are classified as Schedule IV controlled substances and should be used with caution, if at all, in substance-abusing or substance-dependent patients (Table 2).

In general, most physicians who specialize in treating addictions would not recommend these drug classes as first choice in postwithdrawal, substance-dependent patients complaining of chronic insomnia. Nevertheless, you are likely to encounter patients with a history of substance abuse/dependence who are taking legally prescribed benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia, and they may be very reluctant to discontinue these medications.

Weigh and discuss with the patient the risks and benefits of taking vs discontinuing the hypnotic, as well as alternatives. Because chronic hypnotic use may interfere with addiction recovery, it is important to discuss the patient’s recovery plan.

If you decide to prescribe a hypnotic with abuse liability, the newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists are preferable—as they would be for non-addicted patients—because they are less likely to disrupt sleep architecture. They are also less likely than the long-acting benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam) to accumulate over time and result in daytime impairment.

Patient contracts. A written agreement can be useful whenever you prescribe a controlled substance for a patient with an addiction history. Include these issues:

  • frequency of clinic visits for monitoring response and refills, requests for early refills, and telephone refills
  • obtaining prescriptions from only one prescriber and one pharmacy
  • abstinence from other abused substances
  • urine drug screens and pill counts
  • authorization for you to share information with other care providers or significant others
  • an addiction recovery plan for other abused substances
  • consequences of nonadherence.
Ramelteon, a melatonin receptor agonist, is the only noncontrolled substance FDA-approved for treating insomnia. It may be preferred in alcohol-dependent patients, given its lack of abuse liability19 and preliminary evidence of decreased melatonin levels in alcoholic patients.7 Nevertheless, no studies have examined ramelteon in patients with substance use disorders.

Table 2

FDA-approved benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia*

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Benzodiazepine receptor agonists (benzodiazepine structures)
Estazolam1 to 20.5 to 1.610 to 24
Flurazepam15 to 303 to 650 to 100
Quazepam7.5 to 15225 to 100
Temazepam15 to 302 to 310 to 17
Triazolam0.125 to 0.51 to 21.5 to 5.5
Selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (nonbenzodiazepine structures)
Eszopiclone1 to 31~6
Zaleplon5 to 201~1
Zolpidem5 to 101.62.5 (1.5 to 3.8)
Zolpidem CR6.25 to 12.51.52.8 (1.6 to 4)
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* All benzodiazepine receptor agonists are Schedule IV controlled substances. Use with caution, if at all, in alcohol-dependent patients
† Including active metabolites
‡ Selective GABAA receptor agonists bind the alpha-1 protein subunit of GABAA receptors. Alpha-1 containing GABAA receptors are thought to mediate sedative and amnesic effects but not antianxiety or muscle relaxant effects of the GABA system

Off-label sedatives for insomnia

Like ramelteon, sedating agents that do not have abuse liability are first-choice medications for patients with addiction and co-occurring insomnia (Table 3):

  • The most studied are gabapentin and trazodone.
  • Quetiapine and mirtazapine may be considered as second-choice options.
Gabapentin. The sedative properties of selected anticonvulsants can be useful in alcohol-dependent patients, in part because these agents do not lower the seizure threshold—an important issue given the risk of seizures in this population. Gabapentin can help to improve sleep in some alcohol-dependent patients. It has little known abuse potential (although it may have some), is not metabolized by the liver, does not interfere with metabolism of other medications, and does not require blood monitoring for toxicity.

In 2 open-label pilot studies of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia:

  • gabapentin (mean dose 953 mg) significantly improved sleep quality over 4 to 6 weeks20
  • both gabapentin (mean 888 mg qhs) and trazodone (mean 105 mg qhs) significantly improved Sleep Problems Questionnaire scores, but patients receiving gabapentin were less likely than those taking trazodone to feel tired upon awakening.21
In a controlled study, however, 6 weeks of gabapentin treatment did not improve insomnia more than placebo in recovering alcohol-dependent patients.22

Although gabapentin and the anticonvulsant pregabalin increase slow-wave sleep in healthy control subjects, evidence of a similar effect is lacking in alcohol-dependent patients.

Trazodone is the most commonly prescribed antidepressant for insomnia because of its sedating effect and low abuse potential. Trazodone was associated with greater sleep improvements vs placebo as measured via PSG in a randomized, double-blind trial of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.23 In a second study, sleep outcomes were better with trazodone vs placebo over 12 weeks in alcohol-dependent patients, although patients in the trazodone group drank more heavily.24

 

 

Other sedating antidepressants such as mirtazapine and doxepin have not been studied in patients with substance use disorders.

Quetiapine is a second-generation antipsychotic with sedating properties. When quetiapine, 25 to 200 mg/d, was given to alcohol-dependent veterans with sleep complaints, they remained abstinent more days and had fewer hospitalizations than veterans not receiving quetiapine.25 Both groups had high rates of psychiatric comorbidity, and 90% had posttraumatic stress disorder. Improved abstinence was thought to result from improved sleep, but no sleep measures were included to test this hypothesis.

A recently published, randomized controlled pilot study reported significantly reduced drinking and craving in severely alcohol-dependent patients receiving quetiapine vs placebo, although sleep data were not included.26

Other options. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks of cardiotoxicity and other side effects but can be useful when other options have not worked or patients have comorbidities such as neuropathic pain or migraine headaches. Combinations of agents also may be considered for treatment-resistant insomnia.

Nonprescription remedies such as antihistamines, valerian root extract (from the herb Valeriana officinalis), and melatonin are commonly used for sleep, although data are limited in substance-abusing patients.

Table 3

Noncontrolled sedating agents for treating insomnia
in patients with a history of substance abuse

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Melatonin receptor agonist
Ramelteon80.5 to 1.51 to 2.6
Sedating anticonvulsant
Gabapentin300 to 1,5002 to 36 to 7
Sedating antidepressants
Amitriptyline25 to 1502 to 85 to 45
Doxepin25 to 1502 to 810 to 30
Mirtazapine7.5 to 451 to 320 to 40
Nefazodone50 to 15016 to 18*
Nortriptyline10 to 75§2 to 820 to 55
Trazodone25 to 3001 to 23 to 9
Sedating second-generation antipsychotic
Quetiapine25 to 1001.56
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* Including active metabolites
† Tricyclic antidepressants
‡ Antihistaminergic effects predominate at low doses (7.5 to 15 mg)
§ Can be titrated to morning serum level (50 to 150 mcg/mL) 12 hr after bedtime dose if no effect at lower doses
¶ Major metabolite, mCPP, has 14-hour half-life
Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Estazolam • ProSom
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Flurazepam • Dalmane
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Methamphetamine • Desoxyn
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nefazodone • Serzone
  • Nortriptyline • Pamelor
  • Pregabalin • Lyrica
  • Quazepam • Doral
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ramelteon • Rozerem
  • Temazepam • Restoril
  • Theophylline • Theo-24, others
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Triazolam • Halcion
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Zolpidem • Ambien, Ambien CR
Disclosure

Dr. Conroy and Dr. Arnedt report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Brower is a consultant to Pfizer.

Acknowledgment

This work was supported by an NIH grant to Dr. Brower (2K24 AA00304).

References

1. Friedmann PD, Herman DS, Freedman S, et al. Treatment of sleep disturbance in alcohol recovery: a national survey of addiction medicine physicians. J Addict Dis 2003;22:91-103.

2. Brower KJ. Alcohol’s effects on sleep in alcoholics. Alcohol Res Health 2001;25:110-25.

3. Cohn TJ, Foster JH, Peters TJ. Sequential studies of sleep disturbance and quality of life in abstaining alcoholics. Addict Biol 2003;8(4):455-62.

4. Wong MM, Brower KJ, Fitzgerald HE, Zucker RA. Sleep problems in early childhood and early onset of alcohol and other drug use in adolescence. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(4):578-87.

5. Weissman MM, Greenwald S, Nino-Murcia G, Dement WC. The morbidity of insomnia uncomplicated by psychiatric disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:245-50.

6. Brower KJ, Aldrich MS, Robinson EAR, et al. Insomnia, self-medication, and relapse to alcoholism. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:399-404.

7. Kuhlwein E, Hauger RL, Irwin MR. Abnormal nocturnal melatonin secretion and disordered sleep in abstinent alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54(12):1437-43.

8. Irwin M, Gillin JC, Dang J, et al. Sleep deprivation as a probe of homeostatic sleep regulation in primary alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51(8):632-41.

9. Peppard PE, Austin D, Brown RL. Association of alcohol consumption and sleep disordered breathing in men and women. J Clin Sleep Med 2007;3(3):265-70.

10. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE, Tandon R, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in alcoholics: association with age. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:1179-83.

11. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE. Alcohol use and periodic limb movements of sleep. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:192-6.

12. Gann H, Feige B, Fasihi S, et al. Periodic limb movements during sleep in alcohol dependent patients. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 2002;252(3):124-9.

13. Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification. Vol. 6. New York, NY: Academic Press; 1978:1-45.

14. Spielman AJ, Saskin P, Thorpy MJ. Treatment of chronic insomnia by restriction of time in bed. Sleep 1987;10:45-55.

15. Morin CM, Colecchi C, Stone J, et al. Behavioral and pharmacological therapies for late-life insomnia: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1999;281(11):991-9.

16. Arnedt JT, Conroy D, Rutt J, et al. An open trial of cognitivebehavioral treatment for insomnia comorbid with alcohol dependence. Sleep Med 2007;8:176-80.

17. Currie SR, Clark S, Hodgins DC, el-Guebaly N. Randomized controlled trial of brief cognitive-behavioural interventions for insomnia in recovering alcoholics. Addiction 2004;99:1121-32.

18. Griffiths RR, Johnson MW. Relative abuse liability of hypnotic drugs: a conceptual framework and algorithm for differentiating among compounds. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(suppl 9):31-41.

19. Johnson MW, Suess PE, Griffiths RR. Ramelteon: a novel hypnotic lacking abuse liability and sedative adverse side effects. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:1149-57.

20. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Gabapentin treatment for insomnia associated with alcohol dependence [letter]. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:151.-

21. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Open pilot study of gabapentin versus trazodone to treat insomnia in alcoholic outpatients. Psychiatry Clini Neurosci 2003;57:542-4.

22. Brower KJ, Kim HM, Karam-Hage M, et al. A double-blind randomized clinical trial of gabapentin vs. placebo for treating alcohol dependence. Biol Psychiatry 2003;53(8S):84S-85S.

23. Le Bon O, Murphy JR, Staner L, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of trazodone in alcohol post-withdrawal syndrome: polysomnographic and clinical evaluations. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003;23(4):377-83.

24. Friedmann PD, Rose JS, Swift RM, et al. Trazodone for sleep disturbance after detoxification from alcohol dependence: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, December 1-2, 2007; Coronado, CA.

25. Monnelly EP, Ciraulo DA, Knapp C, et al. Quetiapine for treatment of alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2004;24(5):532-5.

26. Kampman KM, Pettinati HM, Lynch KG, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled pilot trial of quetiapine for the treatment of Type A and Type B alcoholism. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;27:344-51.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Deirdre Conroy, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Todd J. Arnedt, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry and neurology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Kirk J. Brower, MD
Associate professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Publications
Page Number
97-109
Legacy Keywords
insomnia; insomnia and addiction; addictive substances and sleep disturbances; hypnotics; alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia; off-label sedatives; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; Deirdre Conroy PhD; J Todd Arnedt PhD; Kirk J. Brower MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Deirdre Conroy, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Todd J. Arnedt, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry and neurology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Kirk J. Brower, MD
Associate professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Author and Disclosure Information

Deirdre Conroy, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Todd J. Arnedt, PhD
Clinical assistant professor of psychiatry and neurology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor
Kirk J. Brower, MD
Associate professor of psychiatry, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor

Article PDF
Article PDF

From alcohol to opioids, most addictive substances can induce sleep disturbances that persist despite abstinence and may increase the risk for relapse. Nearly all FDA-approved hypnotics are Schedule IV controlled substances that—although safe and effective for most populations—are prone to abuse by patients with substance use disorders.

You’re not alone if you hesitate to prescribe hypnotics to these patients; a study of 311 addiction medicine physicians found that they prescribed sleep-promoting medication to only 30% of their alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.1

This article presents evidence on how alcohol and other substances disturb sleep in patients with addictions. We discuss the usefulness of hypnotics, off-label sedatives, and cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Our goal is to help you reduce your patients’ risk of relapse by addressing their sleep complaints.

Workup: 3 principles

Insomnia is multifactorial. Don’t assume that substance abuse is the only cause of prominent insomnia complaints. Insomnia in patients with substance use disorders may be a manifestation of protracted withdrawal or a primary sleep disorder. Evaluate your patient’s:

  • other illnesses (psychiatric, medical, and other sleep disorders)
  • sleep-impairing medications (such as activating antidepressants and theophylline)
  • inadequate sleep hygiene
  • dysfunctional beliefs about sleep.
Nevertheless, assume that substances are part of the problem, even if not necessarily the only cause of insomnia. Substance-induced sleep problems usually improve with abstinence but may persist because of enduring effects of chronic drug exposure on the brain’s sleep centers.

Insomnia is a clinical diagnosis that does not require an overnight sleep laboratory study (polysomnography [PSG]). Diagnose insomnia when a patient meets DSM-IV-TR criteria (has difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep or feels that sleep is not refreshing for at least 1 month; and the sleep problem impairs daytime functioning and/or causes clinically significant distress). In addition, consider:

  • PSG if you suspect other sleep disorders, particularly obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) and periodic limb movement disorder (PLMD)
  • an overnight sleep study for treatment-resistant insomnia, when you have adequately treated other causes.
A primary sleep disorder—such as OSA, restless legs syndrome (RLS), or PLMD—typically requires referral to a sleep specialist. For more information about sleep disorders—including OSA or RLS—see Related Resources.

Sleep logs are useful. Ask patients to keep a sleep log for 2 weeks during early recovery, after acute withdrawal subsides. These diaries help assess sleep patterns over time, document improvement with abstinence, and engage the patient in treatment. The National Sleep Foundation can provide examples (see Related Resources).

Alcohol and sleep disturbances

Insomnia is extremely common in active drinkers and in those who are in treatment after having stopped drinking. Across 7 studies of 1,577 alcohol-dependent patients undergoing treatment, more than one-half reported insomnia symptoms (mean 58%, range 36% to 91%),2,3 substantially higher than the rate in the general population (33%). Nicotine, marijuana, cocaine and other stimulants, and opioids also can disrupt sleep (Table 1).

Which came first? Sleep problems may be a pathway by which problematic substance use develops. In 1 study, sleep problems reported by mothers in boys ages 3 to 5 predicted onset of alcohol and drug use by ages 12 to 14.4 This relationship was not mediated by attention problems, anxiety/depression, or aggression. Thus, insomnia may increase the risk for early substance use.

In an epidemiologic study of >10,000 adults, the incidence of new alcohol use disorders after 1 year in those without psychiatric disorders at baseline was twice as high in persons with persistent insomnia as in those without insomnia.5

Patients with sleep disturbances may use alcohol to self-medicate,6 and tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects develops quickly. As patients consume larger quantities with greater frequency to produce sleep, the risk for dependence may increase.

Comorbid sleep disorders. Alcohol-dependent patients with difficulty falling asleep may have abnormal circadian rhythms, as suggested by delayed onset of nocturnal melatonin secretion.7 They also may have low homeostatic sleep drive, another factor required to promote sleep.8

Habitual alcohol consumption before bedtime (1 to 3 standard drinks) is associated with mild sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) in men but not in women.9 SDB also may be more prevalent in alcohol-dependent men age >60.10

Consuming >2 drinks/day has been associated with restless legs and increased periodic limb movements during sleep. Twice as many women reporting high alcohol use were diagnosed with PLMD, compared with women reporting normal alcohol consumption.10-11 Recovering alcohol-dependent patients have significantly more periodic limb movements associated with arousals (PLMA) from sleep than controls. Moreover, PLMA can predict 80% of abstainers and 44% of relapsers after 6 months of abstinence.12

Table 1

Sleep disruptions caused by substances of abuse

 

 

SubstanceEffect on sleep
NicotineDifficulty falling asleep, sleep fragmentation, less restful sleep compared with nonsmokers, increased risk for OSA and SDBa-e
MarijuanaShort-term difficulty falling asleep and decreased slow-wave sleep percentage during withdrawalf-j
CocaineProlonged sleep latency, decreased sleep efficiency, and decreased REM sleep with intranasal self-administration; hypersomnia during withdrawalk-m
Other stimulants (amphetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate)Sleep complaints similar to those reported with cocaine use disordersn
OpioidsDecreased slow-wave sleep, increased stage-2 sleep, but minimal impact on sleep continuity; dreams and nightmares; central sleep apneao-t
OSA: obstructive sleep apnea; SDB: sleep-disordered breathing; REM: rapid eye movement
Reference Citations: click here

Multifaceted treatment

A thorough history is essential to evaluate sleep and guide treatment decisions. Refer patients to an accredited sleep disorders center if their history shows:

  • loud snoring
  • cessation of breathing
  • frequent kicking during sleep
  • excessive daytime sleepiness.
Short-term insomnia. Judicious use of medications with appropriate follow-up can be effective for short-term insomnia. Keep in mind, however, that treating insomnia without addiction treatment may improve sleep but worsen addiction. Tailor medications’ pharmacokinetic characteristics to patients’ sleep complaints. For example, a medication with rapid onset may be indicated for sleep-onset insomnia but not for sleep-maintenance insomnia.

Chronic insomnia. Patients who report chronic insomnia and behaviors incompatible with sleep may be good candidates for cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I). Patient education can change maladaptive behaviors, such as staying in bed for long periods of time to compensate for sleep loss, using the bed for activities other than sleep, or worrying excessively about sleep (Box 1).13

Pharmacotherapy may be preferred:

  • for patients with unstable physical or mental illness
  • when CBT-I could exacerbate a comorbid condition (such as restricting sleep in a patient with bipolar disorder)
  • for patients with low motivation for behavior change
  • when trained CBT-I providers or resources to pay for CBT-I are limited.
Patient preferences are critical to successful insomnia treatment. Some cannot or will not make the commitment required for CBT-I, and some do not wish to use medications. Combining medication and CBT-I to capitalize on medications’ immediate relief and CBT-I’s durability may be effective for patients who do not respond to either approach alone.

Box 1

Stimulus control: 7 steps to a better night’s sleep

Step 1. Get into bed to go to sleep only when you are sleepy
Step 2. Avoid using the bed for activities other than sleep; for example, do not read, watch TV, eat, or worry in bed. Sexual activity is the only exception; on these occasions, follow the next steps when you intend to go to sleep
Step 3. If you are unable to fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, get out of bed and go into another room. Remember, the goal is to associate your bed with falling asleep quickly. Return to bed intending to go to sleep only when you are very sleepy
Step 4. While out of bed during the night, engage in activities that are quiet but of interest to you. Do not exercise, eat, smoke, or take warm showers or baths. Do not lie down or fall asleep when not in bed
Step 5. If you return to bed and still cannot fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, repeat Step 3. Do this as often as necessary throughout the night
Step 6. Set your alarm and get up at the same time every morning, regardless of how much sleep you got during the night. This will help your body acquire a sleep-wake rhythm
Step 7. Do not nap during the day
Source. Adapted from Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification, vol. 6. New York: Academic Press; 1978:30
CBT-I is effective for primary insomnia and insomnia associated with medical conditions. Using sleep restriction, stimulus control, sleep hygiene, and cognitive therapy, it addresses maladaptive sleep behaviors and counters dysfunctional beliefs about sleep (Box 2).13,14

In older adults with insomnia but no history of addiction, CBT-I was more effective than placebo and as effective as a hypnotic alone (temazepam, 7.5 and 30 mg qhs) and a hypnotic/CBT-I combination in reducing nighttime wakefulness, increasing total sleep time, and increasing sleep efficiency. After 2 years, patients treated with CBT-I alone were most likely to maintain these initial treatment gains.15

Limited data exist on CBT-I’s effectiveness in patients with addiction. In 2 studies, alcohol-dependent patients reported improved sleep.16,17 CBT-I also improved measures of anxiety and depression, fatigue, and some quality-of-life items.16

Box 2

Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I): 4 components

Stimulus control (SC). Patients with chronic insomnia may watch television, talk on the telephone, or worry about not sleeping while lying in bed. The goal of SC is to alter this association by reestablishing the bed and bedroom with the pleasant experience of falling asleep and staying asleep.13 Instructions for SC (Box 1) are commonly provided with sleep restriction.

Sleep restriction (SR) addresses the excessive time that patients with insomnia spend in bed not sleeping. SR temporarily restricts time spent in bed and prohibits sleep at other times. The resulting mild sleep deprivation may promote consolidated sleep, leading to improved patient-reported sleep quality.14

Sleep hygiene (SH) addresses behaviors that may help or hinder sleep. Patients with addiction may benefit from learning how drug use and withdrawal affects sleep or how substance use for sleep may exacerbate sleep problems. Other SH recommendations include avoiding caffeine, nicotine, and exercise in close proximity to bedtime.

Cognitive therapy. Goals are to:

  • identify and explore dysfunctional beliefs that cause patients anxiety about sleep problems
  • replace these beliefs with more appropriate self-statements that promote sleep-healthy behaviors.

Common themes address patients’ unrealistic sleep expectations, inability to control or predict sleep, and faulty beliefs about sleep-promoting practices.

 

 

Precautions about hypnotics. The newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone) and the older nonselective benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam, temazepam, and triazolam) share an equivalent range of abuse liability.18 Consequently, all benzodiazepine receptor agonists are classified as Schedule IV controlled substances and should be used with caution, if at all, in substance-abusing or substance-dependent patients (Table 2).

In general, most physicians who specialize in treating addictions would not recommend these drug classes as first choice in postwithdrawal, substance-dependent patients complaining of chronic insomnia. Nevertheless, you are likely to encounter patients with a history of substance abuse/dependence who are taking legally prescribed benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia, and they may be very reluctant to discontinue these medications.

Weigh and discuss with the patient the risks and benefits of taking vs discontinuing the hypnotic, as well as alternatives. Because chronic hypnotic use may interfere with addiction recovery, it is important to discuss the patient’s recovery plan.

If you decide to prescribe a hypnotic with abuse liability, the newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists are preferable—as they would be for non-addicted patients—because they are less likely to disrupt sleep architecture. They are also less likely than the long-acting benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam) to accumulate over time and result in daytime impairment.

Patient contracts. A written agreement can be useful whenever you prescribe a controlled substance for a patient with an addiction history. Include these issues:

  • frequency of clinic visits for monitoring response and refills, requests for early refills, and telephone refills
  • obtaining prescriptions from only one prescriber and one pharmacy
  • abstinence from other abused substances
  • urine drug screens and pill counts
  • authorization for you to share information with other care providers or significant others
  • an addiction recovery plan for other abused substances
  • consequences of nonadherence.
Ramelteon, a melatonin receptor agonist, is the only noncontrolled substance FDA-approved for treating insomnia. It may be preferred in alcohol-dependent patients, given its lack of abuse liability19 and preliminary evidence of decreased melatonin levels in alcoholic patients.7 Nevertheless, no studies have examined ramelteon in patients with substance use disorders.

Table 2

FDA-approved benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia*

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Benzodiazepine receptor agonists (benzodiazepine structures)
Estazolam1 to 20.5 to 1.610 to 24
Flurazepam15 to 303 to 650 to 100
Quazepam7.5 to 15225 to 100
Temazepam15 to 302 to 310 to 17
Triazolam0.125 to 0.51 to 21.5 to 5.5
Selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (nonbenzodiazepine structures)
Eszopiclone1 to 31~6
Zaleplon5 to 201~1
Zolpidem5 to 101.62.5 (1.5 to 3.8)
Zolpidem CR6.25 to 12.51.52.8 (1.6 to 4)
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* All benzodiazepine receptor agonists are Schedule IV controlled substances. Use with caution, if at all, in alcohol-dependent patients
† Including active metabolites
‡ Selective GABAA receptor agonists bind the alpha-1 protein subunit of GABAA receptors. Alpha-1 containing GABAA receptors are thought to mediate sedative and amnesic effects but not antianxiety or muscle relaxant effects of the GABA system

Off-label sedatives for insomnia

Like ramelteon, sedating agents that do not have abuse liability are first-choice medications for patients with addiction and co-occurring insomnia (Table 3):

  • The most studied are gabapentin and trazodone.
  • Quetiapine and mirtazapine may be considered as second-choice options.
Gabapentin. The sedative properties of selected anticonvulsants can be useful in alcohol-dependent patients, in part because these agents do not lower the seizure threshold—an important issue given the risk of seizures in this population. Gabapentin can help to improve sleep in some alcohol-dependent patients. It has little known abuse potential (although it may have some), is not metabolized by the liver, does not interfere with metabolism of other medications, and does not require blood monitoring for toxicity.

In 2 open-label pilot studies of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia:

  • gabapentin (mean dose 953 mg) significantly improved sleep quality over 4 to 6 weeks20
  • both gabapentin (mean 888 mg qhs) and trazodone (mean 105 mg qhs) significantly improved Sleep Problems Questionnaire scores, but patients receiving gabapentin were less likely than those taking trazodone to feel tired upon awakening.21
In a controlled study, however, 6 weeks of gabapentin treatment did not improve insomnia more than placebo in recovering alcohol-dependent patients.22

Although gabapentin and the anticonvulsant pregabalin increase slow-wave sleep in healthy control subjects, evidence of a similar effect is lacking in alcohol-dependent patients.

Trazodone is the most commonly prescribed antidepressant for insomnia because of its sedating effect and low abuse potential. Trazodone was associated with greater sleep improvements vs placebo as measured via PSG in a randomized, double-blind trial of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.23 In a second study, sleep outcomes were better with trazodone vs placebo over 12 weeks in alcohol-dependent patients, although patients in the trazodone group drank more heavily.24

 

 

Other sedating antidepressants such as mirtazapine and doxepin have not been studied in patients with substance use disorders.

Quetiapine is a second-generation antipsychotic with sedating properties. When quetiapine, 25 to 200 mg/d, was given to alcohol-dependent veterans with sleep complaints, they remained abstinent more days and had fewer hospitalizations than veterans not receiving quetiapine.25 Both groups had high rates of psychiatric comorbidity, and 90% had posttraumatic stress disorder. Improved abstinence was thought to result from improved sleep, but no sleep measures were included to test this hypothesis.

A recently published, randomized controlled pilot study reported significantly reduced drinking and craving in severely alcohol-dependent patients receiving quetiapine vs placebo, although sleep data were not included.26

Other options. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks of cardiotoxicity and other side effects but can be useful when other options have not worked or patients have comorbidities such as neuropathic pain or migraine headaches. Combinations of agents also may be considered for treatment-resistant insomnia.

Nonprescription remedies such as antihistamines, valerian root extract (from the herb Valeriana officinalis), and melatonin are commonly used for sleep, although data are limited in substance-abusing patients.

Table 3

Noncontrolled sedating agents for treating insomnia
in patients with a history of substance abuse

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Melatonin receptor agonist
Ramelteon80.5 to 1.51 to 2.6
Sedating anticonvulsant
Gabapentin300 to 1,5002 to 36 to 7
Sedating antidepressants
Amitriptyline25 to 1502 to 85 to 45
Doxepin25 to 1502 to 810 to 30
Mirtazapine7.5 to 451 to 320 to 40
Nefazodone50 to 15016 to 18*
Nortriptyline10 to 75§2 to 820 to 55
Trazodone25 to 3001 to 23 to 9
Sedating second-generation antipsychotic
Quetiapine25 to 1001.56
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* Including active metabolites
† Tricyclic antidepressants
‡ Antihistaminergic effects predominate at low doses (7.5 to 15 mg)
§ Can be titrated to morning serum level (50 to 150 mcg/mL) 12 hr after bedtime dose if no effect at lower doses
¶ Major metabolite, mCPP, has 14-hour half-life
Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Estazolam • ProSom
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Flurazepam • Dalmane
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Methamphetamine • Desoxyn
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nefazodone • Serzone
  • Nortriptyline • Pamelor
  • Pregabalin • Lyrica
  • Quazepam • Doral
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ramelteon • Rozerem
  • Temazepam • Restoril
  • Theophylline • Theo-24, others
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Triazolam • Halcion
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Zolpidem • Ambien, Ambien CR
Disclosure

Dr. Conroy and Dr. Arnedt report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Brower is a consultant to Pfizer.

Acknowledgment

This work was supported by an NIH grant to Dr. Brower (2K24 AA00304).

From alcohol to opioids, most addictive substances can induce sleep disturbances that persist despite abstinence and may increase the risk for relapse. Nearly all FDA-approved hypnotics are Schedule IV controlled substances that—although safe and effective for most populations—are prone to abuse by patients with substance use disorders.

You’re not alone if you hesitate to prescribe hypnotics to these patients; a study of 311 addiction medicine physicians found that they prescribed sleep-promoting medication to only 30% of their alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.1

This article presents evidence on how alcohol and other substances disturb sleep in patients with addictions. We discuss the usefulness of hypnotics, off-label sedatives, and cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT). Our goal is to help you reduce your patients’ risk of relapse by addressing their sleep complaints.

Workup: 3 principles

Insomnia is multifactorial. Don’t assume that substance abuse is the only cause of prominent insomnia complaints. Insomnia in patients with substance use disorders may be a manifestation of protracted withdrawal or a primary sleep disorder. Evaluate your patient’s:

  • other illnesses (psychiatric, medical, and other sleep disorders)
  • sleep-impairing medications (such as activating antidepressants and theophylline)
  • inadequate sleep hygiene
  • dysfunctional beliefs about sleep.
Nevertheless, assume that substances are part of the problem, even if not necessarily the only cause of insomnia. Substance-induced sleep problems usually improve with abstinence but may persist because of enduring effects of chronic drug exposure on the brain’s sleep centers.

Insomnia is a clinical diagnosis that does not require an overnight sleep laboratory study (polysomnography [PSG]). Diagnose insomnia when a patient meets DSM-IV-TR criteria (has difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep or feels that sleep is not refreshing for at least 1 month; and the sleep problem impairs daytime functioning and/or causes clinically significant distress). In addition, consider:

  • PSG if you suspect other sleep disorders, particularly obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) and periodic limb movement disorder (PLMD)
  • an overnight sleep study for treatment-resistant insomnia, when you have adequately treated other causes.
A primary sleep disorder—such as OSA, restless legs syndrome (RLS), or PLMD—typically requires referral to a sleep specialist. For more information about sleep disorders—including OSA or RLS—see Related Resources.

Sleep logs are useful. Ask patients to keep a sleep log for 2 weeks during early recovery, after acute withdrawal subsides. These diaries help assess sleep patterns over time, document improvement with abstinence, and engage the patient in treatment. The National Sleep Foundation can provide examples (see Related Resources).

Alcohol and sleep disturbances

Insomnia is extremely common in active drinkers and in those who are in treatment after having stopped drinking. Across 7 studies of 1,577 alcohol-dependent patients undergoing treatment, more than one-half reported insomnia symptoms (mean 58%, range 36% to 91%),2,3 substantially higher than the rate in the general population (33%). Nicotine, marijuana, cocaine and other stimulants, and opioids also can disrupt sleep (Table 1).

Which came first? Sleep problems may be a pathway by which problematic substance use develops. In 1 study, sleep problems reported by mothers in boys ages 3 to 5 predicted onset of alcohol and drug use by ages 12 to 14.4 This relationship was not mediated by attention problems, anxiety/depression, or aggression. Thus, insomnia may increase the risk for early substance use.

In an epidemiologic study of >10,000 adults, the incidence of new alcohol use disorders after 1 year in those without psychiatric disorders at baseline was twice as high in persons with persistent insomnia as in those without insomnia.5

Patients with sleep disturbances may use alcohol to self-medicate,6 and tolerance to alcohol’s sedating effects develops quickly. As patients consume larger quantities with greater frequency to produce sleep, the risk for dependence may increase.

Comorbid sleep disorders. Alcohol-dependent patients with difficulty falling asleep may have abnormal circadian rhythms, as suggested by delayed onset of nocturnal melatonin secretion.7 They also may have low homeostatic sleep drive, another factor required to promote sleep.8

Habitual alcohol consumption before bedtime (1 to 3 standard drinks) is associated with mild sleep-disordered breathing (SDB) in men but not in women.9 SDB also may be more prevalent in alcohol-dependent men age >60.10

Consuming >2 drinks/day has been associated with restless legs and increased periodic limb movements during sleep. Twice as many women reporting high alcohol use were diagnosed with PLMD, compared with women reporting normal alcohol consumption.10-11 Recovering alcohol-dependent patients have significantly more periodic limb movements associated with arousals (PLMA) from sleep than controls. Moreover, PLMA can predict 80% of abstainers and 44% of relapsers after 6 months of abstinence.12

Table 1

Sleep disruptions caused by substances of abuse

 

 

SubstanceEffect on sleep
NicotineDifficulty falling asleep, sleep fragmentation, less restful sleep compared with nonsmokers, increased risk for OSA and SDBa-e
MarijuanaShort-term difficulty falling asleep and decreased slow-wave sleep percentage during withdrawalf-j
CocaineProlonged sleep latency, decreased sleep efficiency, and decreased REM sleep with intranasal self-administration; hypersomnia during withdrawalk-m
Other stimulants (amphetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate)Sleep complaints similar to those reported with cocaine use disordersn
OpioidsDecreased slow-wave sleep, increased stage-2 sleep, but minimal impact on sleep continuity; dreams and nightmares; central sleep apneao-t
OSA: obstructive sleep apnea; SDB: sleep-disordered breathing; REM: rapid eye movement
Reference Citations: click here

Multifaceted treatment

A thorough history is essential to evaluate sleep and guide treatment decisions. Refer patients to an accredited sleep disorders center if their history shows:

  • loud snoring
  • cessation of breathing
  • frequent kicking during sleep
  • excessive daytime sleepiness.
Short-term insomnia. Judicious use of medications with appropriate follow-up can be effective for short-term insomnia. Keep in mind, however, that treating insomnia without addiction treatment may improve sleep but worsen addiction. Tailor medications’ pharmacokinetic characteristics to patients’ sleep complaints. For example, a medication with rapid onset may be indicated for sleep-onset insomnia but not for sleep-maintenance insomnia.

Chronic insomnia. Patients who report chronic insomnia and behaviors incompatible with sleep may be good candidates for cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I). Patient education can change maladaptive behaviors, such as staying in bed for long periods of time to compensate for sleep loss, using the bed for activities other than sleep, or worrying excessively about sleep (Box 1).13

Pharmacotherapy may be preferred:

  • for patients with unstable physical or mental illness
  • when CBT-I could exacerbate a comorbid condition (such as restricting sleep in a patient with bipolar disorder)
  • for patients with low motivation for behavior change
  • when trained CBT-I providers or resources to pay for CBT-I are limited.
Patient preferences are critical to successful insomnia treatment. Some cannot or will not make the commitment required for CBT-I, and some do not wish to use medications. Combining medication and CBT-I to capitalize on medications’ immediate relief and CBT-I’s durability may be effective for patients who do not respond to either approach alone.

Box 1

Stimulus control: 7 steps to a better night’s sleep

Step 1. Get into bed to go to sleep only when you are sleepy
Step 2. Avoid using the bed for activities other than sleep; for example, do not read, watch TV, eat, or worry in bed. Sexual activity is the only exception; on these occasions, follow the next steps when you intend to go to sleep
Step 3. If you are unable to fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, get out of bed and go into another room. Remember, the goal is to associate your bed with falling asleep quickly. Return to bed intending to go to sleep only when you are very sleepy
Step 4. While out of bed during the night, engage in activities that are quiet but of interest to you. Do not exercise, eat, smoke, or take warm showers or baths. Do not lie down or fall asleep when not in bed
Step 5. If you return to bed and still cannot fall asleep within 15 to 20 minutes, repeat Step 3. Do this as often as necessary throughout the night
Step 6. Set your alarm and get up at the same time every morning, regardless of how much sleep you got during the night. This will help your body acquire a sleep-wake rhythm
Step 7. Do not nap during the day
Source. Adapted from Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification, vol. 6. New York: Academic Press; 1978:30
CBT-I is effective for primary insomnia and insomnia associated with medical conditions. Using sleep restriction, stimulus control, sleep hygiene, and cognitive therapy, it addresses maladaptive sleep behaviors and counters dysfunctional beliefs about sleep (Box 2).13,14

In older adults with insomnia but no history of addiction, CBT-I was more effective than placebo and as effective as a hypnotic alone (temazepam, 7.5 and 30 mg qhs) and a hypnotic/CBT-I combination in reducing nighttime wakefulness, increasing total sleep time, and increasing sleep efficiency. After 2 years, patients treated with CBT-I alone were most likely to maintain these initial treatment gains.15

Limited data exist on CBT-I’s effectiveness in patients with addiction. In 2 studies, alcohol-dependent patients reported improved sleep.16,17 CBT-I also improved measures of anxiety and depression, fatigue, and some quality-of-life items.16

Box 2

Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia (CBT-I): 4 components

Stimulus control (SC). Patients with chronic insomnia may watch television, talk on the telephone, or worry about not sleeping while lying in bed. The goal of SC is to alter this association by reestablishing the bed and bedroom with the pleasant experience of falling asleep and staying asleep.13 Instructions for SC (Box 1) are commonly provided with sleep restriction.

Sleep restriction (SR) addresses the excessive time that patients with insomnia spend in bed not sleeping. SR temporarily restricts time spent in bed and prohibits sleep at other times. The resulting mild sleep deprivation may promote consolidated sleep, leading to improved patient-reported sleep quality.14

Sleep hygiene (SH) addresses behaviors that may help or hinder sleep. Patients with addiction may benefit from learning how drug use and withdrawal affects sleep or how substance use for sleep may exacerbate sleep problems. Other SH recommendations include avoiding caffeine, nicotine, and exercise in close proximity to bedtime.

Cognitive therapy. Goals are to:

  • identify and explore dysfunctional beliefs that cause patients anxiety about sleep problems
  • replace these beliefs with more appropriate self-statements that promote sleep-healthy behaviors.

Common themes address patients’ unrealistic sleep expectations, inability to control or predict sleep, and faulty beliefs about sleep-promoting practices.

 

 

Precautions about hypnotics. The newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (zolpidem, zaleplon, and eszopiclone) and the older nonselective benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam, temazepam, and triazolam) share an equivalent range of abuse liability.18 Consequently, all benzodiazepine receptor agonists are classified as Schedule IV controlled substances and should be used with caution, if at all, in substance-abusing or substance-dependent patients (Table 2).

In general, most physicians who specialize in treating addictions would not recommend these drug classes as first choice in postwithdrawal, substance-dependent patients complaining of chronic insomnia. Nevertheless, you are likely to encounter patients with a history of substance abuse/dependence who are taking legally prescribed benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia, and they may be very reluctant to discontinue these medications.

Weigh and discuss with the patient the risks and benefits of taking vs discontinuing the hypnotic, as well as alternatives. Because chronic hypnotic use may interfere with addiction recovery, it is important to discuss the patient’s recovery plan.

If you decide to prescribe a hypnotic with abuse liability, the newer alpha-1-selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists are preferable—as they would be for non-addicted patients—because they are less likely to disrupt sleep architecture. They are also less likely than the long-acting benzodiazepines (such as flurazepam) to accumulate over time and result in daytime impairment.

Patient contracts. A written agreement can be useful whenever you prescribe a controlled substance for a patient with an addiction history. Include these issues:

  • frequency of clinic visits for monitoring response and refills, requests for early refills, and telephone refills
  • obtaining prescriptions from only one prescriber and one pharmacy
  • abstinence from other abused substances
  • urine drug screens and pill counts
  • authorization for you to share information with other care providers or significant others
  • an addiction recovery plan for other abused substances
  • consequences of nonadherence.
Ramelteon, a melatonin receptor agonist, is the only noncontrolled substance FDA-approved for treating insomnia. It may be preferred in alcohol-dependent patients, given its lack of abuse liability19 and preliminary evidence of decreased melatonin levels in alcoholic patients.7 Nevertheless, no studies have examined ramelteon in patients with substance use disorders.

Table 2

FDA-approved benzodiazepine receptor agonists for insomnia*

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Benzodiazepine receptor agonists (benzodiazepine structures)
Estazolam1 to 20.5 to 1.610 to 24
Flurazepam15 to 303 to 650 to 100
Quazepam7.5 to 15225 to 100
Temazepam15 to 302 to 310 to 17
Triazolam0.125 to 0.51 to 21.5 to 5.5
Selective benzodiazepine receptor agonists (nonbenzodiazepine structures)
Eszopiclone1 to 31~6
Zaleplon5 to 201~1
Zolpidem5 to 101.62.5 (1.5 to 3.8)
Zolpidem CR6.25 to 12.51.52.8 (1.6 to 4)
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* All benzodiazepine receptor agonists are Schedule IV controlled substances. Use with caution, if at all, in alcohol-dependent patients
† Including active metabolites
‡ Selective GABAA receptor agonists bind the alpha-1 protein subunit of GABAA receptors. Alpha-1 containing GABAA receptors are thought to mediate sedative and amnesic effects but not antianxiety or muscle relaxant effects of the GABA system

Off-label sedatives for insomnia

Like ramelteon, sedating agents that do not have abuse liability are first-choice medications for patients with addiction and co-occurring insomnia (Table 3):

  • The most studied are gabapentin and trazodone.
  • Quetiapine and mirtazapine may be considered as second-choice options.
Gabapentin. The sedative properties of selected anticonvulsants can be useful in alcohol-dependent patients, in part because these agents do not lower the seizure threshold—an important issue given the risk of seizures in this population. Gabapentin can help to improve sleep in some alcohol-dependent patients. It has little known abuse potential (although it may have some), is not metabolized by the liver, does not interfere with metabolism of other medications, and does not require blood monitoring for toxicity.

In 2 open-label pilot studies of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia:

  • gabapentin (mean dose 953 mg) significantly improved sleep quality over 4 to 6 weeks20
  • both gabapentin (mean 888 mg qhs) and trazodone (mean 105 mg qhs) significantly improved Sleep Problems Questionnaire scores, but patients receiving gabapentin were less likely than those taking trazodone to feel tired upon awakening.21
In a controlled study, however, 6 weeks of gabapentin treatment did not improve insomnia more than placebo in recovering alcohol-dependent patients.22

Although gabapentin and the anticonvulsant pregabalin increase slow-wave sleep in healthy control subjects, evidence of a similar effect is lacking in alcohol-dependent patients.

Trazodone is the most commonly prescribed antidepressant for insomnia because of its sedating effect and low abuse potential. Trazodone was associated with greater sleep improvements vs placebo as measured via PSG in a randomized, double-blind trial of alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia.23 In a second study, sleep outcomes were better with trazodone vs placebo over 12 weeks in alcohol-dependent patients, although patients in the trazodone group drank more heavily.24

 

 

Other sedating antidepressants such as mirtazapine and doxepin have not been studied in patients with substance use disorders.

Quetiapine is a second-generation antipsychotic with sedating properties. When quetiapine, 25 to 200 mg/d, was given to alcohol-dependent veterans with sleep complaints, they remained abstinent more days and had fewer hospitalizations than veterans not receiving quetiapine.25 Both groups had high rates of psychiatric comorbidity, and 90% had posttraumatic stress disorder. Improved abstinence was thought to result from improved sleep, but no sleep measures were included to test this hypothesis.

A recently published, randomized controlled pilot study reported significantly reduced drinking and craving in severely alcohol-dependent patients receiving quetiapine vs placebo, although sleep data were not included.26

Other options. Tricyclic antidepressants carry risks of cardiotoxicity and other side effects but can be useful when other options have not worked or patients have comorbidities such as neuropathic pain or migraine headaches. Combinations of agents also may be considered for treatment-resistant insomnia.

Nonprescription remedies such as antihistamines, valerian root extract (from the herb Valeriana officinalis), and melatonin are commonly used for sleep, although data are limited in substance-abusing patients.

Table 3

Noncontrolled sedating agents for treating insomnia
in patients with a history of substance abuse

AgentDose range (mg)TMAX (hr)T½ (hr)
Melatonin receptor agonist
Ramelteon80.5 to 1.51 to 2.6
Sedating anticonvulsant
Gabapentin300 to 1,5002 to 36 to 7
Sedating antidepressants
Amitriptyline25 to 1502 to 85 to 45
Doxepin25 to 1502 to 810 to 30
Mirtazapine7.5 to 451 to 320 to 40
Nefazodone50 to 15016 to 18*
Nortriptyline10 to 75§2 to 820 to 55
Trazodone25 to 3001 to 23 to 9
Sedating second-generation antipsychotic
Quetiapine25 to 1001.56
TMAX: time to reach maximal plasma concentrations; T½: elimination half-life (all values are approximate for any given individual)
* Including active metabolites
† Tricyclic antidepressants
‡ Antihistaminergic effects predominate at low doses (7.5 to 15 mg)
§ Can be titrated to morning serum level (50 to 150 mcg/mL) 12 hr after bedtime dose if no effect at lower doses
¶ Major metabolite, mCPP, has 14-hour half-life
Related resources

Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Estazolam • ProSom
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Flurazepam • Dalmane
  • Gabapentin • Neurontin
  • Methamphetamine • Desoxyn
  • Methylphenidate • Concerta, Ritalin, others
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nefazodone • Serzone
  • Nortriptyline • Pamelor
  • Pregabalin • Lyrica
  • Quazepam • Doral
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Ramelteon • Rozerem
  • Temazepam • Restoril
  • Theophylline • Theo-24, others
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Triazolam • Halcion
  • Zaleplon • Sonata
  • Zolpidem • Ambien, Ambien CR
Disclosure

Dr. Conroy and Dr. Arnedt report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products. Dr. Brower is a consultant to Pfizer.

Acknowledgment

This work was supported by an NIH grant to Dr. Brower (2K24 AA00304).

References

1. Friedmann PD, Herman DS, Freedman S, et al. Treatment of sleep disturbance in alcohol recovery: a national survey of addiction medicine physicians. J Addict Dis 2003;22:91-103.

2. Brower KJ. Alcohol’s effects on sleep in alcoholics. Alcohol Res Health 2001;25:110-25.

3. Cohn TJ, Foster JH, Peters TJ. Sequential studies of sleep disturbance and quality of life in abstaining alcoholics. Addict Biol 2003;8(4):455-62.

4. Wong MM, Brower KJ, Fitzgerald HE, Zucker RA. Sleep problems in early childhood and early onset of alcohol and other drug use in adolescence. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(4):578-87.

5. Weissman MM, Greenwald S, Nino-Murcia G, Dement WC. The morbidity of insomnia uncomplicated by psychiatric disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:245-50.

6. Brower KJ, Aldrich MS, Robinson EAR, et al. Insomnia, self-medication, and relapse to alcoholism. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:399-404.

7. Kuhlwein E, Hauger RL, Irwin MR. Abnormal nocturnal melatonin secretion and disordered sleep in abstinent alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54(12):1437-43.

8. Irwin M, Gillin JC, Dang J, et al. Sleep deprivation as a probe of homeostatic sleep regulation in primary alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51(8):632-41.

9. Peppard PE, Austin D, Brown RL. Association of alcohol consumption and sleep disordered breathing in men and women. J Clin Sleep Med 2007;3(3):265-70.

10. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE, Tandon R, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in alcoholics: association with age. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:1179-83.

11. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE. Alcohol use and periodic limb movements of sleep. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:192-6.

12. Gann H, Feige B, Fasihi S, et al. Periodic limb movements during sleep in alcohol dependent patients. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 2002;252(3):124-9.

13. Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification. Vol. 6. New York, NY: Academic Press; 1978:1-45.

14. Spielman AJ, Saskin P, Thorpy MJ. Treatment of chronic insomnia by restriction of time in bed. Sleep 1987;10:45-55.

15. Morin CM, Colecchi C, Stone J, et al. Behavioral and pharmacological therapies for late-life insomnia: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1999;281(11):991-9.

16. Arnedt JT, Conroy D, Rutt J, et al. An open trial of cognitivebehavioral treatment for insomnia comorbid with alcohol dependence. Sleep Med 2007;8:176-80.

17. Currie SR, Clark S, Hodgins DC, el-Guebaly N. Randomized controlled trial of brief cognitive-behavioural interventions for insomnia in recovering alcoholics. Addiction 2004;99:1121-32.

18. Griffiths RR, Johnson MW. Relative abuse liability of hypnotic drugs: a conceptual framework and algorithm for differentiating among compounds. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(suppl 9):31-41.

19. Johnson MW, Suess PE, Griffiths RR. Ramelteon: a novel hypnotic lacking abuse liability and sedative adverse side effects. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:1149-57.

20. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Gabapentin treatment for insomnia associated with alcohol dependence [letter]. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:151.-

21. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Open pilot study of gabapentin versus trazodone to treat insomnia in alcoholic outpatients. Psychiatry Clini Neurosci 2003;57:542-4.

22. Brower KJ, Kim HM, Karam-Hage M, et al. A double-blind randomized clinical trial of gabapentin vs. placebo for treating alcohol dependence. Biol Psychiatry 2003;53(8S):84S-85S.

23. Le Bon O, Murphy JR, Staner L, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of trazodone in alcohol post-withdrawal syndrome: polysomnographic and clinical evaluations. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003;23(4):377-83.

24. Friedmann PD, Rose JS, Swift RM, et al. Trazodone for sleep disturbance after detoxification from alcohol dependence: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, December 1-2, 2007; Coronado, CA.

25. Monnelly EP, Ciraulo DA, Knapp C, et al. Quetiapine for treatment of alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2004;24(5):532-5.

26. Kampman KM, Pettinati HM, Lynch KG, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled pilot trial of quetiapine for the treatment of Type A and Type B alcoholism. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;27:344-51.

References

1. Friedmann PD, Herman DS, Freedman S, et al. Treatment of sleep disturbance in alcohol recovery: a national survey of addiction medicine physicians. J Addict Dis 2003;22:91-103.

2. Brower KJ. Alcohol’s effects on sleep in alcoholics. Alcohol Res Health 2001;25:110-25.

3. Cohn TJ, Foster JH, Peters TJ. Sequential studies of sleep disturbance and quality of life in abstaining alcoholics. Addict Biol 2003;8(4):455-62.

4. Wong MM, Brower KJ, Fitzgerald HE, Zucker RA. Sleep problems in early childhood and early onset of alcohol and other drug use in adolescence. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 2004;28(4):578-87.

5. Weissman MM, Greenwald S, Nino-Murcia G, Dement WC. The morbidity of insomnia uncomplicated by psychiatric disorders. Gen Hosp Psychiatry 1997;19:245-50.

6. Brower KJ, Aldrich MS, Robinson EAR, et al. Insomnia, self-medication, and relapse to alcoholism. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158:399-404.

7. Kuhlwein E, Hauger RL, Irwin MR. Abnormal nocturnal melatonin secretion and disordered sleep in abstinent alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2003;54(12):1437-43.

8. Irwin M, Gillin JC, Dang J, et al. Sleep deprivation as a probe of homeostatic sleep regulation in primary alcoholics. Biol Psychiatry 2002;51(8):632-41.

9. Peppard PE, Austin D, Brown RL. Association of alcohol consumption and sleep disordered breathing in men and women. J Clin Sleep Med 2007;3(3):265-70.

10. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE, Tandon R, et al. Sleep-disordered breathing in alcoholics: association with age. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:1179-83.

11. Aldrich MS, Shipley JE. Alcohol use and periodic limb movements of sleep. Alcohol Clin Exp Res 1993;17:192-6.

12. Gann H, Feige B, Fasihi S, et al. Periodic limb movements during sleep in alcohol dependent patients. Eur Arch Psychiatry Clin Neurosci 2002;252(3):124-9.

13. Bootzin R, Nicassio P. Behavioral treatments for insomnia. In: Hersen M, Eissler R, Miller P, eds. Progress in behavior modification. Vol. 6. New York, NY: Academic Press; 1978:1-45.

14. Spielman AJ, Saskin P, Thorpy MJ. Treatment of chronic insomnia by restriction of time in bed. Sleep 1987;10:45-55.

15. Morin CM, Colecchi C, Stone J, et al. Behavioral and pharmacological therapies for late-life insomnia: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 1999;281(11):991-9.

16. Arnedt JT, Conroy D, Rutt J, et al. An open trial of cognitivebehavioral treatment for insomnia comorbid with alcohol dependence. Sleep Med 2007;8:176-80.

17. Currie SR, Clark S, Hodgins DC, el-Guebaly N. Randomized controlled trial of brief cognitive-behavioural interventions for insomnia in recovering alcoholics. Addiction 2004;99:1121-32.

18. Griffiths RR, Johnson MW. Relative abuse liability of hypnotic drugs: a conceptual framework and algorithm for differentiating among compounds. J Clin Psychiatry 2005;66(suppl 9):31-41.

19. Johnson MW, Suess PE, Griffiths RR. Ramelteon: a novel hypnotic lacking abuse liability and sedative adverse side effects. Arch Gen Psychiatry 2006;63:1149-57.

20. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Gabapentin treatment for insomnia associated with alcohol dependence [letter]. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157:151.-

21. Karam-Hage M, Brower KJ. Open pilot study of gabapentin versus trazodone to treat insomnia in alcoholic outpatients. Psychiatry Clini Neurosci 2003;57:542-4.

22. Brower KJ, Kim HM, Karam-Hage M, et al. A double-blind randomized clinical trial of gabapentin vs. placebo for treating alcohol dependence. Biol Psychiatry 2003;53(8S):84S-85S.

23. Le Bon O, Murphy JR, Staner L, et al. Double-blind, placebo-controlled study of the efficacy of trazodone in alcohol post-withdrawal syndrome: polysomnographic and clinical evaluations. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2003;23(4):377-83.

24. Friedmann PD, Rose JS, Swift RM, et al. Trazodone for sleep disturbance after detoxification from alcohol dependence: a double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Paper presented at: Annual Meeting of the American Academy of Addiction Psychiatry, December 1-2, 2007; Coronado, CA.

25. Monnelly EP, Ciraulo DA, Knapp C, et al. Quetiapine for treatment of alcohol dependence. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2004;24(5):532-5.

26. Kampman KM, Pettinati HM, Lynch KG, et al. A double-blind, placebo-controlled pilot trial of quetiapine for the treatment of Type A and Type B alcoholism. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2007;27:344-51.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Page Number
97-109
Page Number
97-109
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Insomnia in patients with addictions: A safer way to break the cycle
Display Headline
Insomnia in patients with addictions: A safer way to break the cycle
Legacy Keywords
insomnia; insomnia and addiction; addictive substances and sleep disturbances; hypnotics; alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia; off-label sedatives; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; Deirdre Conroy PhD; J Todd Arnedt PhD; Kirk J. Brower MD
Legacy Keywords
insomnia; insomnia and addiction; addictive substances and sleep disturbances; hypnotics; alcohol-dependent patients with insomnia; off-label sedatives; cognitive-behavioral therapy; CBT; Deirdre Conroy PhD; J Todd Arnedt PhD; Kirk J. Brower MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Postpartum depression: What to tell patients who breast-feed

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Postpartum depression: What to tell patients who breast-feed

Whether you encounter postpartum depression (PPD) in a patient you have been treating or in one referred by her obstetrician, early, aggressive treatment is essential. Although PPD shares some symptoms with major depressive disorder (MDD)—and may be a subtype of that disorder—it also has distinguishing characteristics, such as timing of symptom onset (Box 1).1,2 Two screening tools facilitate diagnosis (Box 2).2-4

Women with PPD usually respond to pharmacotherapy, but antidepressants’ potential effects on a nursing mother’s newborn are important to consider.

HPA axis dysregulation

Although the precise cause of PPD remains unclear, a better understanding is emerging of the complicated interplay of estrogen and progesterone with the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and other neuroregulatory systems associated with depressive illness. Two lines of evidence implicate hormonal dysregulation:

  • Despite normal reproductive hormone levels, women with PPD may have an abnormal response to changes in these levels.5
  • Abnormalities in HPA axis activity appear to be associated with reproductive endocrine-related mood disorders in vulnerable women, particularly during the transition from childbirth to the immediate postpartum period.
Box 1

Not just ‘baby blues’: Clues to postpartum depression

Most women will have mild mood and anxiety symptoms in the first few days to weeks postpartum—often referred to as the ‘baby blues’—but these symptoms usually resolve spontaneously. More severe and persistent depressed mood and anxiety should arouse suspicion of postpartum depression (PPD).

Although not categorized as a distinct disorder in the DSM-IV-TR, PPD is diagnosed using DSM-IV-TR criteria for a major depressive episode, including feelings of being overwhelmed, guilt or worthlessness, tearfulness, appetite change, difficulty sleeping (even when the baby is sleeping), difficulty concentrating, and loss of interest or pleasure in activities.2

PPD symptoms differ, however, in some important ways from those of nonpuerperal depression. Distinguishing characteristics of PPD are:

  • severe worry, anxiety, and/or agitation
  • fears of hurting the baby or oneself
  • not having any interest in the baby.2

PPD usually begins within the first month postpartum but may occur later; the first 3 months appear to be the most vulnerable period.1

A radical transition. Dramatic hormonal changes occur in the transition from pregnancy to postpartum.6 The third trimester of pregnancy is characterized by:

  • high estrogen and progesterone levels
  • a hyperactive HPA axis (normal during pregnancy)
  • high plasma cortisol level, stimulated in part by high levels of estrogen and progesterone.7,8
Estrogen and progesterone rapidly decline as a woman transitions to the postpartum period, and HPA axis activity is blunted because of suppressed hypothalamic corticotrophin-releasing hormone (CRH) secretion.9

Differences in HPA reactivity. In a normal HPA axis, the delivery of CRH from the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus triggers the stimulation of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from the anterior pituitary and, consequently, cortisol from the adrenal cortex. This hormonal system is regulated by negative feedback mediated by cortisol receptors on the anterior pituitary, hypothalamus, and hippocampus, as well as ACTH receptors in the anterior pituitary and CRH autoreceptors in the hypothalamus.10

A hallmark feature of the HPA axis in depression is altered response to stress and inability to maintain regulation:

  • In MDD, HPA axis hyperactivity is one of the most robust biological findings.11 In general, women with MDD exhibit high baseline cortisol and an exaggerated response to the dexamethasone/corticotropin releasing hormone test.
  • In contrast, women with PPD experience a more blunted ACTH response to CRH, which may reflect a hyporeactive HPA axis.9
Nonetheless, Bloch et al12 observed an increased cortisol response to CRH in women with a history of PPD during high-dose gonadal steroid administration, which suggests either a trait vulnerability related to PPD onset or a consequence of an earlier depression.

It has been hypothesized that both increased cortisol and decreased cortisol (observed under conditions of sustained elevated gonadal steroid levels or withdrawal of gonadal steroids) may result in insufficient glucocorticoid signaling.13 Impaired glucocorticoid signaling may be the “final common pathway” leading to psychiatric disturbance in MDD and PPD.

Understanding the characteristics of HPA axis reactivity in women with PPD could improve early identification and, theoretically, prevention or immediate treatment for at-risk women. In addition to HPA axis dysregulation, disturbances in other endocrine systems may play a role in PPD. Women with antenatal total and free thyroxine concentrations in the lower euthyroid range may be at increased risk of developing postpartum depressive symptoms.14

Box 2

2 tools for rapid postpartum depression screening

Two well-validated, simple-to-administer postpartum depression (PPD) screening instruments are useful during the postnatal period:

  • the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS),3 a 10-item self-report questionnaire that asks about mood, anxiety, guilt, and suicide ideation
  • the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale (PDSS),4 a 35-item self-report questionnaire that asks about sleeping/eating disturbances, anxiety/insecurity, emotional lability, mental confusion, loss of self, guilt/shame, and suicide ideation.

If screening indicates a patient has PPD, her psychiatric history will influence your treatment selection. Pay particular attention to:

  • past episodes of depression, hypomania, or mania
  • severity and timing of those episodes
  • treatment history, including documentation of response to antidepressants.2
 

 

Risks with or without treatment

PPD has potentially serious adverse consequences and needs to be aggressively treated. Ethical and practical challenges have hindered PPD research, however, and evidence to guide treatment is limited.15

Approximately 70% of mothers in the United States breast-feed their infants at least for the first 3 months.16 With any patient with PPD who is breast-feeding, carefully discuss the risk of antidepressant side effects for the mother and child.17

Also discuss potential risks and benefits of treatment vs no treatment.17 Potential risks of untreated depression include:

  • impaired mother/child bonding because of ongoing maternal depressive illness
  • impaired cognitive, emotional, and social development in the child.18

A collaborative, multidisciplinary treatment approach that includes the patient’s psychiatrist, obstetrician, and pediatrician is important to:

  • educate the patient about potential antidepressant side effects for mother and baby
  • avoid communicating “mixed messages” to the patient about the risk and benefits of treatment
  • ensure the health of mother and baby.17
Advise mothers who take antidepressants that they can minimize their babies’ exposure to peak drug concentrations by taking the antidepressant immediately after breast-feeding and before the infant sleeps.17 Also discuss strategies for balancing the need for sleep with the demands of breast-feeding. Reassure patients that although this is not easy, it can be accomplished with thoughtful planning and good partner support.

Antidepressants. In general, women with PPD respond well to antidepressant therapy. They may be hesitant to take any medication while breast-feeding because of possible harmful effects to their babies, but most studies examining antidepressant use by lactating women found low rates of adverse events in infants exposed to antidepressants (Table).19-24 Potential adverse effects include:

  • sedation
  • changes in sleep or feeding
  • irritability.17

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclics (except doxepin) are commonly used to treat PPD.25 Neither class has been proven superior.17 Monoamine oxidase inhibitors are not recommended because they can exacerbate hypertension and interact with food and other medications.25

SSRIs. Few adverse events have been reported with sertraline, paroxetine, and fluvoxamine during lactation.20 However, paroxetine may be associated with increased risk of cardiac abnormalities in infants exposed during the first trimester of pregnancy.26 Two agents in this class may be less desirable:

  • fluoxetine, because it has a long half-life
  • citalopram, because of potentially high breast milk concentration.20
Use fluoxetine or citalopram only in patients who had a good response to them during pregnancy or a previous depressive episode. For women who took an antidepressant during pregnancy, continue the same medication postpartum to prevent exposing the infant to another drug.

Tricyclics might be indicated for patients who responded to them previously or who have not responded to SSRIs. No adverse effects have been reported in breast-feeding infants receiving amitriptyline, clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, or nortriptyline.25 Avoid doxepin, however, because it has the longest half-life among tricyclics, and adverse effects in infants—including respiratory distress, drowsiness, and vomiting—have been reported.

Other antidepressants. Venlafaxine and duloxetine are not recommended because of limited data about use of these agents during lactation. Bupropion poses a small increased risk of seizures in newborns but is not absolutely contraindicated.24 Trazodone also has limited data, but in clinical practice it has been used safely at low doses for many years.20

Psychotherapeutic techniques—including individual or group therapy—also can effectively reduce depressive symptoms in women with PPD.27

Table

Antidepressants for postpartum depression

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage during lactationPotential adverse event(s)
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg60 mgHigh milk/plasma concentration at higher doses20
Escitalopram10 mg20 mgVery limited data to date show lower milk/plasma concentrations compared with citalopram21
Fluoxetine10 mg60 mgLong half-life can increase the potential for accumulation20
Sertraline25 mg150 to 200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Paroxetine10 mg50 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Tricyclics
Desipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Imipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Nortriptyline25 mg125 to 150 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Others
Bupropion75 to 150 mg300 mgLimited data available. Small increased risk of infant seizure (case report)24
Mirtazapine7.5 mg45 mgLimited data available. Well tolerated in a small study.23 Always monitor for changes in sleep (sedation and activation) and eating behaviors
Note: Clinical monitoring of the infant for adverse effects—including sedation, changes in sleep or feeding, and irritability—should be part of routine care
 

 

Related resources

Clinician resource

  • Cuijpers P, Brännmark JG, van Straten A. Psychological treatment of postpartum depression: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychol 2008;64(1):103-18.
Patient resource

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures

Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, GlaxoSmithKline, and The Foundation of Hope.

Dr. Payne receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, Novartis, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Dr. Rubin reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Munk-Olsen T, Laursen TM, Pedersen CB, et al. New parents and mental disorders: a population-based register study. JAMA 2006;296:2592-9.

2. Gaynes BN, Gavin N, Meltzer-Brody S, et al. Perinatal depression: prevalence, screening accuracy, and screening outcomes. Evid Rep Technol Assess (Summ) 2005;(119):1-8.

3. Cox JL, Holden JM, Sagovsk R. Detection of postnatal depression. Development of the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. Br J Psychiatry 1987;150:782-6.

4. Beck CT, Gable RK. Comparative analysis of the performance of the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale with two other depression instruments. Nurs Res 2001;50:242-50.

5. Bloch M, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau M, et al. Effects of gonadal steroids in women with a history of postpartum depression. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(6):924-30.

6. Mastorakos G, Ilias I. Maternal and fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axes during pregnancy and postpartum. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2003;997:136-49.

7. Noltern WE, Lindheimer MD, Rueckert PA, et al. Diurnal patterns and regulation of cortisol secretion in pregnancy. J Clin Endocrinology Metab 1980;51:466-72.

8. Bloch M, Daly RC, Rubinow DR. Endocrine factors in the etiology of postpartum depression. Compr Psychiatry 2003;44(3):234-46.

9. Magiakou MA, Mastorakos G, Rabin D. Hypothalamic-cortico-releasing hormone suppression during the postpartum period: implications for the increase in psychiatric manifestations at this time. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:1912-7.

10. Jolley SN, Elmore S, Barnard KE, Carr D. Dysregulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in postpartum depression. Biol Res Nurs 2007;8:210-22.

11. Gold PW, Gabry KE, Yasuda MR, Chrousos GP. Divergent endocrine abnormalities in melancholic and atypical depression: clinical and pathophysiologic implications. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 2002;31:37-62.

12. Bloch M, Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. Cortisol response to ovine corticotropin-releasing hormone in a model of pregnancy and parturition in euthymic women with and without a history of postpartum depression. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90(2):695-9.

13. Raison CL, Miller AH. When not enough is too much: the role of insufficient glucocorticoid signaling in the pathophysiology of stress-related disorders. Am J Psychiatry 2003;160:1554-65.

14. Pedersen CA, Johnson JL, Silva S, et al. Antenatal thyroid correlates of postpartum depression. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(3):235-45.

15. Yonkers KA. The treatment of women suffering from depression who are either pregnant or breastfeeding. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(10):1457-9.

16. Ryan AS, Wenjun Z, Acosta A. Breastfeeding continues to increase into the new millennium. Pediatrics 2002;110:1103-9.

17. Payne J. Antidepressant use in the postpartum period: practical considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1329-32.

18. Murray L, Sinclair D, Cooper PJ, et al. The socioemotional development of 5-year old children of postnatally depressed mothers. J Child Psychol Psychiatry 1999;40:1259-71.

19. Weissman AM, Levt BT, Hartz AJ, et al. Pooled analysis of antidepressant levels in lactating mothers, breast milk, and nursing infants. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161(6):1066-78.

20. Eberhard-Gran M, Eskild A, Opjordsmoen S. Use of psychotropic medications in treating mood disorders during lactation: practical recommendations. CNS Drugs 2006;20:187-98.

21. Rampono J, Hackett LP, Kristensen JH, et al. Transfer of escitalopram and its metabolite demethylescitalopram into breastmilk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2006;62(3):316-22.

22. Wisner KL, Perel JM, Findling RL. Antidepressant treatment during breast-feeding. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153(9):1132-7.

23. Kristensen JH, Ilett KF, Rampono J, et al. Transfer of the antidepressant mirtazapine into breast milk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007;63(3):322-7.

24. Chaudron LH, Schoenecker CJ. Bupropion and breastfeeding: a case of a possible infant seizure. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65(6):881-2.

25. Misri S, Kostaras X. Postpartum depression: is there an Andrea Yates in your practice? Current Psychiatry 2002;1(5):22-9.

26. Louik C, Lin AE, Werler MM, et al. First-trimester use of selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and the risk of birth defects. N Engl J Med 2007;356(26):2675-83.

27. Dennis CL, Hodnett E. Psychosocial and psychological interventions for treating postpartum depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(4):CD006116.-

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Samantha Meltzer-Brody, MD, MPH
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Jennifer Payne, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD
David Rubinow, MD
Assad Meymandi Professor, chair of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Publications
Page Number
87-95
Legacy Keywords
Postpartum depression; major depressive disorder; psychotropics and breast-feeding; Postpartum Depression Screening Scale; Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale; Samantha Meltzer-Brody MD; Jennifer Payne MD; David Rubinow MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Samantha Meltzer-Brody, MD, MPH
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Jennifer Payne, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD
David Rubinow, MD
Assad Meymandi Professor, chair of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Author and Disclosure Information

Samantha Meltzer-Brody, MD, MPH
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
Jennifer Payne, MD
Assistant professor, department of psychiatry and behavioral sciences, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD
David Rubinow, MD
Assad Meymandi Professor, chair of psychiatry, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

Article PDF
Article PDF

Whether you encounter postpartum depression (PPD) in a patient you have been treating or in one referred by her obstetrician, early, aggressive treatment is essential. Although PPD shares some symptoms with major depressive disorder (MDD)—and may be a subtype of that disorder—it also has distinguishing characteristics, such as timing of symptom onset (Box 1).1,2 Two screening tools facilitate diagnosis (Box 2).2-4

Women with PPD usually respond to pharmacotherapy, but antidepressants’ potential effects on a nursing mother’s newborn are important to consider.

HPA axis dysregulation

Although the precise cause of PPD remains unclear, a better understanding is emerging of the complicated interplay of estrogen and progesterone with the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and other neuroregulatory systems associated with depressive illness. Two lines of evidence implicate hormonal dysregulation:

  • Despite normal reproductive hormone levels, women with PPD may have an abnormal response to changes in these levels.5
  • Abnormalities in HPA axis activity appear to be associated with reproductive endocrine-related mood disorders in vulnerable women, particularly during the transition from childbirth to the immediate postpartum period.
Box 1

Not just ‘baby blues’: Clues to postpartum depression

Most women will have mild mood and anxiety symptoms in the first few days to weeks postpartum—often referred to as the ‘baby blues’—but these symptoms usually resolve spontaneously. More severe and persistent depressed mood and anxiety should arouse suspicion of postpartum depression (PPD).

Although not categorized as a distinct disorder in the DSM-IV-TR, PPD is diagnosed using DSM-IV-TR criteria for a major depressive episode, including feelings of being overwhelmed, guilt or worthlessness, tearfulness, appetite change, difficulty sleeping (even when the baby is sleeping), difficulty concentrating, and loss of interest or pleasure in activities.2

PPD symptoms differ, however, in some important ways from those of nonpuerperal depression. Distinguishing characteristics of PPD are:

  • severe worry, anxiety, and/or agitation
  • fears of hurting the baby or oneself
  • not having any interest in the baby.2

PPD usually begins within the first month postpartum but may occur later; the first 3 months appear to be the most vulnerable period.1

A radical transition. Dramatic hormonal changes occur in the transition from pregnancy to postpartum.6 The third trimester of pregnancy is characterized by:

  • high estrogen and progesterone levels
  • a hyperactive HPA axis (normal during pregnancy)
  • high plasma cortisol level, stimulated in part by high levels of estrogen and progesterone.7,8
Estrogen and progesterone rapidly decline as a woman transitions to the postpartum period, and HPA axis activity is blunted because of suppressed hypothalamic corticotrophin-releasing hormone (CRH) secretion.9

Differences in HPA reactivity. In a normal HPA axis, the delivery of CRH from the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus triggers the stimulation of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from the anterior pituitary and, consequently, cortisol from the adrenal cortex. This hormonal system is regulated by negative feedback mediated by cortisol receptors on the anterior pituitary, hypothalamus, and hippocampus, as well as ACTH receptors in the anterior pituitary and CRH autoreceptors in the hypothalamus.10

A hallmark feature of the HPA axis in depression is altered response to stress and inability to maintain regulation:

  • In MDD, HPA axis hyperactivity is one of the most robust biological findings.11 In general, women with MDD exhibit high baseline cortisol and an exaggerated response to the dexamethasone/corticotropin releasing hormone test.
  • In contrast, women with PPD experience a more blunted ACTH response to CRH, which may reflect a hyporeactive HPA axis.9
Nonetheless, Bloch et al12 observed an increased cortisol response to CRH in women with a history of PPD during high-dose gonadal steroid administration, which suggests either a trait vulnerability related to PPD onset or a consequence of an earlier depression.

It has been hypothesized that both increased cortisol and decreased cortisol (observed under conditions of sustained elevated gonadal steroid levels or withdrawal of gonadal steroids) may result in insufficient glucocorticoid signaling.13 Impaired glucocorticoid signaling may be the “final common pathway” leading to psychiatric disturbance in MDD and PPD.

Understanding the characteristics of HPA axis reactivity in women with PPD could improve early identification and, theoretically, prevention or immediate treatment for at-risk women. In addition to HPA axis dysregulation, disturbances in other endocrine systems may play a role in PPD. Women with antenatal total and free thyroxine concentrations in the lower euthyroid range may be at increased risk of developing postpartum depressive symptoms.14

Box 2

2 tools for rapid postpartum depression screening

Two well-validated, simple-to-administer postpartum depression (PPD) screening instruments are useful during the postnatal period:

  • the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS),3 a 10-item self-report questionnaire that asks about mood, anxiety, guilt, and suicide ideation
  • the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale (PDSS),4 a 35-item self-report questionnaire that asks about sleeping/eating disturbances, anxiety/insecurity, emotional lability, mental confusion, loss of self, guilt/shame, and suicide ideation.

If screening indicates a patient has PPD, her psychiatric history will influence your treatment selection. Pay particular attention to:

  • past episodes of depression, hypomania, or mania
  • severity and timing of those episodes
  • treatment history, including documentation of response to antidepressants.2
 

 

Risks with or without treatment

PPD has potentially serious adverse consequences and needs to be aggressively treated. Ethical and practical challenges have hindered PPD research, however, and evidence to guide treatment is limited.15

Approximately 70% of mothers in the United States breast-feed their infants at least for the first 3 months.16 With any patient with PPD who is breast-feeding, carefully discuss the risk of antidepressant side effects for the mother and child.17

Also discuss potential risks and benefits of treatment vs no treatment.17 Potential risks of untreated depression include:

  • impaired mother/child bonding because of ongoing maternal depressive illness
  • impaired cognitive, emotional, and social development in the child.18

A collaborative, multidisciplinary treatment approach that includes the patient’s psychiatrist, obstetrician, and pediatrician is important to:

  • educate the patient about potential antidepressant side effects for mother and baby
  • avoid communicating “mixed messages” to the patient about the risk and benefits of treatment
  • ensure the health of mother and baby.17
Advise mothers who take antidepressants that they can minimize their babies’ exposure to peak drug concentrations by taking the antidepressant immediately after breast-feeding and before the infant sleeps.17 Also discuss strategies for balancing the need for sleep with the demands of breast-feeding. Reassure patients that although this is not easy, it can be accomplished with thoughtful planning and good partner support.

Antidepressants. In general, women with PPD respond well to antidepressant therapy. They may be hesitant to take any medication while breast-feeding because of possible harmful effects to their babies, but most studies examining antidepressant use by lactating women found low rates of adverse events in infants exposed to antidepressants (Table).19-24 Potential adverse effects include:

  • sedation
  • changes in sleep or feeding
  • irritability.17

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclics (except doxepin) are commonly used to treat PPD.25 Neither class has been proven superior.17 Monoamine oxidase inhibitors are not recommended because they can exacerbate hypertension and interact with food and other medications.25

SSRIs. Few adverse events have been reported with sertraline, paroxetine, and fluvoxamine during lactation.20 However, paroxetine may be associated with increased risk of cardiac abnormalities in infants exposed during the first trimester of pregnancy.26 Two agents in this class may be less desirable:

  • fluoxetine, because it has a long half-life
  • citalopram, because of potentially high breast milk concentration.20
Use fluoxetine or citalopram only in patients who had a good response to them during pregnancy or a previous depressive episode. For women who took an antidepressant during pregnancy, continue the same medication postpartum to prevent exposing the infant to another drug.

Tricyclics might be indicated for patients who responded to them previously or who have not responded to SSRIs. No adverse effects have been reported in breast-feeding infants receiving amitriptyline, clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, or nortriptyline.25 Avoid doxepin, however, because it has the longest half-life among tricyclics, and adverse effects in infants—including respiratory distress, drowsiness, and vomiting—have been reported.

Other antidepressants. Venlafaxine and duloxetine are not recommended because of limited data about use of these agents during lactation. Bupropion poses a small increased risk of seizures in newborns but is not absolutely contraindicated.24 Trazodone also has limited data, but in clinical practice it has been used safely at low doses for many years.20

Psychotherapeutic techniques—including individual or group therapy—also can effectively reduce depressive symptoms in women with PPD.27

Table

Antidepressants for postpartum depression

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage during lactationPotential adverse event(s)
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg60 mgHigh milk/plasma concentration at higher doses20
Escitalopram10 mg20 mgVery limited data to date show lower milk/plasma concentrations compared with citalopram21
Fluoxetine10 mg60 mgLong half-life can increase the potential for accumulation20
Sertraline25 mg150 to 200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Paroxetine10 mg50 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Tricyclics
Desipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Imipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Nortriptyline25 mg125 to 150 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Others
Bupropion75 to 150 mg300 mgLimited data available. Small increased risk of infant seizure (case report)24
Mirtazapine7.5 mg45 mgLimited data available. Well tolerated in a small study.23 Always monitor for changes in sleep (sedation and activation) and eating behaviors
Note: Clinical monitoring of the infant for adverse effects—including sedation, changes in sleep or feeding, and irritability—should be part of routine care
 

 

Related resources

Clinician resource

  • Cuijpers P, Brännmark JG, van Straten A. Psychological treatment of postpartum depression: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychol 2008;64(1):103-18.
Patient resource

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures

Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, GlaxoSmithKline, and The Foundation of Hope.

Dr. Payne receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, Novartis, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Dr. Rubin reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Whether you encounter postpartum depression (PPD) in a patient you have been treating or in one referred by her obstetrician, early, aggressive treatment is essential. Although PPD shares some symptoms with major depressive disorder (MDD)—and may be a subtype of that disorder—it also has distinguishing characteristics, such as timing of symptom onset (Box 1).1,2 Two screening tools facilitate diagnosis (Box 2).2-4

Women with PPD usually respond to pharmacotherapy, but antidepressants’ potential effects on a nursing mother’s newborn are important to consider.

HPA axis dysregulation

Although the precise cause of PPD remains unclear, a better understanding is emerging of the complicated interplay of estrogen and progesterone with the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and other neuroregulatory systems associated with depressive illness. Two lines of evidence implicate hormonal dysregulation:

  • Despite normal reproductive hormone levels, women with PPD may have an abnormal response to changes in these levels.5
  • Abnormalities in HPA axis activity appear to be associated with reproductive endocrine-related mood disorders in vulnerable women, particularly during the transition from childbirth to the immediate postpartum period.
Box 1

Not just ‘baby blues’: Clues to postpartum depression

Most women will have mild mood and anxiety symptoms in the first few days to weeks postpartum—often referred to as the ‘baby blues’—but these symptoms usually resolve spontaneously. More severe and persistent depressed mood and anxiety should arouse suspicion of postpartum depression (PPD).

Although not categorized as a distinct disorder in the DSM-IV-TR, PPD is diagnosed using DSM-IV-TR criteria for a major depressive episode, including feelings of being overwhelmed, guilt or worthlessness, tearfulness, appetite change, difficulty sleeping (even when the baby is sleeping), difficulty concentrating, and loss of interest or pleasure in activities.2

PPD symptoms differ, however, in some important ways from those of nonpuerperal depression. Distinguishing characteristics of PPD are:

  • severe worry, anxiety, and/or agitation
  • fears of hurting the baby or oneself
  • not having any interest in the baby.2

PPD usually begins within the first month postpartum but may occur later; the first 3 months appear to be the most vulnerable period.1

A radical transition. Dramatic hormonal changes occur in the transition from pregnancy to postpartum.6 The third trimester of pregnancy is characterized by:

  • high estrogen and progesterone levels
  • a hyperactive HPA axis (normal during pregnancy)
  • high plasma cortisol level, stimulated in part by high levels of estrogen and progesterone.7,8
Estrogen and progesterone rapidly decline as a woman transitions to the postpartum period, and HPA axis activity is blunted because of suppressed hypothalamic corticotrophin-releasing hormone (CRH) secretion.9

Differences in HPA reactivity. In a normal HPA axis, the delivery of CRH from the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus triggers the stimulation of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from the anterior pituitary and, consequently, cortisol from the adrenal cortex. This hormonal system is regulated by negative feedback mediated by cortisol receptors on the anterior pituitary, hypothalamus, and hippocampus, as well as ACTH receptors in the anterior pituitary and CRH autoreceptors in the hypothalamus.10

A hallmark feature of the HPA axis in depression is altered response to stress and inability to maintain regulation:

  • In MDD, HPA axis hyperactivity is one of the most robust biological findings.11 In general, women with MDD exhibit high baseline cortisol and an exaggerated response to the dexamethasone/corticotropin releasing hormone test.
  • In contrast, women with PPD experience a more blunted ACTH response to CRH, which may reflect a hyporeactive HPA axis.9
Nonetheless, Bloch et al12 observed an increased cortisol response to CRH in women with a history of PPD during high-dose gonadal steroid administration, which suggests either a trait vulnerability related to PPD onset or a consequence of an earlier depression.

It has been hypothesized that both increased cortisol and decreased cortisol (observed under conditions of sustained elevated gonadal steroid levels or withdrawal of gonadal steroids) may result in insufficient glucocorticoid signaling.13 Impaired glucocorticoid signaling may be the “final common pathway” leading to psychiatric disturbance in MDD and PPD.

Understanding the characteristics of HPA axis reactivity in women with PPD could improve early identification and, theoretically, prevention or immediate treatment for at-risk women. In addition to HPA axis dysregulation, disturbances in other endocrine systems may play a role in PPD. Women with antenatal total and free thyroxine concentrations in the lower euthyroid range may be at increased risk of developing postpartum depressive symptoms.14

Box 2

2 tools for rapid postpartum depression screening

Two well-validated, simple-to-administer postpartum depression (PPD) screening instruments are useful during the postnatal period:

  • the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale (EPDS),3 a 10-item self-report questionnaire that asks about mood, anxiety, guilt, and suicide ideation
  • the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale (PDSS),4 a 35-item self-report questionnaire that asks about sleeping/eating disturbances, anxiety/insecurity, emotional lability, mental confusion, loss of self, guilt/shame, and suicide ideation.

If screening indicates a patient has PPD, her psychiatric history will influence your treatment selection. Pay particular attention to:

  • past episodes of depression, hypomania, or mania
  • severity and timing of those episodes
  • treatment history, including documentation of response to antidepressants.2
 

 

Risks with or without treatment

PPD has potentially serious adverse consequences and needs to be aggressively treated. Ethical and practical challenges have hindered PPD research, however, and evidence to guide treatment is limited.15

Approximately 70% of mothers in the United States breast-feed their infants at least for the first 3 months.16 With any patient with PPD who is breast-feeding, carefully discuss the risk of antidepressant side effects for the mother and child.17

Also discuss potential risks and benefits of treatment vs no treatment.17 Potential risks of untreated depression include:

  • impaired mother/child bonding because of ongoing maternal depressive illness
  • impaired cognitive, emotional, and social development in the child.18

A collaborative, multidisciplinary treatment approach that includes the patient’s psychiatrist, obstetrician, and pediatrician is important to:

  • educate the patient about potential antidepressant side effects for mother and baby
  • avoid communicating “mixed messages” to the patient about the risk and benefits of treatment
  • ensure the health of mother and baby.17
Advise mothers who take antidepressants that they can minimize their babies’ exposure to peak drug concentrations by taking the antidepressant immediately after breast-feeding and before the infant sleeps.17 Also discuss strategies for balancing the need for sleep with the demands of breast-feeding. Reassure patients that although this is not easy, it can be accomplished with thoughtful planning and good partner support.

Antidepressants. In general, women with PPD respond well to antidepressant therapy. They may be hesitant to take any medication while breast-feeding because of possible harmful effects to their babies, but most studies examining antidepressant use by lactating women found low rates of adverse events in infants exposed to antidepressants (Table).19-24 Potential adverse effects include:

  • sedation
  • changes in sleep or feeding
  • irritability.17

Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and tricyclics (except doxepin) are commonly used to treat PPD.25 Neither class has been proven superior.17 Monoamine oxidase inhibitors are not recommended because they can exacerbate hypertension and interact with food and other medications.25

SSRIs. Few adverse events have been reported with sertraline, paroxetine, and fluvoxamine during lactation.20 However, paroxetine may be associated with increased risk of cardiac abnormalities in infants exposed during the first trimester of pregnancy.26 Two agents in this class may be less desirable:

  • fluoxetine, because it has a long half-life
  • citalopram, because of potentially high breast milk concentration.20
Use fluoxetine or citalopram only in patients who had a good response to them during pregnancy or a previous depressive episode. For women who took an antidepressant during pregnancy, continue the same medication postpartum to prevent exposing the infant to another drug.

Tricyclics might be indicated for patients who responded to them previously or who have not responded to SSRIs. No adverse effects have been reported in breast-feeding infants receiving amitriptyline, clomipramine, desipramine, imipramine, or nortriptyline.25 Avoid doxepin, however, because it has the longest half-life among tricyclics, and adverse effects in infants—including respiratory distress, drowsiness, and vomiting—have been reported.

Other antidepressants. Venlafaxine and duloxetine are not recommended because of limited data about use of these agents during lactation. Bupropion poses a small increased risk of seizures in newborns but is not absolutely contraindicated.24 Trazodone also has limited data, but in clinical practice it has been used safely at low doses for many years.20

Psychotherapeutic techniques—including individual or group therapy—also can effectively reduce depressive symptoms in women with PPD.27

Table

Antidepressants for postpartum depression

MedicationStarting dosageMaximum dosage during lactationPotential adverse event(s)
Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
Citalopram10 mg60 mgHigh milk/plasma concentration at higher doses20
Escitalopram10 mg20 mgVery limited data to date show lower milk/plasma concentrations compared with citalopram21
Fluoxetine10 mg60 mgLong half-life can increase the potential for accumulation20
Sertraline25 mg150 to 200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Paroxetine10 mg50 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,20
Tricyclics
Desipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Imipramine25 mg200 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Nortriptyline25 mg125 to 150 mgMinimal detection of drug in infants’ serum19,22
Others
Bupropion75 to 150 mg300 mgLimited data available. Small increased risk of infant seizure (case report)24
Mirtazapine7.5 mg45 mgLimited data available. Well tolerated in a small study.23 Always monitor for changes in sleep (sedation and activation) and eating behaviors
Note: Clinical monitoring of the infant for adverse effects—including sedation, changes in sleep or feeding, and irritability—should be part of routine care
 

 

Related resources

Clinician resource

  • Cuijpers P, Brännmark JG, van Straten A. Psychological treatment of postpartum depression: a meta-analysis. J Clin Psychol 2008;64(1):103-18.
Patient resource

Drug brand names

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Citalopram • Celexa
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Doxepin • Sinequan
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Escitalopram • Lexapro
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Imipramine • Tofranil
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Nortriptyline • Aventyl
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
Disclosures

Dr. Meltzer-Brody receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, GlaxoSmithKline, and The Foundation of Hope.

Dr. Payne receives research/grant support from AstraZeneca, Novartis, Stanley Medical Research Institute, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Dr. Rubin reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

References

1. Munk-Olsen T, Laursen TM, Pedersen CB, et al. New parents and mental disorders: a population-based register study. JAMA 2006;296:2592-9.

2. Gaynes BN, Gavin N, Meltzer-Brody S, et al. Perinatal depression: prevalence, screening accuracy, and screening outcomes. Evid Rep Technol Assess (Summ) 2005;(119):1-8.

3. Cox JL, Holden JM, Sagovsk R. Detection of postnatal depression. Development of the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. Br J Psychiatry 1987;150:782-6.

4. Beck CT, Gable RK. Comparative analysis of the performance of the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale with two other depression instruments. Nurs Res 2001;50:242-50.

5. Bloch M, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau M, et al. Effects of gonadal steroids in women with a history of postpartum depression. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(6):924-30.

6. Mastorakos G, Ilias I. Maternal and fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axes during pregnancy and postpartum. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2003;997:136-49.

7. Noltern WE, Lindheimer MD, Rueckert PA, et al. Diurnal patterns and regulation of cortisol secretion in pregnancy. J Clin Endocrinology Metab 1980;51:466-72.

8. Bloch M, Daly RC, Rubinow DR. Endocrine factors in the etiology of postpartum depression. Compr Psychiatry 2003;44(3):234-46.

9. Magiakou MA, Mastorakos G, Rabin D. Hypothalamic-cortico-releasing hormone suppression during the postpartum period: implications for the increase in psychiatric manifestations at this time. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:1912-7.

10. Jolley SN, Elmore S, Barnard KE, Carr D. Dysregulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in postpartum depression. Biol Res Nurs 2007;8:210-22.

11. Gold PW, Gabry KE, Yasuda MR, Chrousos GP. Divergent endocrine abnormalities in melancholic and atypical depression: clinical and pathophysiologic implications. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 2002;31:37-62.

12. Bloch M, Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. Cortisol response to ovine corticotropin-releasing hormone in a model of pregnancy and parturition in euthymic women with and without a history of postpartum depression. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90(2):695-9.

13. Raison CL, Miller AH. When not enough is too much: the role of insufficient glucocorticoid signaling in the pathophysiology of stress-related disorders. Am J Psychiatry 2003;160:1554-65.

14. Pedersen CA, Johnson JL, Silva S, et al. Antenatal thyroid correlates of postpartum depression. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(3):235-45.

15. Yonkers KA. The treatment of women suffering from depression who are either pregnant or breastfeeding. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(10):1457-9.

16. Ryan AS, Wenjun Z, Acosta A. Breastfeeding continues to increase into the new millennium. Pediatrics 2002;110:1103-9.

17. Payne J. Antidepressant use in the postpartum period: practical considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1329-32.

18. Murray L, Sinclair D, Cooper PJ, et al. The socioemotional development of 5-year old children of postnatally depressed mothers. J Child Psychol Psychiatry 1999;40:1259-71.

19. Weissman AM, Levt BT, Hartz AJ, et al. Pooled analysis of antidepressant levels in lactating mothers, breast milk, and nursing infants. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161(6):1066-78.

20. Eberhard-Gran M, Eskild A, Opjordsmoen S. Use of psychotropic medications in treating mood disorders during lactation: practical recommendations. CNS Drugs 2006;20:187-98.

21. Rampono J, Hackett LP, Kristensen JH, et al. Transfer of escitalopram and its metabolite demethylescitalopram into breastmilk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2006;62(3):316-22.

22. Wisner KL, Perel JM, Findling RL. Antidepressant treatment during breast-feeding. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153(9):1132-7.

23. Kristensen JH, Ilett KF, Rampono J, et al. Transfer of the antidepressant mirtazapine into breast milk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007;63(3):322-7.

24. Chaudron LH, Schoenecker CJ. Bupropion and breastfeeding: a case of a possible infant seizure. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65(6):881-2.

25. Misri S, Kostaras X. Postpartum depression: is there an Andrea Yates in your practice? Current Psychiatry 2002;1(5):22-9.

26. Louik C, Lin AE, Werler MM, et al. First-trimester use of selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and the risk of birth defects. N Engl J Med 2007;356(26):2675-83.

27. Dennis CL, Hodnett E. Psychosocial and psychological interventions for treating postpartum depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(4):CD006116.-

References

1. Munk-Olsen T, Laursen TM, Pedersen CB, et al. New parents and mental disorders: a population-based register study. JAMA 2006;296:2592-9.

2. Gaynes BN, Gavin N, Meltzer-Brody S, et al. Perinatal depression: prevalence, screening accuracy, and screening outcomes. Evid Rep Technol Assess (Summ) 2005;(119):1-8.

3. Cox JL, Holden JM, Sagovsk R. Detection of postnatal depression. Development of the 10-item Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale. Br J Psychiatry 1987;150:782-6.

4. Beck CT, Gable RK. Comparative analysis of the performance of the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale with two other depression instruments. Nurs Res 2001;50:242-50.

5. Bloch M, Schmidt PJ, Danaceau M, et al. Effects of gonadal steroids in women with a history of postpartum depression. Am J Psychiatry 2000;157(6):924-30.

6. Mastorakos G, Ilias I. Maternal and fetal hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axes during pregnancy and postpartum. Ann N Y Acad Sci 2003;997:136-49.

7. Noltern WE, Lindheimer MD, Rueckert PA, et al. Diurnal patterns and regulation of cortisol secretion in pregnancy. J Clin Endocrinology Metab 1980;51:466-72.

8. Bloch M, Daly RC, Rubinow DR. Endocrine factors in the etiology of postpartum depression. Compr Psychiatry 2003;44(3):234-46.

9. Magiakou MA, Mastorakos G, Rabin D. Hypothalamic-cortico-releasing hormone suppression during the postpartum period: implications for the increase in psychiatric manifestations at this time. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 1996;81:1912-7.

10. Jolley SN, Elmore S, Barnard KE, Carr D. Dysregulation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis in postpartum depression. Biol Res Nurs 2007;8:210-22.

11. Gold PW, Gabry KE, Yasuda MR, Chrousos GP. Divergent endocrine abnormalities in melancholic and atypical depression: clinical and pathophysiologic implications. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 2002;31:37-62.

12. Bloch M, Rubinow DR, Schmidt PJ. Cortisol response to ovine corticotropin-releasing hormone in a model of pregnancy and parturition in euthymic women with and without a history of postpartum depression. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2005;90(2):695-9.

13. Raison CL, Miller AH. When not enough is too much: the role of insufficient glucocorticoid signaling in the pathophysiology of stress-related disorders. Am J Psychiatry 2003;160:1554-65.

14. Pedersen CA, Johnson JL, Silva S, et al. Antenatal thyroid correlates of postpartum depression. Psychoneuroendocrinology 2007;32(3):235-45.

15. Yonkers KA. The treatment of women suffering from depression who are either pregnant or breastfeeding. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164(10):1457-9.

16. Ryan AS, Wenjun Z, Acosta A. Breastfeeding continues to increase into the new millennium. Pediatrics 2002;110:1103-9.

17. Payne J. Antidepressant use in the postpartum period: practical considerations. Am J Psychiatry 2007;164:1329-32.

18. Murray L, Sinclair D, Cooper PJ, et al. The socioemotional development of 5-year old children of postnatally depressed mothers. J Child Psychol Psychiatry 1999;40:1259-71.

19. Weissman AM, Levt BT, Hartz AJ, et al. Pooled analysis of antidepressant levels in lactating mothers, breast milk, and nursing infants. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161(6):1066-78.

20. Eberhard-Gran M, Eskild A, Opjordsmoen S. Use of psychotropic medications in treating mood disorders during lactation: practical recommendations. CNS Drugs 2006;20:187-98.

21. Rampono J, Hackett LP, Kristensen JH, et al. Transfer of escitalopram and its metabolite demethylescitalopram into breastmilk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2006;62(3):316-22.

22. Wisner KL, Perel JM, Findling RL. Antidepressant treatment during breast-feeding. Am J Psychiatry 1996;153(9):1132-7.

23. Kristensen JH, Ilett KF, Rampono J, et al. Transfer of the antidepressant mirtazapine into breast milk. Br J Clin Pharmacol 2007;63(3):322-7.

24. Chaudron LH, Schoenecker CJ. Bupropion and breastfeeding: a case of a possible infant seizure. J Clin Psychiatry 2004;65(6):881-2.

25. Misri S, Kostaras X. Postpartum depression: is there an Andrea Yates in your practice? Current Psychiatry 2002;1(5):22-9.

26. Louik C, Lin AE, Werler MM, et al. First-trimester use of selective serotonin-reuptake inhibitors and the risk of birth defects. N Engl J Med 2007;356(26):2675-83.

27. Dennis CL, Hodnett E. Psychosocial and psychological interventions for treating postpartum depression. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2007;(4):CD006116.-

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Page Number
87-95
Page Number
87-95
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Postpartum depression: What to tell patients who breast-feed
Display Headline
Postpartum depression: What to tell patients who breast-feed
Legacy Keywords
Postpartum depression; major depressive disorder; psychotropics and breast-feeding; Postpartum Depression Screening Scale; Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale; Samantha Meltzer-Brody MD; Jennifer Payne MD; David Rubinow MD
Legacy Keywords
Postpartum depression; major depressive disorder; psychotropics and breast-feeding; Postpartum Depression Screening Scale; Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale; Samantha Meltzer-Brody MD; Jennifer Payne MD; David Rubinow MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Dissociative disorders unclear? Think ‘rainbows from pain blows’

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Dissociative disorders unclear? Think ‘rainbows from pain blows’

Mr. D, age 45, presents to his primary care physician with panic attacks, nausea, shortness of breath, nightmares, and dizziness 6 months after being assaulted and robbed at an ATM. Following a routine medical workup, the physician diagnoses posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and refers Mr. D for exposure and response prevention therapy.

During graded exposure sessions, Mr. D’s eyes sometimes glaze over and he seems to “float away” from the discussion. When the therapist asks about these symptoms, Mr. D reports having had them as long as he can remember. In school, he says, teachers thought he was a slow learner, a daydreamer, or had attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. From what he can recall of his childhood, he describes a history of trauma and neglect with a violent, drug-abusing father and absent mother.

Patients with a history of early abuse or neglect are at risk for dissociative phenomena and other trauma-related psychiatric disorders.1 The heterogeneous dissociative disorders are often hidden and unrecognized2 —as in Mr. D’s case—or present with unfamiliar or atypical symptoms. Understanding and identifying dissociative symptoms is important because:

  • Dissociative symptoms worsen prognosis, whether patients have conversion disorders1 or psychogenic seizures3 or are in psychotherapy.4
  • Dissociative states may impair memory encoding5 and decrease patients’ ability to remember therapeutic information.
  • Symptoms (such as hearing voices in multiple personality disorder) can be confused with those of disorders with different treatment strategies (such as psychotic disorders).6
  • Peritraumatic dissociation may be a risk factor for PTSD.7

This article presents a practical model for understanding dissociation, reviews clinical characteristics of this family of symptoms, and offers suggestions for assessing and treating patients with dissociative disorders.

Coming together, falling apart

Since Pierre Janet’s first reports on dissociative disorders, a number of theories and models of dissociation have been proposed,8 including empirically based, taxonomic models that address DSM-IV-TR categories (Table 1). The model I propose—which attaches a visual metaphor to dissociative phenomena—answers the question, “What is ‘dissociated’ in dissociation disorders?”

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR classification of dissociative disorders

DisorderSymptoms
Dissociative amnesiaA reversible loss of memory, typically preceded by a stressor
Dissociative fugueLoss of memory and identity, along with travel away from home
Dissociative identity disorder (formerly multiple personality disorder)Presence of different identity states, often with lack of connection between them; current models highlight the presence of recurrent dissociative intrusions into many aspects of executive function and self
Depersonalization disorderDetachment from oneself as a present, feeling person (depersonalization) and the world (derealization)
Dissociative identity disorder NOSFunctionally disturbing dissociative symptoms that do not fit into any of the above
NOS: not otherwise specified
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000
5 components of consciousness. Just as separable wavelengths compose a beam of white light, dissociable “colors” or components of subjective experience constitute a normal state of consciousness. Five implicit components of normal consciousness—present in various degrees, at different times—are seamlessly integrated and associated in real time.

One paired component is a detached “observer” and a more embodied, feeling “experiencer.” The observer is a perspective that begets metacognition (thinking about one’s inner world) and self-observation; it resides in the same body as soma-based “feelings” that unconsciously contribute to the sense of “being present” with oneself and the world in the moment.9

A second component is voluntary access to one’s autobiographical memories (memories about the self in time), which are constantly “updated” and integrated with current experiences. This component allows one to distinguish between remembered (past) experiences and “firsthand” (present) experience.

Three other components of normal consciousness are:

  • a sense of agency and voluntary control over one’s mental contents, mental activity, and bodily movements
  • an ongoing connection with one’s body and mind and an understanding of where sensations and images come from
  • a sense of sequential experience, with relatively smooth transitions (from self at work to self at home, self a week ago to self today, etc) that have a singular referent (an identity).

Pathologic dissociation occurs when a prism of distress disperses one of these component “wavelengths” from the main “beam” of consciousness. For example:

  • separation of the “observer” and “experiencer” occurs in depersonalization disorder
  • reversible loss of ability to access memories characterizes dissociative amnesia
  • disconnection between sequential experiences is a part of dissociative identity disorder.
This modular perspective of dissociative disorders parallels a neurophysiologic perspective of mental states as arising from the synchronized integration of the activity of separate, functionally specialized brain regions.
 

 

10 Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as “disconnection syndromes” (Box).

Box

Dissociation’s neurobiology: Evidence of brain ‘disconnections’

From a neurophysiologic perspective, mental states may be viewed as arising from synchronized integration of the activity of functionally specialized brain regions. Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as ‘disconnection syndromes.’

Functional neuroimaging. Different ‘identities’—sometimes called a traumatic personality state and neutral personality state—demonstrate different patterns of cerebral blood flow, subjective reports, and peripheral physiologic parameters (blood pressure, heart rate).a

Functional imaging of traumatic dissociation shows active suppression of limbic regions (amygdala) and increased activity in dorsolateral prefrontal areas.b Similarly, neuroimaging of depersonalization disorder show increased neural activity in prefrontal regions associated with affect regulation and decreased activity in emotion-related areas.c,d

Speed. Dissociative responses occur extremely rapidly. Using EEG, which allows finer temporal resolution than functional imaging studies, Kirino et ale showed reversible attenuation of a specific EEG signal within 300 msec during dissociative episodes. This ultra-rapid neural reflex was correlated with allocation of attentional and working memory resources, perhaps with the goal of minimizing memory activation and resurgence of affect-laden memories.e

Hormonal. Stress-related disorders cause perturbations in neurohormonal function. Simeon et alf found a distinct pattern of stress-induced HPA axis dysregulation in dissociative patients compared with PTSD patients and healthy controls. Similar results were seen in patients with borderline personality disorder and dissociative symptoms.g

Structural imaging. Stress-related neurohormonal perturbations are known to affect critical neural structures, including the hippocampus. Using MRI, Vermetten et alh found significantly decreased amygdala and hippocampal volumes in patients with dissociative identity disorder.

EEG: electroencephalography; HPA: hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder

Reference Citations: click here

Causes of dissociative disorders

As with many psychiatric disorders, the etiology of dissociative phenomena is thought to include the individual patient’s temperamental or constitutional predispositions11 as well as a strong contribution of environmental trauma (early abuse, neglect).12

Constitutional predisposition for developing a dissociative disorder may include personality traits such as being easily hypnotized, mental absorption, suggestibility, and a tendency to fantasize.13 These characteristics fueled concerns in the 1990s that therapists may contribute to dissociative identity disorder by “digging” for repressed memories in susceptible patients and creating “pseudomemories” of events that did not happen.14

The issue of repressed traumatic memory and its role in therapy is extremely controversial and contributes to the complexity of psychotherapeutic treatment of dissociation.15

Early trauma. Factors that make it difficult to define the specific role of early trauma in dissociative disorders include:

  • shame and secrecy of early sexual or physical abuse and potential for victims to repress traumatic memories
  • lability of memory, potential for suggestibility, and difficulty with verification.14
Some experts—influenced by attachment theory—view dissociative phenomena as manifestations of an innate, reflexive relational pattern called disorganized attachment.16 Attachment theory notes that:

  • early relationships are one of the primary ways that humans learn to regulate distress
  • early trauma frequently includes pathology in caregiving relationships, including overt role reversal, abuse, and neglect.
Empathic treatment of dissociation, therefore, is based on appreciating the difficulties that arose from an individual’s experience of being alone with overwhelming distress. The relation of dissociation to attachment theory has specific therapeutic implications, including a focus on constructing a safe therapeutic relationship for patients.

Finally, remember that transient dissociative symptoms can be considered normal in high-stress situations. Intensive military training has been found to be associated with a very high incidence (96%) of dissociative symptoms in army recruits.17

Identifying ‘hidden’ phenomena

Dissociative disorders have been called “diseases of hiddenness”18 because:

  • Many of their clinical characteristics— sense of identity, memory, connectedness, somatosensory phenomena—are alterations in subjective phenomena that lack clearly observable symptoms.
  • Patients are often reluctant to seek help or divulge their symptoms to clinicians.
  • When dissociative symptoms are obvious—such as multiple personalities or sudden loss of memories—they may be dismissed or evoke skepticism because of their dramatic presentation.
Screening tools. To identify at-risk patients, consider screening with a validated questionnaire such as the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire (CTQ),19 particularly for patients with psychiatric comorbidity (Table 2). Using the CTQ—which assesses physical, emotional, and sexual abuse and neglect—is a high-yield procedure, given the role of early trauma in brain development and future mental health.20

For more targeted screening, the self-report Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES)21 is useful for clinical assessment in conjunction with the clinician-administered diagnostic Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Dissociative Disorder (SCID-D).22

Table 2

With these findings, consider screening for dissociation

 

 

Posttraumatic stress disorder
Certain personality disorders (especially borderline personality disorder)
Somatoform disorders (conversion disorders and nonepileptic seizures)
Eating disorders
Substance use disorders
Extensive history of trauma or neglect
Self-harm behavior
Differential diagnosis. Diagnosing dissociative disorders includes ruling out psychopathologies that can present with “look-alike” symptoms (Table 3).

As in Mr. D’s case, dissociative phenomena may attenuate the benefit of post-trauma therapeutic interventions, especially those involving exposure. Therefore:

  • assess post-trauma patients for dissociation before you start treatment
  • make specific alterations in psychotherapy for such patients, as described below.
Educating trauma patients that detachment is a normal response to threat17 can reduce shame about not fighting back.

Table 3

Differential diagnosis: Dissociation ‘look-alikes’

Dissociation symptomCan be confused with:
Visual or auditory hallucinations, other ‘first-rank’ psychotic symptoms in dissociative identity disorderPsychotic disorder
‘Blanking out’ (cognitive disruption)ADHD, seizures
Somatoform (conversion) symptomsA variety of nonpsychiatric medical problems, including pelvic or abdominal pathology and headaches
Dissociative memory lapsesLearning disability, not paying attention
‘Switching’ between statesBipolar disorder, rapid cycling
Lack of emotional reaction to traumatic stimuli(numbing response)Healthy coping
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Medical causes. Because complex partial seizures can cause dissociative symptoms,23 consider evaluating patients for seizures, head trauma, and structural lesions. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) often occur in conjunction with early trauma, dissociative symptoms, and PTSD.3

Recreational drugs such as ketamine, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”), hallucinogens, marijuana, and dextromethorphan also can induce dissociative states. Consider evaluating for use of these substances, some of which may not be detected on a routine drug screen.24

CASE CONTINUED: A tactical shift

Internal distress—such as when remembering painful events—clearly is linked with the appearance of Mr. D’s symptoms. The therapist—recognizing unacknowledged dissociative phenomena—changes Mr. D’s therapeutic strategy from exposure therapy to affect and anxiety regulation, with an explicit focus on attachment security (safety).

The therapist explains to Mr. D that dissociation symptoms are a response to distress, and he can learn more adaptive distress regulation in therapy. The in-session focus shifts to include more direct attention to components of the therapy relationship, including overt disclosure of the therapist’s positive regard and commitment to help the patient and frequent pauses to “check in” that the patient feels present, safe, and understood. With this new focus, Mr. D’s dissociative symptoms resolve and he feels more ready to face and overcome his fear and avoided memories.

Psychotherapy: Putting pieces together

Psychotherapy is the primary treatment, based on understanding dissociative disorders as manifestations of distress-related, traumatic fragmentation of the sense of self, interpersonal relatedness, and capacity for adaptive affect regulation (Table 4).

Depersonalization disorder. Cognitive-behavioral integration has been proposed, based on the idea that detachment from one’s self creates anxiety and reinforces efforts to avoid this internal state and events that trigger it. In an open study of 21 patients with depersonalization disorder, individual cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) reduced avoidance, safety behaviors, and symptom monitoring. Measures of dissociation, depression, anxiety, and general functioning also improved.25

Table 4

Tips for conceptualizing dissociative disorders

Ground your understanding of this class of disorders as distress-related breakdowns in functional connection and integration among components of normal consciousness
Consider the overlap among dissociation, certain somatoform disorders (conversion symptoms, pseudoseizures), and PTSD
Maintain a high index of suspicion for dissociative symptoms in patients with early trauma or neglect (consider screening for this); do further evaluation with dissociative-specific tools
Avoid the tendency to assume that reversible, unfamiliar, or peculiar symptoms imply volition or lack of an organic basis
PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Dissociative identity disorder (DID)—the quintessential dissociative disorder—is usually treated by specialists. Treatment is complex, but some components are appropriate for less severe forms of dissociation, including dissociation as part of PTSD.26

Safety, stabilization, and symptom reduction. Providing a safe therapeutic relationship is a primary and necessary part of DID treatment. On that platform, a first step in reintegrating distressing material into the self involves building the patient’s capacity for conscious, flexible affect regulation. This keeps anxiety and distress within a therapeutic “window.”

Graded exposure. Exposure to feared mental contents—typically traumatic memories—is central to trauma-focused therapy. Dissociation is conceptualized as driven by distress greater than the system can bear, loss of adaptive integration, and subsequent fear-based, reflexive avoidance.27 Re-experiencing trauma-related memories in a safe relationship with a new regulatory capacity may work by anchoring patients in an autobiographical memory base.28

Integration of identity and person. Treatment ends when formerly unintegrated or dissociated experiences or parts of the self are integrated into a coherent whole, and the patient can deal adaptively with inter-personal relationships and distress without fragmentation.

 

 

Adjunctive medications

Few studies have addressed using psychopharmacologic interventions in the heterogeneous dissociative disorders. GABAA antagonism and 5-HT2a/2c agonism have induced psychotic and dissociative-like symptoms in healthy men,29 and alterations in enzymes such as catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) may explain individual vulnerability to trauma.30 Reports of dissociation related to ketamine31 and marijuana32 implicate other neurotransmitter systems in their etiology.

DID. Similar to guidelines for borderline personality disorder,33 guidelines for DID suggest using medications to treat the most prominent symptom clusters such as insomnia, affective instability, and posttraumatic intrusions.

Depersonalization disorder. Trials of fluoxetine and lamotrigine showed no benefit in depersonalization disorder.34,35 In an open trial of 14 patients, naloxone (mean 120 mg/d) reduced depersonalization symptoms by 30%, as measured by 3 validated scales.36

PTSD-related dissociation. If dissociative symptoms are associated with PTSD, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are considered first-line pharmacologic treatment.37 In a 10-week trial of 70 mostly minority adult outpatients with PTSD, paroxetine, ≤60 mg/d, was more effective than placebo in reducing dissociative symptoms, as shown by changes in DES scores.38

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
Disclosure

Dr. MacDonald is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen, L.P., and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Sar V, Akyuz G, Kundakci T, et al. Childhood trauma, dissociation, and psychiatric comorbidity in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161:2271-6.

2. Foote B, Smolin Y, Kaplan M, et al. Prevalence of dissociative disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:623-9.

3. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10-year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.

4. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Freyberger HJ, Grabe HJ. Dissociation predicts symptom-related treatment outcome in short-term inpatient psychotherapy. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2007;41:682-7.

5. Allen JG, Console DA, Lewis L. Dissociative detachment and memory impairment: reversible amnesia or encoding failure? Compr Psychiatry 1999;40:160-71.

6. Dell PF. A new model of dissociative identity disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29:1-26.

7. Shalev AY, Freedman S. PTSD following terrorist attacks: a prospective evaluation. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1188-91.

8. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti DV. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Dissociative Disorders: preliminary report on a new diagnostic instrument. Am J Psychiatry 1990;147:76-82.

9. Damasio A. The feeling of what happens: body and emotion in the making of consciousness. New York, NY: Harcourt, Inc; 1999.

10. Alkire MT, Miller J. General anesthesia and the neural correlates of consciousness. Prog Brain Res 2005;150:229-44.

11. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Knutelska M, Schmeidler J. Personality factors associated with dissociation: temperament, defenses, and cognitive schemata. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(3):489-91.

12. Kihlstrom JF. Dissociative disorders. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2005;1:227-53.

13. Isaac M, Chand PK. Dissociative and conversion disorders: defining boundaries. Curr Opin Psychiatry 2006;19(1):61-6.

14. Laney C, Loftus EF. Traumatic memories are not necessarily accurate memories. Can J Psychiatry 2005;50(13):823-8.

15. Loftus EF, Davis D. Recovered memories. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2006;2:469-98.

16. Lyons-Ruth K, Dutra L, Schuder MR, Bianchi I. From infant attachment disorganization to adult dissociation: relational adaptations or traumatic experiences? Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29(1):63-86.

17. Morgan CA, 3rd, Hazlett G, Wang S, et al. Symptoms of dissociation in humans experiencing acute, uncontrollable stress: a prospective investigation. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(8):1239-47.

18. Spiegel D. Recognizing traumatic dissociation. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(4):566-8.

19. Scher CD, Stein MB, Asmundson GJ, et al. The childhood trauma questionnaire in a community sample: psychometric properties and normative data. J Trauma Stress 2001;14:843-57.

20. Teicher MH, Andersen SL, Polcari A, et al. The neurobiological consequences of early stress and childhood maltreatment. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 2003;27:33-44.

21. Bernstein EM, Putnam FW. Development, reliability, and validity of a dissociation scale. J Nerv Ment Dis 1986;174(12):727-35.

22. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti D. Detection of dissociative disorders in psychiatric patients by a screening instrument and a structured diagnostic interview. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148(8):1050-4.

23. Devinsky O, Putnam F, Grafman J, et al. Dissociative states and epilepsy. Neurology 1989;39:835-40.

24. Schonenberg M, Reichwald U, Domes G, et al. Effects of peritraumatic ketamine medication on early and sustained posttraumatic stress symptoms in moderately injured accident victims. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2005;182(3):420-5.

25. Hunter EC, Phillips ML, Chalder T, et al. Depersonalisation disorder: a cognitive-behavioural conceptualisation. Behav Res Ther 2003;41:1451-67.

26. Guidelines for treating dissociative identity disorder in adults (2005). J Trauma Dissociation 2005;6(4):69-149.

27. van der Hart O, Nijenhuis E. Generalized dissociative amnesia: episodic, semantic and procedural memories lost and found. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2001;35:589-600.

28. Holmes EA, Brown RJ, Mansell W, et al. Are there two qualitatively distinct forms of dissociation? A review and some clinical implications. Clin Psychol Rev 2005;25(1):1-23.

29. D’Souza DC, Gil RB, Zuzarte E, et al. gamma-Aminobutyric acid-serotonin interactions in healthy men: implications for network models of psychosis and dissociation. Biol Psychiatry 2006;59(2):128-37.

30. Savitz JB, van der Merwe L, Newman TK, et al. The relationship between childhood abuse and dissociation. Is it influenced by catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) activity? Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2008;11:149-61.

31. Curran HV, Morgan C. Cognitive, dissociative and psychotogenic effects of ketamine in recreational users on the night of drug use and 3 days later. Addiction 2000;95:575-90.

32. Mathew RJ, Wilson WH, Humphreys D, et al. Depersonalization after marijuana smoking. Biol Psychiatry 1993;33:431-41.

33. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(10 suppl):1-52.

34. Sierra M, Phillips ML, Ivin G, et al. A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. J Psychopharmacol 2003;17:103-5.

35. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Schmeidler J, Knutelska M. Fluoxetine therapy in depersonalisation disorder: randomised controlled trial. Br J Psychiatry 2004;185:31-6.

36. Simeon D, Knutelska M. An open trial of naltrexone in the treatment of depersonalization disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:267-70.

37. Stein DJ, Ipser JC, Seedat S. Pharmacotherapy for post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006(1):CD002795.-

38. Marshall RD, Lewis-Fernandez R, Blanco C, et al. A controlled trial of paroxetine for chronic PTSD, dissociation, and interpersonal problems in mostly minority adults. Depress Anxiety 2007;24:77-84.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Kai MacDonald, MD
Assistant clinical professor, neuropsychiatry and behavioral medicine unit, department of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Publications
Page Number
73-85
Legacy Keywords
dissociative disorders; posttraumatic stress disorder; PTSD; Kai MacDonald MD; pathologic dissociation; dissociative disorder causes
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Kai MacDonald, MD
Assistant clinical professor, neuropsychiatry and behavioral medicine unit, department of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego

Author and Disclosure Information

Kai MacDonald, MD
Assistant clinical professor, neuropsychiatry and behavioral medicine unit, department of psychiatry, University of California, San Diego

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. D, age 45, presents to his primary care physician with panic attacks, nausea, shortness of breath, nightmares, and dizziness 6 months after being assaulted and robbed at an ATM. Following a routine medical workup, the physician diagnoses posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and refers Mr. D for exposure and response prevention therapy.

During graded exposure sessions, Mr. D’s eyes sometimes glaze over and he seems to “float away” from the discussion. When the therapist asks about these symptoms, Mr. D reports having had them as long as he can remember. In school, he says, teachers thought he was a slow learner, a daydreamer, or had attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. From what he can recall of his childhood, he describes a history of trauma and neglect with a violent, drug-abusing father and absent mother.

Patients with a history of early abuse or neglect are at risk for dissociative phenomena and other trauma-related psychiatric disorders.1 The heterogeneous dissociative disorders are often hidden and unrecognized2 —as in Mr. D’s case—or present with unfamiliar or atypical symptoms. Understanding and identifying dissociative symptoms is important because:

  • Dissociative symptoms worsen prognosis, whether patients have conversion disorders1 or psychogenic seizures3 or are in psychotherapy.4
  • Dissociative states may impair memory encoding5 and decrease patients’ ability to remember therapeutic information.
  • Symptoms (such as hearing voices in multiple personality disorder) can be confused with those of disorders with different treatment strategies (such as psychotic disorders).6
  • Peritraumatic dissociation may be a risk factor for PTSD.7

This article presents a practical model for understanding dissociation, reviews clinical characteristics of this family of symptoms, and offers suggestions for assessing and treating patients with dissociative disorders.

Coming together, falling apart

Since Pierre Janet’s first reports on dissociative disorders, a number of theories and models of dissociation have been proposed,8 including empirically based, taxonomic models that address DSM-IV-TR categories (Table 1). The model I propose—which attaches a visual metaphor to dissociative phenomena—answers the question, “What is ‘dissociated’ in dissociation disorders?”

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR classification of dissociative disorders

DisorderSymptoms
Dissociative amnesiaA reversible loss of memory, typically preceded by a stressor
Dissociative fugueLoss of memory and identity, along with travel away from home
Dissociative identity disorder (formerly multiple personality disorder)Presence of different identity states, often with lack of connection between them; current models highlight the presence of recurrent dissociative intrusions into many aspects of executive function and self
Depersonalization disorderDetachment from oneself as a present, feeling person (depersonalization) and the world (derealization)
Dissociative identity disorder NOSFunctionally disturbing dissociative symptoms that do not fit into any of the above
NOS: not otherwise specified
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000
5 components of consciousness. Just as separable wavelengths compose a beam of white light, dissociable “colors” or components of subjective experience constitute a normal state of consciousness. Five implicit components of normal consciousness—present in various degrees, at different times—are seamlessly integrated and associated in real time.

One paired component is a detached “observer” and a more embodied, feeling “experiencer.” The observer is a perspective that begets metacognition (thinking about one’s inner world) and self-observation; it resides in the same body as soma-based “feelings” that unconsciously contribute to the sense of “being present” with oneself and the world in the moment.9

A second component is voluntary access to one’s autobiographical memories (memories about the self in time), which are constantly “updated” and integrated with current experiences. This component allows one to distinguish between remembered (past) experiences and “firsthand” (present) experience.

Three other components of normal consciousness are:

  • a sense of agency and voluntary control over one’s mental contents, mental activity, and bodily movements
  • an ongoing connection with one’s body and mind and an understanding of where sensations and images come from
  • a sense of sequential experience, with relatively smooth transitions (from self at work to self at home, self a week ago to self today, etc) that have a singular referent (an identity).

Pathologic dissociation occurs when a prism of distress disperses one of these component “wavelengths” from the main “beam” of consciousness. For example:

  • separation of the “observer” and “experiencer” occurs in depersonalization disorder
  • reversible loss of ability to access memories characterizes dissociative amnesia
  • disconnection between sequential experiences is a part of dissociative identity disorder.
This modular perspective of dissociative disorders parallels a neurophysiologic perspective of mental states as arising from the synchronized integration of the activity of separate, functionally specialized brain regions.
 

 

10 Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as “disconnection syndromes” (Box).

Box

Dissociation’s neurobiology: Evidence of brain ‘disconnections’

From a neurophysiologic perspective, mental states may be viewed as arising from synchronized integration of the activity of functionally specialized brain regions. Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as ‘disconnection syndromes.’

Functional neuroimaging. Different ‘identities’—sometimes called a traumatic personality state and neutral personality state—demonstrate different patterns of cerebral blood flow, subjective reports, and peripheral physiologic parameters (blood pressure, heart rate).a

Functional imaging of traumatic dissociation shows active suppression of limbic regions (amygdala) and increased activity in dorsolateral prefrontal areas.b Similarly, neuroimaging of depersonalization disorder show increased neural activity in prefrontal regions associated with affect regulation and decreased activity in emotion-related areas.c,d

Speed. Dissociative responses occur extremely rapidly. Using EEG, which allows finer temporal resolution than functional imaging studies, Kirino et ale showed reversible attenuation of a specific EEG signal within 300 msec during dissociative episodes. This ultra-rapid neural reflex was correlated with allocation of attentional and working memory resources, perhaps with the goal of minimizing memory activation and resurgence of affect-laden memories.e

Hormonal. Stress-related disorders cause perturbations in neurohormonal function. Simeon et alf found a distinct pattern of stress-induced HPA axis dysregulation in dissociative patients compared with PTSD patients and healthy controls. Similar results were seen in patients with borderline personality disorder and dissociative symptoms.g

Structural imaging. Stress-related neurohormonal perturbations are known to affect critical neural structures, including the hippocampus. Using MRI, Vermetten et alh found significantly decreased amygdala and hippocampal volumes in patients with dissociative identity disorder.

EEG: electroencephalography; HPA: hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder

Reference Citations: click here

Causes of dissociative disorders

As with many psychiatric disorders, the etiology of dissociative phenomena is thought to include the individual patient’s temperamental or constitutional predispositions11 as well as a strong contribution of environmental trauma (early abuse, neglect).12

Constitutional predisposition for developing a dissociative disorder may include personality traits such as being easily hypnotized, mental absorption, suggestibility, and a tendency to fantasize.13 These characteristics fueled concerns in the 1990s that therapists may contribute to dissociative identity disorder by “digging” for repressed memories in susceptible patients and creating “pseudomemories” of events that did not happen.14

The issue of repressed traumatic memory and its role in therapy is extremely controversial and contributes to the complexity of psychotherapeutic treatment of dissociation.15

Early trauma. Factors that make it difficult to define the specific role of early trauma in dissociative disorders include:

  • shame and secrecy of early sexual or physical abuse and potential for victims to repress traumatic memories
  • lability of memory, potential for suggestibility, and difficulty with verification.14
Some experts—influenced by attachment theory—view dissociative phenomena as manifestations of an innate, reflexive relational pattern called disorganized attachment.16 Attachment theory notes that:

  • early relationships are one of the primary ways that humans learn to regulate distress
  • early trauma frequently includes pathology in caregiving relationships, including overt role reversal, abuse, and neglect.
Empathic treatment of dissociation, therefore, is based on appreciating the difficulties that arose from an individual’s experience of being alone with overwhelming distress. The relation of dissociation to attachment theory has specific therapeutic implications, including a focus on constructing a safe therapeutic relationship for patients.

Finally, remember that transient dissociative symptoms can be considered normal in high-stress situations. Intensive military training has been found to be associated with a very high incidence (96%) of dissociative symptoms in army recruits.17

Identifying ‘hidden’ phenomena

Dissociative disorders have been called “diseases of hiddenness”18 because:

  • Many of their clinical characteristics— sense of identity, memory, connectedness, somatosensory phenomena—are alterations in subjective phenomena that lack clearly observable symptoms.
  • Patients are often reluctant to seek help or divulge their symptoms to clinicians.
  • When dissociative symptoms are obvious—such as multiple personalities or sudden loss of memories—they may be dismissed or evoke skepticism because of their dramatic presentation.
Screening tools. To identify at-risk patients, consider screening with a validated questionnaire such as the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire (CTQ),19 particularly for patients with psychiatric comorbidity (Table 2). Using the CTQ—which assesses physical, emotional, and sexual abuse and neglect—is a high-yield procedure, given the role of early trauma in brain development and future mental health.20

For more targeted screening, the self-report Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES)21 is useful for clinical assessment in conjunction with the clinician-administered diagnostic Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Dissociative Disorder (SCID-D).22

Table 2

With these findings, consider screening for dissociation

 

 

Posttraumatic stress disorder
Certain personality disorders (especially borderline personality disorder)
Somatoform disorders (conversion disorders and nonepileptic seizures)
Eating disorders
Substance use disorders
Extensive history of trauma or neglect
Self-harm behavior
Differential diagnosis. Diagnosing dissociative disorders includes ruling out psychopathologies that can present with “look-alike” symptoms (Table 3).

As in Mr. D’s case, dissociative phenomena may attenuate the benefit of post-trauma therapeutic interventions, especially those involving exposure. Therefore:

  • assess post-trauma patients for dissociation before you start treatment
  • make specific alterations in psychotherapy for such patients, as described below.
Educating trauma patients that detachment is a normal response to threat17 can reduce shame about not fighting back.

Table 3

Differential diagnosis: Dissociation ‘look-alikes’

Dissociation symptomCan be confused with:
Visual or auditory hallucinations, other ‘first-rank’ psychotic symptoms in dissociative identity disorderPsychotic disorder
‘Blanking out’ (cognitive disruption)ADHD, seizures
Somatoform (conversion) symptomsA variety of nonpsychiatric medical problems, including pelvic or abdominal pathology and headaches
Dissociative memory lapsesLearning disability, not paying attention
‘Switching’ between statesBipolar disorder, rapid cycling
Lack of emotional reaction to traumatic stimuli(numbing response)Healthy coping
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Medical causes. Because complex partial seizures can cause dissociative symptoms,23 consider evaluating patients for seizures, head trauma, and structural lesions. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) often occur in conjunction with early trauma, dissociative symptoms, and PTSD.3

Recreational drugs such as ketamine, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”), hallucinogens, marijuana, and dextromethorphan also can induce dissociative states. Consider evaluating for use of these substances, some of which may not be detected on a routine drug screen.24

CASE CONTINUED: A tactical shift

Internal distress—such as when remembering painful events—clearly is linked with the appearance of Mr. D’s symptoms. The therapist—recognizing unacknowledged dissociative phenomena—changes Mr. D’s therapeutic strategy from exposure therapy to affect and anxiety regulation, with an explicit focus on attachment security (safety).

The therapist explains to Mr. D that dissociation symptoms are a response to distress, and he can learn more adaptive distress regulation in therapy. The in-session focus shifts to include more direct attention to components of the therapy relationship, including overt disclosure of the therapist’s positive regard and commitment to help the patient and frequent pauses to “check in” that the patient feels present, safe, and understood. With this new focus, Mr. D’s dissociative symptoms resolve and he feels more ready to face and overcome his fear and avoided memories.

Psychotherapy: Putting pieces together

Psychotherapy is the primary treatment, based on understanding dissociative disorders as manifestations of distress-related, traumatic fragmentation of the sense of self, interpersonal relatedness, and capacity for adaptive affect regulation (Table 4).

Depersonalization disorder. Cognitive-behavioral integration has been proposed, based on the idea that detachment from one’s self creates anxiety and reinforces efforts to avoid this internal state and events that trigger it. In an open study of 21 patients with depersonalization disorder, individual cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) reduced avoidance, safety behaviors, and symptom monitoring. Measures of dissociation, depression, anxiety, and general functioning also improved.25

Table 4

Tips for conceptualizing dissociative disorders

Ground your understanding of this class of disorders as distress-related breakdowns in functional connection and integration among components of normal consciousness
Consider the overlap among dissociation, certain somatoform disorders (conversion symptoms, pseudoseizures), and PTSD
Maintain a high index of suspicion for dissociative symptoms in patients with early trauma or neglect (consider screening for this); do further evaluation with dissociative-specific tools
Avoid the tendency to assume that reversible, unfamiliar, or peculiar symptoms imply volition or lack of an organic basis
PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Dissociative identity disorder (DID)—the quintessential dissociative disorder—is usually treated by specialists. Treatment is complex, but some components are appropriate for less severe forms of dissociation, including dissociation as part of PTSD.26

Safety, stabilization, and symptom reduction. Providing a safe therapeutic relationship is a primary and necessary part of DID treatment. On that platform, a first step in reintegrating distressing material into the self involves building the patient’s capacity for conscious, flexible affect regulation. This keeps anxiety and distress within a therapeutic “window.”

Graded exposure. Exposure to feared mental contents—typically traumatic memories—is central to trauma-focused therapy. Dissociation is conceptualized as driven by distress greater than the system can bear, loss of adaptive integration, and subsequent fear-based, reflexive avoidance.27 Re-experiencing trauma-related memories in a safe relationship with a new regulatory capacity may work by anchoring patients in an autobiographical memory base.28

Integration of identity and person. Treatment ends when formerly unintegrated or dissociated experiences or parts of the self are integrated into a coherent whole, and the patient can deal adaptively with inter-personal relationships and distress without fragmentation.

 

 

Adjunctive medications

Few studies have addressed using psychopharmacologic interventions in the heterogeneous dissociative disorders. GABAA antagonism and 5-HT2a/2c agonism have induced psychotic and dissociative-like symptoms in healthy men,29 and alterations in enzymes such as catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) may explain individual vulnerability to trauma.30 Reports of dissociation related to ketamine31 and marijuana32 implicate other neurotransmitter systems in their etiology.

DID. Similar to guidelines for borderline personality disorder,33 guidelines for DID suggest using medications to treat the most prominent symptom clusters such as insomnia, affective instability, and posttraumatic intrusions.

Depersonalization disorder. Trials of fluoxetine and lamotrigine showed no benefit in depersonalization disorder.34,35 In an open trial of 14 patients, naloxone (mean 120 mg/d) reduced depersonalization symptoms by 30%, as measured by 3 validated scales.36

PTSD-related dissociation. If dissociative symptoms are associated with PTSD, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are considered first-line pharmacologic treatment.37 In a 10-week trial of 70 mostly minority adult outpatients with PTSD, paroxetine, ≤60 mg/d, was more effective than placebo in reducing dissociative symptoms, as shown by changes in DES scores.38

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
Disclosure

Dr. MacDonald is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen, L.P., and Pfizer Inc.

Mr. D, age 45, presents to his primary care physician with panic attacks, nausea, shortness of breath, nightmares, and dizziness 6 months after being assaulted and robbed at an ATM. Following a routine medical workup, the physician diagnoses posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and refers Mr. D for exposure and response prevention therapy.

During graded exposure sessions, Mr. D’s eyes sometimes glaze over and he seems to “float away” from the discussion. When the therapist asks about these symptoms, Mr. D reports having had them as long as he can remember. In school, he says, teachers thought he was a slow learner, a daydreamer, or had attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. From what he can recall of his childhood, he describes a history of trauma and neglect with a violent, drug-abusing father and absent mother.

Patients with a history of early abuse or neglect are at risk for dissociative phenomena and other trauma-related psychiatric disorders.1 The heterogeneous dissociative disorders are often hidden and unrecognized2 —as in Mr. D’s case—or present with unfamiliar or atypical symptoms. Understanding and identifying dissociative symptoms is important because:

  • Dissociative symptoms worsen prognosis, whether patients have conversion disorders1 or psychogenic seizures3 or are in psychotherapy.4
  • Dissociative states may impair memory encoding5 and decrease patients’ ability to remember therapeutic information.
  • Symptoms (such as hearing voices in multiple personality disorder) can be confused with those of disorders with different treatment strategies (such as psychotic disorders).6
  • Peritraumatic dissociation may be a risk factor for PTSD.7

This article presents a practical model for understanding dissociation, reviews clinical characteristics of this family of symptoms, and offers suggestions for assessing and treating patients with dissociative disorders.

Coming together, falling apart

Since Pierre Janet’s first reports on dissociative disorders, a number of theories and models of dissociation have been proposed,8 including empirically based, taxonomic models that address DSM-IV-TR categories (Table 1). The model I propose—which attaches a visual metaphor to dissociative phenomena—answers the question, “What is ‘dissociated’ in dissociation disorders?”

Table 1

DSM-IV-TR classification of dissociative disorders

DisorderSymptoms
Dissociative amnesiaA reversible loss of memory, typically preceded by a stressor
Dissociative fugueLoss of memory and identity, along with travel away from home
Dissociative identity disorder (formerly multiple personality disorder)Presence of different identity states, often with lack of connection between them; current models highlight the presence of recurrent dissociative intrusions into many aspects of executive function and self
Depersonalization disorderDetachment from oneself as a present, feeling person (depersonalization) and the world (derealization)
Dissociative identity disorder NOSFunctionally disturbing dissociative symptoms that do not fit into any of the above
NOS: not otherwise specified
Source: Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders. 4th ed, text rev. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association; 2000
5 components of consciousness. Just as separable wavelengths compose a beam of white light, dissociable “colors” or components of subjective experience constitute a normal state of consciousness. Five implicit components of normal consciousness—present in various degrees, at different times—are seamlessly integrated and associated in real time.

One paired component is a detached “observer” and a more embodied, feeling “experiencer.” The observer is a perspective that begets metacognition (thinking about one’s inner world) and self-observation; it resides in the same body as soma-based “feelings” that unconsciously contribute to the sense of “being present” with oneself and the world in the moment.9

A second component is voluntary access to one’s autobiographical memories (memories about the self in time), which are constantly “updated” and integrated with current experiences. This component allows one to distinguish between remembered (past) experiences and “firsthand” (present) experience.

Three other components of normal consciousness are:

  • a sense of agency and voluntary control over one’s mental contents, mental activity, and bodily movements
  • an ongoing connection with one’s body and mind and an understanding of where sensations and images come from
  • a sense of sequential experience, with relatively smooth transitions (from self at work to self at home, self a week ago to self today, etc) that have a singular referent (an identity).

Pathologic dissociation occurs when a prism of distress disperses one of these component “wavelengths” from the main “beam” of consciousness. For example:

  • separation of the “observer” and “experiencer” occurs in depersonalization disorder
  • reversible loss of ability to access memories characterizes dissociative amnesia
  • disconnection between sequential experiences is a part of dissociative identity disorder.
This modular perspective of dissociative disorders parallels a neurophysiologic perspective of mental states as arising from the synchronized integration of the activity of separate, functionally specialized brain regions.
 

 

10 Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as “disconnection syndromes” (Box).

Box

Dissociation’s neurobiology: Evidence of brain ‘disconnections’

From a neurophysiologic perspective, mental states may be viewed as arising from synchronized integration of the activity of functionally specialized brain regions. Functional neuroimaging of dissociation supports an understanding of these symptoms as ‘disconnection syndromes.’

Functional neuroimaging. Different ‘identities’—sometimes called a traumatic personality state and neutral personality state—demonstrate different patterns of cerebral blood flow, subjective reports, and peripheral physiologic parameters (blood pressure, heart rate).a

Functional imaging of traumatic dissociation shows active suppression of limbic regions (amygdala) and increased activity in dorsolateral prefrontal areas.b Similarly, neuroimaging of depersonalization disorder show increased neural activity in prefrontal regions associated with affect regulation and decreased activity in emotion-related areas.c,d

Speed. Dissociative responses occur extremely rapidly. Using EEG, which allows finer temporal resolution than functional imaging studies, Kirino et ale showed reversible attenuation of a specific EEG signal within 300 msec during dissociative episodes. This ultra-rapid neural reflex was correlated with allocation of attentional and working memory resources, perhaps with the goal of minimizing memory activation and resurgence of affect-laden memories.e

Hormonal. Stress-related disorders cause perturbations in neurohormonal function. Simeon et alf found a distinct pattern of stress-induced HPA axis dysregulation in dissociative patients compared with PTSD patients and healthy controls. Similar results were seen in patients with borderline personality disorder and dissociative symptoms.g

Structural imaging. Stress-related neurohormonal perturbations are known to affect critical neural structures, including the hippocampus. Using MRI, Vermetten et alh found significantly decreased amygdala and hippocampal volumes in patients with dissociative identity disorder.

EEG: electroencephalography; HPA: hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal; PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder

Reference Citations: click here

Causes of dissociative disorders

As with many psychiatric disorders, the etiology of dissociative phenomena is thought to include the individual patient’s temperamental or constitutional predispositions11 as well as a strong contribution of environmental trauma (early abuse, neglect).12

Constitutional predisposition for developing a dissociative disorder may include personality traits such as being easily hypnotized, mental absorption, suggestibility, and a tendency to fantasize.13 These characteristics fueled concerns in the 1990s that therapists may contribute to dissociative identity disorder by “digging” for repressed memories in susceptible patients and creating “pseudomemories” of events that did not happen.14

The issue of repressed traumatic memory and its role in therapy is extremely controversial and contributes to the complexity of psychotherapeutic treatment of dissociation.15

Early trauma. Factors that make it difficult to define the specific role of early trauma in dissociative disorders include:

  • shame and secrecy of early sexual or physical abuse and potential for victims to repress traumatic memories
  • lability of memory, potential for suggestibility, and difficulty with verification.14
Some experts—influenced by attachment theory—view dissociative phenomena as manifestations of an innate, reflexive relational pattern called disorganized attachment.16 Attachment theory notes that:

  • early relationships are one of the primary ways that humans learn to regulate distress
  • early trauma frequently includes pathology in caregiving relationships, including overt role reversal, abuse, and neglect.
Empathic treatment of dissociation, therefore, is based on appreciating the difficulties that arose from an individual’s experience of being alone with overwhelming distress. The relation of dissociation to attachment theory has specific therapeutic implications, including a focus on constructing a safe therapeutic relationship for patients.

Finally, remember that transient dissociative symptoms can be considered normal in high-stress situations. Intensive military training has been found to be associated with a very high incidence (96%) of dissociative symptoms in army recruits.17

Identifying ‘hidden’ phenomena

Dissociative disorders have been called “diseases of hiddenness”18 because:

  • Many of their clinical characteristics— sense of identity, memory, connectedness, somatosensory phenomena—are alterations in subjective phenomena that lack clearly observable symptoms.
  • Patients are often reluctant to seek help or divulge their symptoms to clinicians.
  • When dissociative symptoms are obvious—such as multiple personalities or sudden loss of memories—they may be dismissed or evoke skepticism because of their dramatic presentation.
Screening tools. To identify at-risk patients, consider screening with a validated questionnaire such as the Childhood Trauma Questionnaire (CTQ),19 particularly for patients with psychiatric comorbidity (Table 2). Using the CTQ—which assesses physical, emotional, and sexual abuse and neglect—is a high-yield procedure, given the role of early trauma in brain development and future mental health.20

For more targeted screening, the self-report Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES)21 is useful for clinical assessment in conjunction with the clinician-administered diagnostic Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-IV Dissociative Disorder (SCID-D).22

Table 2

With these findings, consider screening for dissociation

 

 

Posttraumatic stress disorder
Certain personality disorders (especially borderline personality disorder)
Somatoform disorders (conversion disorders and nonepileptic seizures)
Eating disorders
Substance use disorders
Extensive history of trauma or neglect
Self-harm behavior
Differential diagnosis. Diagnosing dissociative disorders includes ruling out psychopathologies that can present with “look-alike” symptoms (Table 3).

As in Mr. D’s case, dissociative phenomena may attenuate the benefit of post-trauma therapeutic interventions, especially those involving exposure. Therefore:

  • assess post-trauma patients for dissociation before you start treatment
  • make specific alterations in psychotherapy for such patients, as described below.
Educating trauma patients that detachment is a normal response to threat17 can reduce shame about not fighting back.

Table 3

Differential diagnosis: Dissociation ‘look-alikes’

Dissociation symptomCan be confused with:
Visual or auditory hallucinations, other ‘first-rank’ psychotic symptoms in dissociative identity disorderPsychotic disorder
‘Blanking out’ (cognitive disruption)ADHD, seizures
Somatoform (conversion) symptomsA variety of nonpsychiatric medical problems, including pelvic or abdominal pathology and headaches
Dissociative memory lapsesLearning disability, not paying attention
‘Switching’ between statesBipolar disorder, rapid cycling
Lack of emotional reaction to traumatic stimuli(numbing response)Healthy coping
ADHD: attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
Medical causes. Because complex partial seizures can cause dissociative symptoms,23 consider evaluating patients for seizures, head trauma, and structural lesions. Psychogenic nonepileptic seizures (PNES) often occur in conjunction with early trauma, dissociative symptoms, and PTSD.3

Recreational drugs such as ketamine, methylenedioxymethamphetamine (“Ecstasy”), hallucinogens, marijuana, and dextromethorphan also can induce dissociative states. Consider evaluating for use of these substances, some of which may not be detected on a routine drug screen.24

CASE CONTINUED: A tactical shift

Internal distress—such as when remembering painful events—clearly is linked with the appearance of Mr. D’s symptoms. The therapist—recognizing unacknowledged dissociative phenomena—changes Mr. D’s therapeutic strategy from exposure therapy to affect and anxiety regulation, with an explicit focus on attachment security (safety).

The therapist explains to Mr. D that dissociation symptoms are a response to distress, and he can learn more adaptive distress regulation in therapy. The in-session focus shifts to include more direct attention to components of the therapy relationship, including overt disclosure of the therapist’s positive regard and commitment to help the patient and frequent pauses to “check in” that the patient feels present, safe, and understood. With this new focus, Mr. D’s dissociative symptoms resolve and he feels more ready to face and overcome his fear and avoided memories.

Psychotherapy: Putting pieces together

Psychotherapy is the primary treatment, based on understanding dissociative disorders as manifestations of distress-related, traumatic fragmentation of the sense of self, interpersonal relatedness, and capacity for adaptive affect regulation (Table 4).

Depersonalization disorder. Cognitive-behavioral integration has been proposed, based on the idea that detachment from one’s self creates anxiety and reinforces efforts to avoid this internal state and events that trigger it. In an open study of 21 patients with depersonalization disorder, individual cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) reduced avoidance, safety behaviors, and symptom monitoring. Measures of dissociation, depression, anxiety, and general functioning also improved.25

Table 4

Tips for conceptualizing dissociative disorders

Ground your understanding of this class of disorders as distress-related breakdowns in functional connection and integration among components of normal consciousness
Consider the overlap among dissociation, certain somatoform disorders (conversion symptoms, pseudoseizures), and PTSD
Maintain a high index of suspicion for dissociative symptoms in patients with early trauma or neglect (consider screening for this); do further evaluation with dissociative-specific tools
Avoid the tendency to assume that reversible, unfamiliar, or peculiar symptoms imply volition or lack of an organic basis
PTSD: posttraumatic stress disorder
Dissociative identity disorder (DID)—the quintessential dissociative disorder—is usually treated by specialists. Treatment is complex, but some components are appropriate for less severe forms of dissociation, including dissociation as part of PTSD.26

Safety, stabilization, and symptom reduction. Providing a safe therapeutic relationship is a primary and necessary part of DID treatment. On that platform, a first step in reintegrating distressing material into the self involves building the patient’s capacity for conscious, flexible affect regulation. This keeps anxiety and distress within a therapeutic “window.”

Graded exposure. Exposure to feared mental contents—typically traumatic memories—is central to trauma-focused therapy. Dissociation is conceptualized as driven by distress greater than the system can bear, loss of adaptive integration, and subsequent fear-based, reflexive avoidance.27 Re-experiencing trauma-related memories in a safe relationship with a new regulatory capacity may work by anchoring patients in an autobiographical memory base.28

Integration of identity and person. Treatment ends when formerly unintegrated or dissociated experiences or parts of the self are integrated into a coherent whole, and the patient can deal adaptively with inter-personal relationships and distress without fragmentation.

 

 

Adjunctive medications

Few studies have addressed using psychopharmacologic interventions in the heterogeneous dissociative disorders. GABAA antagonism and 5-HT2a/2c agonism have induced psychotic and dissociative-like symptoms in healthy men,29 and alterations in enzymes such as catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) may explain individual vulnerability to trauma.30 Reports of dissociation related to ketamine31 and marijuana32 implicate other neurotransmitter systems in their etiology.

DID. Similar to guidelines for borderline personality disorder,33 guidelines for DID suggest using medications to treat the most prominent symptom clusters such as insomnia, affective instability, and posttraumatic intrusions.

Depersonalization disorder. Trials of fluoxetine and lamotrigine showed no benefit in depersonalization disorder.34,35 In an open trial of 14 patients, naloxone (mean 120 mg/d) reduced depersonalization symptoms by 30%, as measured by 3 validated scales.36

PTSD-related dissociation. If dissociative symptoms are associated with PTSD, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are considered first-line pharmacologic treatment.37 In a 10-week trial of 70 mostly minority adult outpatients with PTSD, paroxetine, ≤60 mg/d, was more effective than placebo in reducing dissociative symptoms, as shown by changes in DES scores.38

Related Resources

Drug Brand Names

  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Naloxone • Narcan
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
Disclosure

Dr. MacDonald is a speaker for Eli Lilly and Company, Janssen, L.P., and Pfizer Inc.

References

1. Sar V, Akyuz G, Kundakci T, et al. Childhood trauma, dissociation, and psychiatric comorbidity in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161:2271-6.

2. Foote B, Smolin Y, Kaplan M, et al. Prevalence of dissociative disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:623-9.

3. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10-year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.

4. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Freyberger HJ, Grabe HJ. Dissociation predicts symptom-related treatment outcome in short-term inpatient psychotherapy. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2007;41:682-7.

5. Allen JG, Console DA, Lewis L. Dissociative detachment and memory impairment: reversible amnesia or encoding failure? Compr Psychiatry 1999;40:160-71.

6. Dell PF. A new model of dissociative identity disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29:1-26.

7. Shalev AY, Freedman S. PTSD following terrorist attacks: a prospective evaluation. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1188-91.

8. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti DV. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Dissociative Disorders: preliminary report on a new diagnostic instrument. Am J Psychiatry 1990;147:76-82.

9. Damasio A. The feeling of what happens: body and emotion in the making of consciousness. New York, NY: Harcourt, Inc; 1999.

10. Alkire MT, Miller J. General anesthesia and the neural correlates of consciousness. Prog Brain Res 2005;150:229-44.

11. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Knutelska M, Schmeidler J. Personality factors associated with dissociation: temperament, defenses, and cognitive schemata. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(3):489-91.

12. Kihlstrom JF. Dissociative disorders. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2005;1:227-53.

13. Isaac M, Chand PK. Dissociative and conversion disorders: defining boundaries. Curr Opin Psychiatry 2006;19(1):61-6.

14. Laney C, Loftus EF. Traumatic memories are not necessarily accurate memories. Can J Psychiatry 2005;50(13):823-8.

15. Loftus EF, Davis D. Recovered memories. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2006;2:469-98.

16. Lyons-Ruth K, Dutra L, Schuder MR, Bianchi I. From infant attachment disorganization to adult dissociation: relational adaptations or traumatic experiences? Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29(1):63-86.

17. Morgan CA, 3rd, Hazlett G, Wang S, et al. Symptoms of dissociation in humans experiencing acute, uncontrollable stress: a prospective investigation. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(8):1239-47.

18. Spiegel D. Recognizing traumatic dissociation. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(4):566-8.

19. Scher CD, Stein MB, Asmundson GJ, et al. The childhood trauma questionnaire in a community sample: psychometric properties and normative data. J Trauma Stress 2001;14:843-57.

20. Teicher MH, Andersen SL, Polcari A, et al. The neurobiological consequences of early stress and childhood maltreatment. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 2003;27:33-44.

21. Bernstein EM, Putnam FW. Development, reliability, and validity of a dissociation scale. J Nerv Ment Dis 1986;174(12):727-35.

22. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti D. Detection of dissociative disorders in psychiatric patients by a screening instrument and a structured diagnostic interview. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148(8):1050-4.

23. Devinsky O, Putnam F, Grafman J, et al. Dissociative states and epilepsy. Neurology 1989;39:835-40.

24. Schonenberg M, Reichwald U, Domes G, et al. Effects of peritraumatic ketamine medication on early and sustained posttraumatic stress symptoms in moderately injured accident victims. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2005;182(3):420-5.

25. Hunter EC, Phillips ML, Chalder T, et al. Depersonalisation disorder: a cognitive-behavioural conceptualisation. Behav Res Ther 2003;41:1451-67.

26. Guidelines for treating dissociative identity disorder in adults (2005). J Trauma Dissociation 2005;6(4):69-149.

27. van der Hart O, Nijenhuis E. Generalized dissociative amnesia: episodic, semantic and procedural memories lost and found. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2001;35:589-600.

28. Holmes EA, Brown RJ, Mansell W, et al. Are there two qualitatively distinct forms of dissociation? A review and some clinical implications. Clin Psychol Rev 2005;25(1):1-23.

29. D’Souza DC, Gil RB, Zuzarte E, et al. gamma-Aminobutyric acid-serotonin interactions in healthy men: implications for network models of psychosis and dissociation. Biol Psychiatry 2006;59(2):128-37.

30. Savitz JB, van der Merwe L, Newman TK, et al. The relationship between childhood abuse and dissociation. Is it influenced by catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) activity? Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2008;11:149-61.

31. Curran HV, Morgan C. Cognitive, dissociative and psychotogenic effects of ketamine in recreational users on the night of drug use and 3 days later. Addiction 2000;95:575-90.

32. Mathew RJ, Wilson WH, Humphreys D, et al. Depersonalization after marijuana smoking. Biol Psychiatry 1993;33:431-41.

33. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(10 suppl):1-52.

34. Sierra M, Phillips ML, Ivin G, et al. A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. J Psychopharmacol 2003;17:103-5.

35. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Schmeidler J, Knutelska M. Fluoxetine therapy in depersonalisation disorder: randomised controlled trial. Br J Psychiatry 2004;185:31-6.

36. Simeon D, Knutelska M. An open trial of naltrexone in the treatment of depersonalization disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:267-70.

37. Stein DJ, Ipser JC, Seedat S. Pharmacotherapy for post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006(1):CD002795.-

38. Marshall RD, Lewis-Fernandez R, Blanco C, et al. A controlled trial of paroxetine for chronic PTSD, dissociation, and interpersonal problems in mostly minority adults. Depress Anxiety 2007;24:77-84.

References

1. Sar V, Akyuz G, Kundakci T, et al. Childhood trauma, dissociation, and psychiatric comorbidity in patients with conversion disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2004;161:2271-6.

2. Foote B, Smolin Y, Kaplan M, et al. Prevalence of dissociative disorders in psychiatric outpatients. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163:623-9.

3. Reuber M, Pukrop R, Bauer J, et al. Outcome in psychogenic nonepileptic seizures: 1 to 10-year follow-up in 164 patients. Ann Neurol 2003;53:305-11.

4. Spitzer C, Barnow S, Freyberger HJ, Grabe HJ. Dissociation predicts symptom-related treatment outcome in short-term inpatient psychotherapy. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2007;41:682-7.

5. Allen JG, Console DA, Lewis L. Dissociative detachment and memory impairment: reversible amnesia or encoding failure? Compr Psychiatry 1999;40:160-71.

6. Dell PF. A new model of dissociative identity disorder. Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29:1-26.

7. Shalev AY, Freedman S. PTSD following terrorist attacks: a prospective evaluation. Am J Psychiatry 2005;162:1188-91.

8. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti DV. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Dissociative Disorders: preliminary report on a new diagnostic instrument. Am J Psychiatry 1990;147:76-82.

9. Damasio A. The feeling of what happens: body and emotion in the making of consciousness. New York, NY: Harcourt, Inc; 1999.

10. Alkire MT, Miller J. General anesthesia and the neural correlates of consciousness. Prog Brain Res 2005;150:229-44.

11. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Knutelska M, Schmeidler J. Personality factors associated with dissociation: temperament, defenses, and cognitive schemata. Am J Psychiatry 2002;159(3):489-91.

12. Kihlstrom JF. Dissociative disorders. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2005;1:227-53.

13. Isaac M, Chand PK. Dissociative and conversion disorders: defining boundaries. Curr Opin Psychiatry 2006;19(1):61-6.

14. Laney C, Loftus EF. Traumatic memories are not necessarily accurate memories. Can J Psychiatry 2005;50(13):823-8.

15. Loftus EF, Davis D. Recovered memories. Annu Rev Clin Psychol 2006;2:469-98.

16. Lyons-Ruth K, Dutra L, Schuder MR, Bianchi I. From infant attachment disorganization to adult dissociation: relational adaptations or traumatic experiences? Psychiatr Clin North Am 2006;29(1):63-86.

17. Morgan CA, 3rd, Hazlett G, Wang S, et al. Symptoms of dissociation in humans experiencing acute, uncontrollable stress: a prospective investigation. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(8):1239-47.

18. Spiegel D. Recognizing traumatic dissociation. Am J Psychiatry 2006;163(4):566-8.

19. Scher CD, Stein MB, Asmundson GJ, et al. The childhood trauma questionnaire in a community sample: psychometric properties and normative data. J Trauma Stress 2001;14:843-57.

20. Teicher MH, Andersen SL, Polcari A, et al. The neurobiological consequences of early stress and childhood maltreatment. Neurosci Biobehav Rev 2003;27:33-44.

21. Bernstein EM, Putnam FW. Development, reliability, and validity of a dissociation scale. J Nerv Ment Dis 1986;174(12):727-35.

22. Steinberg M, Rounsaville B, Cicchetti D. Detection of dissociative disorders in psychiatric patients by a screening instrument and a structured diagnostic interview. Am J Psychiatry 1991;148(8):1050-4.

23. Devinsky O, Putnam F, Grafman J, et al. Dissociative states and epilepsy. Neurology 1989;39:835-40.

24. Schonenberg M, Reichwald U, Domes G, et al. Effects of peritraumatic ketamine medication on early and sustained posttraumatic stress symptoms in moderately injured accident victims. Psychopharmacology (Berl) 2005;182(3):420-5.

25. Hunter EC, Phillips ML, Chalder T, et al. Depersonalisation disorder: a cognitive-behavioural conceptualisation. Behav Res Ther 2003;41:1451-67.

26. Guidelines for treating dissociative identity disorder in adults (2005). J Trauma Dissociation 2005;6(4):69-149.

27. van der Hart O, Nijenhuis E. Generalized dissociative amnesia: episodic, semantic and procedural memories lost and found. Aust N Z J Psychiatry 2001;35:589-600.

28. Holmes EA, Brown RJ, Mansell W, et al. Are there two qualitatively distinct forms of dissociation? A review and some clinical implications. Clin Psychol Rev 2005;25(1):1-23.

29. D’Souza DC, Gil RB, Zuzarte E, et al. gamma-Aminobutyric acid-serotonin interactions in healthy men: implications for network models of psychosis and dissociation. Biol Psychiatry 2006;59(2):128-37.

30. Savitz JB, van der Merwe L, Newman TK, et al. The relationship between childhood abuse and dissociation. Is it influenced by catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) activity? Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 2008;11:149-61.

31. Curran HV, Morgan C. Cognitive, dissociative and psychotogenic effects of ketamine in recreational users on the night of drug use and 3 days later. Addiction 2000;95:575-90.

32. Mathew RJ, Wilson WH, Humphreys D, et al. Depersonalization after marijuana smoking. Biol Psychiatry 1993;33:431-41.

33. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry 2001;158(10 suppl):1-52.

34. Sierra M, Phillips ML, Ivin G, et al. A placebo-controlled, cross-over trial of lamotrigine in depersonalization disorder. J Psychopharmacol 2003;17:103-5.

35. Simeon D, Guralnik O, Schmeidler J, Knutelska M. Fluoxetine therapy in depersonalisation disorder: randomised controlled trial. Br J Psychiatry 2004;185:31-6.

36. Simeon D, Knutelska M. An open trial of naltrexone in the treatment of depersonalization disorder. J Clin Psychopharmacol 2005;25:267-70.

37. Stein DJ, Ipser JC, Seedat S. Pharmacotherapy for post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2006(1):CD002795.-

38. Marshall RD, Lewis-Fernandez R, Blanco C, et al. A controlled trial of paroxetine for chronic PTSD, dissociation, and interpersonal problems in mostly minority adults. Depress Anxiety 2007;24:77-84.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Page Number
73-85
Page Number
73-85
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Dissociative disorders unclear? Think ‘rainbows from pain blows’
Display Headline
Dissociative disorders unclear? Think ‘rainbows from pain blows’
Legacy Keywords
dissociative disorders; posttraumatic stress disorder; PTSD; Kai MacDonald MD; pathologic dissociation; dissociative disorder causes
Legacy Keywords
dissociative disorders; posttraumatic stress disorder; PTSD; Kai MacDonald MD; pathologic dissociation; dissociative disorder causes
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

5-step plan to treat constipation in psychiatric patients

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
5-step plan to treat constipation in psychiatric patients

Mr. W, age 50, presents to the psychiatry clinic with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) symptoms. At his first interview, he says he spends every waking hour obsessing over whether or not he does things “right.” These thoughts force him to compulsively check and recheck everything he does, from simple body movements to complex computer tasks.

He has a history of OCD since age 8, with intermittent episodes of major depression. He reports that several years ago, he had a “miraculous” response to clomipramine for several weeks but has not responded to any other medication. Nevertheless, he continues taking clomipramine, 50 mg/d, hoping that it “might eventually do some good.” He adds that when he tried to increase the dose, he suffered from “terrible constipation” despite regular use of a methylcellulose fiber supplement.

The psychiatrist discontinues clomipramine and starts Mr. W on duloxetine, 90 mg/d. At the next visit, Mr. W complains that his constipation is much worse, so the psychiatrist decreases duloxetine to 60 mg/d, which eventually provides some relief. Because Mr. W has minimal response to duloxetine after 6 months, the psychiatrist adds olanzapine. Although this agent is anticholinergic, the patient had responded to a previous trial of this antipsychotic. Soon after, Mr. W experiences severe constipation.

Psychiatric patients face a host of potential causes of constipation, including:

  • use of psychotropics and other medications
  • decreased eating or physical activity as a result of depression or another psychiatric disorder
  • medical comorbidities that decrease gastrointestinal (GI) motility.

Constipation carries a tremendous cost in terms of resources and quality of life.1-7 This condition also can make patients stop taking medications. You can help patients avoid the discomfort and quality-of-life consequences by promptly diagnosing constipation and following a 5-step treatment algorithm that has shown value in our clinical practice.

Box 1

Diagnostic criteria for functional constipation

  1. 2 or more of the following
  2. Loose stools are rarely present unless the patient takes a laxative
  3. Patient does not meet criteria for irritable bowel syndrome

* Must be present during ≥25% of defecations
Source: Reference 8

What to look for

When evaluating a patient who complains of constipation, first determine what he or she means by “constipation.” Do not rely on frequency of bowel movements as the only criterion for diagnosis. Under Rome Committee for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders guidelines for diagnosis of chronic (or functional) constipation, patients who move their bowels daily may meet criteria for chronic constipation if they experience straining, incomplete evacuation, or other symptoms (Box 1).8

Many patients who complain of constipation have daily, regular bowel movements that produce hard, difficult-to-pass stool or require straining or manual maneuvers. Take a careful history including:

  • stool frequency and quality
  • straining
  • manual maneuvers (disimpaction or manual pelvic floor support)
  • sensation of blockage or incomplete evacuation.
In women, take a history of childbirth and obstetric or gynecologic surgery. Also determine the timing of symptom onset related to any new prescription or over-the-counter medications or supplements.

‘Alarm’ symptoms. For psychiatrists, the most important part of the Rome guidelines are the “alarm” symptoms:

  • age ≥50 years
  • family history of colon cancer or polyps
  • family history of inflammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis or Crohn’s disease)
  • rectal bleeding, anemia
  • weight loss >10 pounds
  • new onset of chronic constipation without apparent cause in an elderly patient
  • severe, persistent constipation refractory to conservative management.9
Refer a patient with any of these symptoms to a specialist for endoscopic or clinical evaluation. Follow United States Preventative Services Task Force recommendations for colorectal cancer screening of all patients age ≥50 (Table 1).10

Table 1

Colorectal cancer screening recommendations*

TestFrequency
Fecal occult blood testing (FOBT)Annually
SigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
FOBT and sigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
Double contrast barium enemaEvery 5 years
ColonoscopyEvery 10 years
* For patients age=50. For higher-risk patients, it is reasonable to begin screening at a younger age
Source: Reference 10

Determining the cause

Common causes of constipation include altered visceral sensitivity, decreased GI motility, alterations in pelvic and anorectal musculature, and alterations in the enteric nervous system. Systemic causes are less common and include electrolyte abnormalities (hypercalcemia and hypokalemia) and endocrine disorders (hypothyroidism and diabetes mellitus).

Some patients’ constipation is caused by involuntarily contracting the pelvic floor muscles or suppressing the urge to defecate (Box 2).1,11,12 Suspect this in patients who strain repeatedly to pass soft or liquid stool.

Medication side effects are probably the most common constipation cause psychiatrists will encounter. Many psychotropics have anticholinergic effects that decrease GI motility and cause constipation. The most commonly implicated drugs are:

 

 

  • older tricyclic antidepressants (such as amitriptyline)
  • antipsychotics.
Among antipsychotics, clozapine, thioridazine, olanzapine, and chlorpromazine probably have the greatest anticholinergic effects.13 Many selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors also can cause constipation.

Box 2

Don’t overlook 2 easily missed constipation causes

Outlet obstruction, caused by inappropriately contracting posterior pelvic floor muscles during defecatory effort, is the cause of 5% to 10% of constipation cases.1 Patients are not aware of this pelvic floor incoordination. Often, they will give a history of straining even for soft or liquid stool.

Consider outlet obstruction in women with history of multiple vaginal childbirths or pelvic or gynecologic surgery, particularly if they fail to respond to usual measures to treat constipation. For adequate relief, these patients often require anorectal biofeedback, which teaches them to relax the posterior pelvic floor.11,12

Habitually suppressing the gastrocolic reflex—the urge to defecate after eating—causes some patients difficulty moving their bowels. Counsel these patients to sit on the toilet for several minutes after the morning meal to relearn this behavior. Some may need several weeks of daily enema or glycerine suppository use to retrain themselves to have bowel movements after the morning meal.

Older psychiatric patients with constipation may be taking medications for medical conditions—particularly alpha, beta, and calcium channel blockers—that may have synergistic effects on slowing bowel motility. For these patients you may not have the luxury of making multiple medication changes. The correct management strategy may be to add docusate sodium, a stool softener available over-the-counter as Colace.

Other psychiatric-related causes. Patients with depression may experience decreased stool output because of a lack of food intake or physical activity. These causes may be effectively addressed by treating the depression.

Give special consideration to patients with eating disorders and those who routinely use laxatives. A patient who is not eating will not produce the same amount of stool as one who eats regularly.

Constipated patients may require escalating doses of laxatives to obtain symptom relief; this does not constitute laxative abuse but rather tachyphylaxis. Chronic laxative use has not been shown to permanently decrease colonic motility,14 but patients who use laxatives chronically may have altered expectations of what is normal.

CASE CONTINUED: Recurring symptoms

After discontinuing Mr. W’s olanzapine and duloxetine, the psychiatrist prescribes polyethylene glycol solution (MiraLax) and instructs Mr. W to increase his daily fluid and fiber intake. Although the solution works well, Mr. W complains of the cost. He then resumes methyl cellulose and starts taking magnesium hydroxide chewable tablets (Milk of Magnesia) every 2 to 4 days as needed for constipation.

The psychiatrist prescribes mirtazapine for OCD symptoms, but soon stops this regimen because Mr. W complains of worsening constipation. Next Mr. W is started on fluvoxamine, which he had tried briefly many years before. The dosage is gradually titrated to 150 mg/d. Although Mr. W’s OCD improves somewhat, he complains of agitation and once again of worsening constipation.

Treatment algorithm

To minimize trial and error, we use a stepwise approach to treating constipation (Algorithm).8,11,15 Although many standard recommendations have not been evaluated in large randomized controlled trials, they are supported by decades of observed actions among clinicians and thus remain valuable.

Multiple nonprescription agents are available to treat constipation, including:

  • bulking agents (fiber supplements)
  • lubricating agents
  • stool softening agents
  • stimulant and osmotic laxatives (Table 2).8
Advise patients that they may need to try multiple agents to find one that is tolerable and effective.

Steps 1 & 2. When initial attempts at increasing physical activity, fluid, and dietary fiber fail to yield a response, fiber supplements are commonly used as a second step in managing constipation. We advocate beginning with a supplement that contains psyllium—such as Fiber-all or Metamucil—because psyllium has been shown to increase stool frequency. Supplements that contain methylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (such as Equalactin and Mitrolan), or bran have either not shown efficacy or have not been studied rigorously enough to merit recommendation.10 Some patients respond to other fiber products, but start a fibernaïve patient with a psyllium-containing supplement.

Fiber supplements may cause increased gas and bloating, so start at a low dose and gradually increase over several weeks to mitigate these side effects.

Step 3. If fiber supplements fail, try a stimulant or osmotic laxative. Senna compounds such as Ex-Lax and Senokot and bisacodyl products such as Correctol and Dulcolax are stimulant laxatives. For patients who prefer natural therapies, we point out that senna is derived from plants.
 

 


In our experience, patients usually have tried bisacodyl before seeking treatment for constipation. Although bisacodyl may be effective for some patients, others may need something stronger. Many gastroenterologists prefer prescribing osmotic or prescription laxatives.

Step 4. Osmotic laxatives generally are liquids, including magnesium hydroxide, polyethylene glycol solution, and the prescription agent lactulose. Magnesium hydroxide is inexpensive and can be taken chronically.

Algorithm

A stepwise approach to managing constipation

Step 1
RecommendationComments
Increase activity or daily walkingNot rigorously studied in constipated patients; exercise is associated with decreased orocecal transit time15
Increase fluid intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Increase dietary fiber intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Step 2
RecommendationComments
Fiber supplementsPsyllium compounds may be superior to methylcellulose, polycarbophil, and bran11
Step 3
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative pillsSenna compounds are derived from plants
Step 4
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative solutionsMilk of Magnesia is very inexpensive
Step 5
RecommendationComments
Prescription laxativesLubiprostone causes fetal loss in animals; tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug protocol

Table 2

Commonly used laxatives: Mechanisms of action

CategoryAgents
Bulk-formingMethylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (Equalactin, Mitrolan, others), psyllium (Fiberall, Metamucil, others)
LubricatingGlycerin (Sani-Supp), magnesium hydroxide and mineral oil (Magnolax), mineral oil (Fleet Mineral Oil, Zymenol, others)
Stool softenerDocusate sodium (Colace)
OsmoticMagnesium hydroxide (Milk of Magnesia), polyethylene glycol (MiraLax), lactulose* (Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others), lubiprostone* (Amitiza)
StimulantBisacodyl (Correctol, Dulcolax, others), castor oil (Alphamul, Emulsoil, others), senna/sennosides (Ex-Lax, Senokot, others), sodium bicarbonate and potassium bitartrate (Ceo-Two evacuant)
* Available by prescription only
Source: Reference 8

Prescription medications

Tegaserod is a partial 5-HT4 agonist and stimulator of GI motility and secretion. It also decreases visceral sensitivity.16 Tegaserod’s manufacturer voluntarily withdrew the drug from the market because it may increase risk of cardiovascular ischemic events, including angina, heart attack, and stroke. Tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug (IND) protocol that includes obtaining approval from a local institutional review board. We recommend that psychiatrists should not prescribe tegaserod but refer patients to experienced gastroenterologists or other GI specialists.

Lubiprostone is a selective chloride channel activator that works only in the gut and results in net fluid excretion and increased stool frequency. The molecule is a prostaglandin derivative and is poorly absorbed.17

Because lubiprostone has been shown to cause fetal loss in animals (at the equivalent of 2 and 6 times the recommended human dose), women of reproductive age should use contraception while taking lubiprostone and carefully consider the risks and benefits of lubiprostone use during pregnancy.

CASE CONTINUED: Finding an effective strategy

The psychiatrist prescribes lubiprostone, 24 mcg bid, but Mr. W once again complains of the expense and says the drug does not work well. He quickly returns to his intermittent use of magnesium hydroxide tablets and occasionally takes bisacodyl tablets.

To address Mr. W’s OCD, the psychiatrist adds risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to Mr. W’s regimen. He has a modest response in OCD symptoms—30% of his day is now symptom- free— without worsening his constipation.

Probiotics and prebiotics

Emerging therapies for constipation include probiotics and prebiotics, which attempt to alter the gut flora and milieu. The primary bacterial agents are Lactobacillus species and Bifidobacterium species. At least one probiotic Bifidobacterium product—Activia—is being marketed in the United States as a fortified yogurt.

Because limited clinical data are available on the effect of probiotics and prebiotics on constipation, their routine use is not indicated. However, patients who prefer not to take medication may wish to try them. Because these agents are active cells, advise patients to purchase a supplement with “live and active” cultures. Supplements that are shipped, stored, or sold at room temperature likely contain very few (if any) live cultures.

Investigational medications. Renzapride is a 5HT4 receptor agonist and 5HT3 receptor antagonist that has shown promise in a pilot study18 and is in phase III trials. Linaclotide is a peptide that activates chloride and bicarbonate secretion in the gut and may reduce visceral hypersensitivity. It too has shown promise in a pilot study.19

Related resources

  • Rome Foundation. Functional gastrointestinal disorders. www.romecriteria.org.
  • Bleser S, Brunton S, Carmichael B, et al. Management of chronic constipation: recommendations from a consensus panel. J Fam Pract 2005;54(8):691-8.
Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lactulose • Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others
  • Lubiprostone • Amitiza
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Tegaserod • Zelnorm
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

This project was partially supported by grant number 5 T32 HS013852 from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.

References

1. Stewart WF, Liberman JN, Sandler RS, et al. Epidemiology of constipation (EPOC) study in the United States: relation of clinical subtypes to sociodemographic features. Am J Gastroenterol 1999;94(12):3530-40.

2. Choung RS, Locke GR, 3rd, Schleck CD, et al. Cumulative incidence of chronic constipation: a population-based study 1988-2003. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2007;26(11-12):1521-8.

3. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUPnet). Available at: http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov. Accessed March 19, 2008.

4. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Physician visits in the United States for constipation: 1958 to 1986. Dig Dis Sci 1989;34(4):606-11.

5. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Epidemiology of constipation in the United States. Dis Colon Rectum 1989;32(1):1-8.

6. Dennison C, Prasad M, Lloyd A, et al. The health-related quality of life and economic burden of constipation. Pharmacoeconomics 2005;23(5):461-76.

7. Donald IP, Smith RG, Cruikshank JG, et al. A study of constipation in the elderly living at home. Gerontology 1985;31(2):112-8.

8. Longstreth GF, Thompson WG, Chey WD, et al. Functional bowel disorders. Gastroenterology 2006;130(5):1480-91.

9. American College of Gastroenterology Chronic Constipation Task Force. An evidence-based approach to the management of chronic constipation in North America. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;(100 suppl 1):S1-4.

10. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Colorectal cancer screening. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/clinic/3rduspstf/colorectal. Accessed March 19, 2008.

11. Chiotakakou-Faliakou E, Kamm MA, Roy AJ, et al. Biofeedback provides long-term benefit for patients with intractable, slow and normal transit constipation. Gut 1998;42(4):517-21.

12. Kawimbe BM, Papachrysostomou M, Binnie NR, et al. Outlet obstruction constipation (anismus) managed by biofeedback. Gut 1991;32(10):1175-9.

13. Richelson E. Receptor pharmacology of neuroleptics: relation to clinical effects. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;(60 suppl 10):5-14.

14. Muller-Lissner SA, Kamm MA, Scarpignato C, Wald A. Myths and misconceptions about chronic constipation. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;100(1):232-42.

15. Keeling WF, Harris A, Martin BJ. Orocecal transit during mild exercise in women. J Appl Physiol 1990;68(4):1350-3.

16. Tegaserod [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals; 2006.

17. Amitiza [package insert]. Bethesda, MD: Sucampo Pharmaceuticals; 2007.

18. Tack J, Middleton SJ, Horne MC, et al. Pilot study of the efficacy of renzapride on gastrointestinal motility and symptoms in patients with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006;23(11):1655-65.

19. Andresen V, Camilleri M, Busciglio IA, et al. Effect of 5 days linaclotide on transit and bowel function in females with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Gastroenterology 2007;133(3):761-8.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Nathaniel S. Winstead, MD, MSPH
Staff Physician, Section of Gastroenterology and Hepatology,
Ochsner Clinic Foundation, Clinical Associate Professor of
Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Tulane University
School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Daniel K. Winstead, MD
Professor and Chairman, Department of Psychiatry and Neurology, Tulane University School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Publications
Page Number
29-38
Legacy Keywords
constipation in psychiatric patients;GI motility; Nathaniel S. Winstead MD; Daniel K. Winstead MD
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Nathaniel S. Winstead, MD, MSPH
Staff Physician, Section of Gastroenterology and Hepatology,
Ochsner Clinic Foundation, Clinical Associate Professor of
Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Tulane University
School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Daniel K. Winstead, MD
Professor and Chairman, Department of Psychiatry and Neurology, Tulane University School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Author and Disclosure Information

Nathaniel S. Winstead, MD, MSPH
Staff Physician, Section of Gastroenterology and Hepatology,
Ochsner Clinic Foundation, Clinical Associate Professor of
Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Tulane University
School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Daniel K. Winstead, MD
Professor and Chairman, Department of Psychiatry and Neurology, Tulane University School of Medicine New Orleans, LA

Article PDF
Article PDF

Mr. W, age 50, presents to the psychiatry clinic with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) symptoms. At his first interview, he says he spends every waking hour obsessing over whether or not he does things “right.” These thoughts force him to compulsively check and recheck everything he does, from simple body movements to complex computer tasks.

He has a history of OCD since age 8, with intermittent episodes of major depression. He reports that several years ago, he had a “miraculous” response to clomipramine for several weeks but has not responded to any other medication. Nevertheless, he continues taking clomipramine, 50 mg/d, hoping that it “might eventually do some good.” He adds that when he tried to increase the dose, he suffered from “terrible constipation” despite regular use of a methylcellulose fiber supplement.

The psychiatrist discontinues clomipramine and starts Mr. W on duloxetine, 90 mg/d. At the next visit, Mr. W complains that his constipation is much worse, so the psychiatrist decreases duloxetine to 60 mg/d, which eventually provides some relief. Because Mr. W has minimal response to duloxetine after 6 months, the psychiatrist adds olanzapine. Although this agent is anticholinergic, the patient had responded to a previous trial of this antipsychotic. Soon after, Mr. W experiences severe constipation.

Psychiatric patients face a host of potential causes of constipation, including:

  • use of psychotropics and other medications
  • decreased eating or physical activity as a result of depression or another psychiatric disorder
  • medical comorbidities that decrease gastrointestinal (GI) motility.

Constipation carries a tremendous cost in terms of resources and quality of life.1-7 This condition also can make patients stop taking medications. You can help patients avoid the discomfort and quality-of-life consequences by promptly diagnosing constipation and following a 5-step treatment algorithm that has shown value in our clinical practice.

Box 1

Diagnostic criteria for functional constipation

  1. 2 or more of the following
  2. Loose stools are rarely present unless the patient takes a laxative
  3. Patient does not meet criteria for irritable bowel syndrome

* Must be present during ≥25% of defecations
Source: Reference 8

What to look for

When evaluating a patient who complains of constipation, first determine what he or she means by “constipation.” Do not rely on frequency of bowel movements as the only criterion for diagnosis. Under Rome Committee for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders guidelines for diagnosis of chronic (or functional) constipation, patients who move their bowels daily may meet criteria for chronic constipation if they experience straining, incomplete evacuation, or other symptoms (Box 1).8

Many patients who complain of constipation have daily, regular bowel movements that produce hard, difficult-to-pass stool or require straining or manual maneuvers. Take a careful history including:

  • stool frequency and quality
  • straining
  • manual maneuvers (disimpaction or manual pelvic floor support)
  • sensation of blockage or incomplete evacuation.
In women, take a history of childbirth and obstetric or gynecologic surgery. Also determine the timing of symptom onset related to any new prescription or over-the-counter medications or supplements.

‘Alarm’ symptoms. For psychiatrists, the most important part of the Rome guidelines are the “alarm” symptoms:

  • age ≥50 years
  • family history of colon cancer or polyps
  • family history of inflammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis or Crohn’s disease)
  • rectal bleeding, anemia
  • weight loss >10 pounds
  • new onset of chronic constipation without apparent cause in an elderly patient
  • severe, persistent constipation refractory to conservative management.9
Refer a patient with any of these symptoms to a specialist for endoscopic or clinical evaluation. Follow United States Preventative Services Task Force recommendations for colorectal cancer screening of all patients age ≥50 (Table 1).10

Table 1

Colorectal cancer screening recommendations*

TestFrequency
Fecal occult blood testing (FOBT)Annually
SigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
FOBT and sigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
Double contrast barium enemaEvery 5 years
ColonoscopyEvery 10 years
* For patients age=50. For higher-risk patients, it is reasonable to begin screening at a younger age
Source: Reference 10

Determining the cause

Common causes of constipation include altered visceral sensitivity, decreased GI motility, alterations in pelvic and anorectal musculature, and alterations in the enteric nervous system. Systemic causes are less common and include electrolyte abnormalities (hypercalcemia and hypokalemia) and endocrine disorders (hypothyroidism and diabetes mellitus).

Some patients’ constipation is caused by involuntarily contracting the pelvic floor muscles or suppressing the urge to defecate (Box 2).1,11,12 Suspect this in patients who strain repeatedly to pass soft or liquid stool.

Medication side effects are probably the most common constipation cause psychiatrists will encounter. Many psychotropics have anticholinergic effects that decrease GI motility and cause constipation. The most commonly implicated drugs are:

 

 

  • older tricyclic antidepressants (such as amitriptyline)
  • antipsychotics.
Among antipsychotics, clozapine, thioridazine, olanzapine, and chlorpromazine probably have the greatest anticholinergic effects.13 Many selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors also can cause constipation.

Box 2

Don’t overlook 2 easily missed constipation causes

Outlet obstruction, caused by inappropriately contracting posterior pelvic floor muscles during defecatory effort, is the cause of 5% to 10% of constipation cases.1 Patients are not aware of this pelvic floor incoordination. Often, they will give a history of straining even for soft or liquid stool.

Consider outlet obstruction in women with history of multiple vaginal childbirths or pelvic or gynecologic surgery, particularly if they fail to respond to usual measures to treat constipation. For adequate relief, these patients often require anorectal biofeedback, which teaches them to relax the posterior pelvic floor.11,12

Habitually suppressing the gastrocolic reflex—the urge to defecate after eating—causes some patients difficulty moving their bowels. Counsel these patients to sit on the toilet for several minutes after the morning meal to relearn this behavior. Some may need several weeks of daily enema or glycerine suppository use to retrain themselves to have bowel movements after the morning meal.

Older psychiatric patients with constipation may be taking medications for medical conditions—particularly alpha, beta, and calcium channel blockers—that may have synergistic effects on slowing bowel motility. For these patients you may not have the luxury of making multiple medication changes. The correct management strategy may be to add docusate sodium, a stool softener available over-the-counter as Colace.

Other psychiatric-related causes. Patients with depression may experience decreased stool output because of a lack of food intake or physical activity. These causes may be effectively addressed by treating the depression.

Give special consideration to patients with eating disorders and those who routinely use laxatives. A patient who is not eating will not produce the same amount of stool as one who eats regularly.

Constipated patients may require escalating doses of laxatives to obtain symptom relief; this does not constitute laxative abuse but rather tachyphylaxis. Chronic laxative use has not been shown to permanently decrease colonic motility,14 but patients who use laxatives chronically may have altered expectations of what is normal.

CASE CONTINUED: Recurring symptoms

After discontinuing Mr. W’s olanzapine and duloxetine, the psychiatrist prescribes polyethylene glycol solution (MiraLax) and instructs Mr. W to increase his daily fluid and fiber intake. Although the solution works well, Mr. W complains of the cost. He then resumes methyl cellulose and starts taking magnesium hydroxide chewable tablets (Milk of Magnesia) every 2 to 4 days as needed for constipation.

The psychiatrist prescribes mirtazapine for OCD symptoms, but soon stops this regimen because Mr. W complains of worsening constipation. Next Mr. W is started on fluvoxamine, which he had tried briefly many years before. The dosage is gradually titrated to 150 mg/d. Although Mr. W’s OCD improves somewhat, he complains of agitation and once again of worsening constipation.

Treatment algorithm

To minimize trial and error, we use a stepwise approach to treating constipation (Algorithm).8,11,15 Although many standard recommendations have not been evaluated in large randomized controlled trials, they are supported by decades of observed actions among clinicians and thus remain valuable.

Multiple nonprescription agents are available to treat constipation, including:

  • bulking agents (fiber supplements)
  • lubricating agents
  • stool softening agents
  • stimulant and osmotic laxatives (Table 2).8
Advise patients that they may need to try multiple agents to find one that is tolerable and effective.

Steps 1 & 2. When initial attempts at increasing physical activity, fluid, and dietary fiber fail to yield a response, fiber supplements are commonly used as a second step in managing constipation. We advocate beginning with a supplement that contains psyllium—such as Fiber-all or Metamucil—because psyllium has been shown to increase stool frequency. Supplements that contain methylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (such as Equalactin and Mitrolan), or bran have either not shown efficacy or have not been studied rigorously enough to merit recommendation.10 Some patients respond to other fiber products, but start a fibernaïve patient with a psyllium-containing supplement.

Fiber supplements may cause increased gas and bloating, so start at a low dose and gradually increase over several weeks to mitigate these side effects.

Step 3. If fiber supplements fail, try a stimulant or osmotic laxative. Senna compounds such as Ex-Lax and Senokot and bisacodyl products such as Correctol and Dulcolax are stimulant laxatives. For patients who prefer natural therapies, we point out that senna is derived from plants.
 

 


In our experience, patients usually have tried bisacodyl before seeking treatment for constipation. Although bisacodyl may be effective for some patients, others may need something stronger. Many gastroenterologists prefer prescribing osmotic or prescription laxatives.

Step 4. Osmotic laxatives generally are liquids, including magnesium hydroxide, polyethylene glycol solution, and the prescription agent lactulose. Magnesium hydroxide is inexpensive and can be taken chronically.

Algorithm

A stepwise approach to managing constipation

Step 1
RecommendationComments
Increase activity or daily walkingNot rigorously studied in constipated patients; exercise is associated with decreased orocecal transit time15
Increase fluid intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Increase dietary fiber intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Step 2
RecommendationComments
Fiber supplementsPsyllium compounds may be superior to methylcellulose, polycarbophil, and bran11
Step 3
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative pillsSenna compounds are derived from plants
Step 4
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative solutionsMilk of Magnesia is very inexpensive
Step 5
RecommendationComments
Prescription laxativesLubiprostone causes fetal loss in animals; tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug protocol

Table 2

Commonly used laxatives: Mechanisms of action

CategoryAgents
Bulk-formingMethylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (Equalactin, Mitrolan, others), psyllium (Fiberall, Metamucil, others)
LubricatingGlycerin (Sani-Supp), magnesium hydroxide and mineral oil (Magnolax), mineral oil (Fleet Mineral Oil, Zymenol, others)
Stool softenerDocusate sodium (Colace)
OsmoticMagnesium hydroxide (Milk of Magnesia), polyethylene glycol (MiraLax), lactulose* (Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others), lubiprostone* (Amitiza)
StimulantBisacodyl (Correctol, Dulcolax, others), castor oil (Alphamul, Emulsoil, others), senna/sennosides (Ex-Lax, Senokot, others), sodium bicarbonate and potassium bitartrate (Ceo-Two evacuant)
* Available by prescription only
Source: Reference 8

Prescription medications

Tegaserod is a partial 5-HT4 agonist and stimulator of GI motility and secretion. It also decreases visceral sensitivity.16 Tegaserod’s manufacturer voluntarily withdrew the drug from the market because it may increase risk of cardiovascular ischemic events, including angina, heart attack, and stroke. Tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug (IND) protocol that includes obtaining approval from a local institutional review board. We recommend that psychiatrists should not prescribe tegaserod but refer patients to experienced gastroenterologists or other GI specialists.

Lubiprostone is a selective chloride channel activator that works only in the gut and results in net fluid excretion and increased stool frequency. The molecule is a prostaglandin derivative and is poorly absorbed.17

Because lubiprostone has been shown to cause fetal loss in animals (at the equivalent of 2 and 6 times the recommended human dose), women of reproductive age should use contraception while taking lubiprostone and carefully consider the risks and benefits of lubiprostone use during pregnancy.

CASE CONTINUED: Finding an effective strategy

The psychiatrist prescribes lubiprostone, 24 mcg bid, but Mr. W once again complains of the expense and says the drug does not work well. He quickly returns to his intermittent use of magnesium hydroxide tablets and occasionally takes bisacodyl tablets.

To address Mr. W’s OCD, the psychiatrist adds risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to Mr. W’s regimen. He has a modest response in OCD symptoms—30% of his day is now symptom- free— without worsening his constipation.

Probiotics and prebiotics

Emerging therapies for constipation include probiotics and prebiotics, which attempt to alter the gut flora and milieu. The primary bacterial agents are Lactobacillus species and Bifidobacterium species. At least one probiotic Bifidobacterium product—Activia—is being marketed in the United States as a fortified yogurt.

Because limited clinical data are available on the effect of probiotics and prebiotics on constipation, their routine use is not indicated. However, patients who prefer not to take medication may wish to try them. Because these agents are active cells, advise patients to purchase a supplement with “live and active” cultures. Supplements that are shipped, stored, or sold at room temperature likely contain very few (if any) live cultures.

Investigational medications. Renzapride is a 5HT4 receptor agonist and 5HT3 receptor antagonist that has shown promise in a pilot study18 and is in phase III trials. Linaclotide is a peptide that activates chloride and bicarbonate secretion in the gut and may reduce visceral hypersensitivity. It too has shown promise in a pilot study.19

Related resources

  • Rome Foundation. Functional gastrointestinal disorders. www.romecriteria.org.
  • Bleser S, Brunton S, Carmichael B, et al. Management of chronic constipation: recommendations from a consensus panel. J Fam Pract 2005;54(8):691-8.
Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lactulose • Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others
  • Lubiprostone • Amitiza
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Tegaserod • Zelnorm
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

This project was partially supported by grant number 5 T32 HS013852 from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.

Mr. W, age 50, presents to the psychiatry clinic with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) symptoms. At his first interview, he says he spends every waking hour obsessing over whether or not he does things “right.” These thoughts force him to compulsively check and recheck everything he does, from simple body movements to complex computer tasks.

He has a history of OCD since age 8, with intermittent episodes of major depression. He reports that several years ago, he had a “miraculous” response to clomipramine for several weeks but has not responded to any other medication. Nevertheless, he continues taking clomipramine, 50 mg/d, hoping that it “might eventually do some good.” He adds that when he tried to increase the dose, he suffered from “terrible constipation” despite regular use of a methylcellulose fiber supplement.

The psychiatrist discontinues clomipramine and starts Mr. W on duloxetine, 90 mg/d. At the next visit, Mr. W complains that his constipation is much worse, so the psychiatrist decreases duloxetine to 60 mg/d, which eventually provides some relief. Because Mr. W has minimal response to duloxetine after 6 months, the psychiatrist adds olanzapine. Although this agent is anticholinergic, the patient had responded to a previous trial of this antipsychotic. Soon after, Mr. W experiences severe constipation.

Psychiatric patients face a host of potential causes of constipation, including:

  • use of psychotropics and other medications
  • decreased eating or physical activity as a result of depression or another psychiatric disorder
  • medical comorbidities that decrease gastrointestinal (GI) motility.

Constipation carries a tremendous cost in terms of resources and quality of life.1-7 This condition also can make patients stop taking medications. You can help patients avoid the discomfort and quality-of-life consequences by promptly diagnosing constipation and following a 5-step treatment algorithm that has shown value in our clinical practice.

Box 1

Diagnostic criteria for functional constipation

  1. 2 or more of the following
  2. Loose stools are rarely present unless the patient takes a laxative
  3. Patient does not meet criteria for irritable bowel syndrome

* Must be present during ≥25% of defecations
Source: Reference 8

What to look for

When evaluating a patient who complains of constipation, first determine what he or she means by “constipation.” Do not rely on frequency of bowel movements as the only criterion for diagnosis. Under Rome Committee for Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders guidelines for diagnosis of chronic (or functional) constipation, patients who move their bowels daily may meet criteria for chronic constipation if they experience straining, incomplete evacuation, or other symptoms (Box 1).8

Many patients who complain of constipation have daily, regular bowel movements that produce hard, difficult-to-pass stool or require straining or manual maneuvers. Take a careful history including:

  • stool frequency and quality
  • straining
  • manual maneuvers (disimpaction or manual pelvic floor support)
  • sensation of blockage or incomplete evacuation.
In women, take a history of childbirth and obstetric or gynecologic surgery. Also determine the timing of symptom onset related to any new prescription or over-the-counter medications or supplements.

‘Alarm’ symptoms. For psychiatrists, the most important part of the Rome guidelines are the “alarm” symptoms:

  • age ≥50 years
  • family history of colon cancer or polyps
  • family history of inflammatory bowel disease (ulcerative colitis or Crohn’s disease)
  • rectal bleeding, anemia
  • weight loss >10 pounds
  • new onset of chronic constipation without apparent cause in an elderly patient
  • severe, persistent constipation refractory to conservative management.9
Refer a patient with any of these symptoms to a specialist for endoscopic or clinical evaluation. Follow United States Preventative Services Task Force recommendations for colorectal cancer screening of all patients age ≥50 (Table 1).10

Table 1

Colorectal cancer screening recommendations*

TestFrequency
Fecal occult blood testing (FOBT)Annually
SigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
FOBT and sigmoidoscopyEvery 5 years
Double contrast barium enemaEvery 5 years
ColonoscopyEvery 10 years
* For patients age=50. For higher-risk patients, it is reasonable to begin screening at a younger age
Source: Reference 10

Determining the cause

Common causes of constipation include altered visceral sensitivity, decreased GI motility, alterations in pelvic and anorectal musculature, and alterations in the enteric nervous system. Systemic causes are less common and include electrolyte abnormalities (hypercalcemia and hypokalemia) and endocrine disorders (hypothyroidism and diabetes mellitus).

Some patients’ constipation is caused by involuntarily contracting the pelvic floor muscles or suppressing the urge to defecate (Box 2).1,11,12 Suspect this in patients who strain repeatedly to pass soft or liquid stool.

Medication side effects are probably the most common constipation cause psychiatrists will encounter. Many psychotropics have anticholinergic effects that decrease GI motility and cause constipation. The most commonly implicated drugs are:

 

 

  • older tricyclic antidepressants (such as amitriptyline)
  • antipsychotics.
Among antipsychotics, clozapine, thioridazine, olanzapine, and chlorpromazine probably have the greatest anticholinergic effects.13 Many selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors also can cause constipation.

Box 2

Don’t overlook 2 easily missed constipation causes

Outlet obstruction, caused by inappropriately contracting posterior pelvic floor muscles during defecatory effort, is the cause of 5% to 10% of constipation cases.1 Patients are not aware of this pelvic floor incoordination. Often, they will give a history of straining even for soft or liquid stool.

Consider outlet obstruction in women with history of multiple vaginal childbirths or pelvic or gynecologic surgery, particularly if they fail to respond to usual measures to treat constipation. For adequate relief, these patients often require anorectal biofeedback, which teaches them to relax the posterior pelvic floor.11,12

Habitually suppressing the gastrocolic reflex—the urge to defecate after eating—causes some patients difficulty moving their bowels. Counsel these patients to sit on the toilet for several minutes after the morning meal to relearn this behavior. Some may need several weeks of daily enema or glycerine suppository use to retrain themselves to have bowel movements after the morning meal.

Older psychiatric patients with constipation may be taking medications for medical conditions—particularly alpha, beta, and calcium channel blockers—that may have synergistic effects on slowing bowel motility. For these patients you may not have the luxury of making multiple medication changes. The correct management strategy may be to add docusate sodium, a stool softener available over-the-counter as Colace.

Other psychiatric-related causes. Patients with depression may experience decreased stool output because of a lack of food intake or physical activity. These causes may be effectively addressed by treating the depression.

Give special consideration to patients with eating disorders and those who routinely use laxatives. A patient who is not eating will not produce the same amount of stool as one who eats regularly.

Constipated patients may require escalating doses of laxatives to obtain symptom relief; this does not constitute laxative abuse but rather tachyphylaxis. Chronic laxative use has not been shown to permanently decrease colonic motility,14 but patients who use laxatives chronically may have altered expectations of what is normal.

CASE CONTINUED: Recurring symptoms

After discontinuing Mr. W’s olanzapine and duloxetine, the psychiatrist prescribes polyethylene glycol solution (MiraLax) and instructs Mr. W to increase his daily fluid and fiber intake. Although the solution works well, Mr. W complains of the cost. He then resumes methyl cellulose and starts taking magnesium hydroxide chewable tablets (Milk of Magnesia) every 2 to 4 days as needed for constipation.

The psychiatrist prescribes mirtazapine for OCD symptoms, but soon stops this regimen because Mr. W complains of worsening constipation. Next Mr. W is started on fluvoxamine, which he had tried briefly many years before. The dosage is gradually titrated to 150 mg/d. Although Mr. W’s OCD improves somewhat, he complains of agitation and once again of worsening constipation.

Treatment algorithm

To minimize trial and error, we use a stepwise approach to treating constipation (Algorithm).8,11,15 Although many standard recommendations have not been evaluated in large randomized controlled trials, they are supported by decades of observed actions among clinicians and thus remain valuable.

Multiple nonprescription agents are available to treat constipation, including:

  • bulking agents (fiber supplements)
  • lubricating agents
  • stool softening agents
  • stimulant and osmotic laxatives (Table 2).8
Advise patients that they may need to try multiple agents to find one that is tolerable and effective.

Steps 1 & 2. When initial attempts at increasing physical activity, fluid, and dietary fiber fail to yield a response, fiber supplements are commonly used as a second step in managing constipation. We advocate beginning with a supplement that contains psyllium—such as Fiber-all or Metamucil—because psyllium has been shown to increase stool frequency. Supplements that contain methylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (such as Equalactin and Mitrolan), or bran have either not shown efficacy or have not been studied rigorously enough to merit recommendation.10 Some patients respond to other fiber products, but start a fibernaïve patient with a psyllium-containing supplement.

Fiber supplements may cause increased gas and bloating, so start at a low dose and gradually increase over several weeks to mitigate these side effects.

Step 3. If fiber supplements fail, try a stimulant or osmotic laxative. Senna compounds such as Ex-Lax and Senokot and bisacodyl products such as Correctol and Dulcolax are stimulant laxatives. For patients who prefer natural therapies, we point out that senna is derived from plants.
 

 


In our experience, patients usually have tried bisacodyl before seeking treatment for constipation. Although bisacodyl may be effective for some patients, others may need something stronger. Many gastroenterologists prefer prescribing osmotic or prescription laxatives.

Step 4. Osmotic laxatives generally are liquids, including magnesium hydroxide, polyethylene glycol solution, and the prescription agent lactulose. Magnesium hydroxide is inexpensive and can be taken chronically.

Algorithm

A stepwise approach to managing constipation

Step 1
RecommendationComments
Increase activity or daily walkingNot rigorously studied in constipated patients; exercise is associated with decreased orocecal transit time15
Increase fluid intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Increase dietary fiber intakeNot rigorously studied in constipated patients8
Step 2
RecommendationComments
Fiber supplementsPsyllium compounds may be superior to methylcellulose, polycarbophil, and bran11
Step 3
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative pillsSenna compounds are derived from plants
Step 4
RecommendationComments
Over-the-counter laxative solutionsMilk of Magnesia is very inexpensive
Step 5
RecommendationComments
Prescription laxativesLubiprostone causes fetal loss in animals; tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug protocol

Table 2

Commonly used laxatives: Mechanisms of action

CategoryAgents
Bulk-formingMethylcellulose (Citrucel), polycarbophil (Equalactin, Mitrolan, others), psyllium (Fiberall, Metamucil, others)
LubricatingGlycerin (Sani-Supp), magnesium hydroxide and mineral oil (Magnolax), mineral oil (Fleet Mineral Oil, Zymenol, others)
Stool softenerDocusate sodium (Colace)
OsmoticMagnesium hydroxide (Milk of Magnesia), polyethylene glycol (MiraLax), lactulose* (Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others), lubiprostone* (Amitiza)
StimulantBisacodyl (Correctol, Dulcolax, others), castor oil (Alphamul, Emulsoil, others), senna/sennosides (Ex-Lax, Senokot, others), sodium bicarbonate and potassium bitartrate (Ceo-Two evacuant)
* Available by prescription only
Source: Reference 8

Prescription medications

Tegaserod is a partial 5-HT4 agonist and stimulator of GI motility and secretion. It also decreases visceral sensitivity.16 Tegaserod’s manufacturer voluntarily withdrew the drug from the market because it may increase risk of cardiovascular ischemic events, including angina, heart attack, and stroke. Tegaserod is available only under a treatment investigational new drug (IND) protocol that includes obtaining approval from a local institutional review board. We recommend that psychiatrists should not prescribe tegaserod but refer patients to experienced gastroenterologists or other GI specialists.

Lubiprostone is a selective chloride channel activator that works only in the gut and results in net fluid excretion and increased stool frequency. The molecule is a prostaglandin derivative and is poorly absorbed.17

Because lubiprostone has been shown to cause fetal loss in animals (at the equivalent of 2 and 6 times the recommended human dose), women of reproductive age should use contraception while taking lubiprostone and carefully consider the risks and benefits of lubiprostone use during pregnancy.

CASE CONTINUED: Finding an effective strategy

The psychiatrist prescribes lubiprostone, 24 mcg bid, but Mr. W once again complains of the expense and says the drug does not work well. He quickly returns to his intermittent use of magnesium hydroxide tablets and occasionally takes bisacodyl tablets.

To address Mr. W’s OCD, the psychiatrist adds risperidone, 0.5 mg bid, to Mr. W’s regimen. He has a modest response in OCD symptoms—30% of his day is now symptom- free— without worsening his constipation.

Probiotics and prebiotics

Emerging therapies for constipation include probiotics and prebiotics, which attempt to alter the gut flora and milieu. The primary bacterial agents are Lactobacillus species and Bifidobacterium species. At least one probiotic Bifidobacterium product—Activia—is being marketed in the United States as a fortified yogurt.

Because limited clinical data are available on the effect of probiotics and prebiotics on constipation, their routine use is not indicated. However, patients who prefer not to take medication may wish to try them. Because these agents are active cells, advise patients to purchase a supplement with “live and active” cultures. Supplements that are shipped, stored, or sold at room temperature likely contain very few (if any) live cultures.

Investigational medications. Renzapride is a 5HT4 receptor agonist and 5HT3 receptor antagonist that has shown promise in a pilot study18 and is in phase III trials. Linaclotide is a peptide that activates chloride and bicarbonate secretion in the gut and may reduce visceral hypersensitivity. It too has shown promise in a pilot study.19

Related resources

  • Rome Foundation. Functional gastrointestinal disorders. www.romecriteria.org.
  • Bleser S, Brunton S, Carmichael B, et al. Management of chronic constipation: recommendations from a consensus panel. J Fam Pract 2005;54(8):691-8.
Drug brand name

  • Amitriptyline • Elavil, Endep
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Lactulose • Cholac Syrup, Constulose, others
  • Lubiprostone • Amitiza
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Tegaserod • Zelnorm
Disclosure

The authors report no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Acknowledgment

This project was partially supported by grant number 5 T32 HS013852 from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.

References

1. Stewart WF, Liberman JN, Sandler RS, et al. Epidemiology of constipation (EPOC) study in the United States: relation of clinical subtypes to sociodemographic features. Am J Gastroenterol 1999;94(12):3530-40.

2. Choung RS, Locke GR, 3rd, Schleck CD, et al. Cumulative incidence of chronic constipation: a population-based study 1988-2003. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2007;26(11-12):1521-8.

3. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUPnet). Available at: http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov. Accessed March 19, 2008.

4. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Physician visits in the United States for constipation: 1958 to 1986. Dig Dis Sci 1989;34(4):606-11.

5. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Epidemiology of constipation in the United States. Dis Colon Rectum 1989;32(1):1-8.

6. Dennison C, Prasad M, Lloyd A, et al. The health-related quality of life and economic burden of constipation. Pharmacoeconomics 2005;23(5):461-76.

7. Donald IP, Smith RG, Cruikshank JG, et al. A study of constipation in the elderly living at home. Gerontology 1985;31(2):112-8.

8. Longstreth GF, Thompson WG, Chey WD, et al. Functional bowel disorders. Gastroenterology 2006;130(5):1480-91.

9. American College of Gastroenterology Chronic Constipation Task Force. An evidence-based approach to the management of chronic constipation in North America. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;(100 suppl 1):S1-4.

10. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Colorectal cancer screening. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/clinic/3rduspstf/colorectal. Accessed March 19, 2008.

11. Chiotakakou-Faliakou E, Kamm MA, Roy AJ, et al. Biofeedback provides long-term benefit for patients with intractable, slow and normal transit constipation. Gut 1998;42(4):517-21.

12. Kawimbe BM, Papachrysostomou M, Binnie NR, et al. Outlet obstruction constipation (anismus) managed by biofeedback. Gut 1991;32(10):1175-9.

13. Richelson E. Receptor pharmacology of neuroleptics: relation to clinical effects. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;(60 suppl 10):5-14.

14. Muller-Lissner SA, Kamm MA, Scarpignato C, Wald A. Myths and misconceptions about chronic constipation. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;100(1):232-42.

15. Keeling WF, Harris A, Martin BJ. Orocecal transit during mild exercise in women. J Appl Physiol 1990;68(4):1350-3.

16. Tegaserod [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals; 2006.

17. Amitiza [package insert]. Bethesda, MD: Sucampo Pharmaceuticals; 2007.

18. Tack J, Middleton SJ, Horne MC, et al. Pilot study of the efficacy of renzapride on gastrointestinal motility and symptoms in patients with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006;23(11):1655-65.

19. Andresen V, Camilleri M, Busciglio IA, et al. Effect of 5 days linaclotide on transit and bowel function in females with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Gastroenterology 2007;133(3):761-8.

References

1. Stewart WF, Liberman JN, Sandler RS, et al. Epidemiology of constipation (EPOC) study in the United States: relation of clinical subtypes to sociodemographic features. Am J Gastroenterol 1999;94(12):3530-40.

2. Choung RS, Locke GR, 3rd, Schleck CD, et al. Cumulative incidence of chronic constipation: a population-based study 1988-2003. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2007;26(11-12):1521-8.

3. Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project (HCUPnet). Available at: http://hcupnet.ahrq.gov. Accessed March 19, 2008.

4. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Physician visits in the United States for constipation: 1958 to 1986. Dig Dis Sci 1989;34(4):606-11.

5. Sonnenberg A, Koch TR. Epidemiology of constipation in the United States. Dis Colon Rectum 1989;32(1):1-8.

6. Dennison C, Prasad M, Lloyd A, et al. The health-related quality of life and economic burden of constipation. Pharmacoeconomics 2005;23(5):461-76.

7. Donald IP, Smith RG, Cruikshank JG, et al. A study of constipation in the elderly living at home. Gerontology 1985;31(2):112-8.

8. Longstreth GF, Thompson WG, Chey WD, et al. Functional bowel disorders. Gastroenterology 2006;130(5):1480-91.

9. American College of Gastroenterology Chronic Constipation Task Force. An evidence-based approach to the management of chronic constipation in North America. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;(100 suppl 1):S1-4.

10. U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Colorectal cancer screening. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/clinic/3rduspstf/colorectal. Accessed March 19, 2008.

11. Chiotakakou-Faliakou E, Kamm MA, Roy AJ, et al. Biofeedback provides long-term benefit for patients with intractable, slow and normal transit constipation. Gut 1998;42(4):517-21.

12. Kawimbe BM, Papachrysostomou M, Binnie NR, et al. Outlet obstruction constipation (anismus) managed by biofeedback. Gut 1991;32(10):1175-9.

13. Richelson E. Receptor pharmacology of neuroleptics: relation to clinical effects. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;(60 suppl 10):5-14.

14. Muller-Lissner SA, Kamm MA, Scarpignato C, Wald A. Myths and misconceptions about chronic constipation. Am J Gastroenterol 2005;100(1):232-42.

15. Keeling WF, Harris A, Martin BJ. Orocecal transit during mild exercise in women. J Appl Physiol 1990;68(4):1350-3.

16. Tegaserod [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals; 2006.

17. Amitiza [package insert]. Bethesda, MD: Sucampo Pharmaceuticals; 2007.

18. Tack J, Middleton SJ, Horne MC, et al. Pilot study of the efficacy of renzapride on gastrointestinal motility and symptoms in patients with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Aliment Pharmacol Ther 2006;23(11):1655-65.

19. Andresen V, Camilleri M, Busciglio IA, et al. Effect of 5 days linaclotide on transit and bowel function in females with constipation-predominant irritable bowel syndrome. Gastroenterology 2007;133(3):761-8.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(05)
Page Number
29-38
Page Number
29-38
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
5-step plan to treat constipation in psychiatric patients
Display Headline
5-step plan to treat constipation in psychiatric patients
Legacy Keywords
constipation in psychiatric patients;GI motility; Nathaniel S. Winstead MD; Daniel K. Winstead MD
Legacy Keywords
constipation in psychiatric patients;GI motility; Nathaniel S. Winstead MD; Daniel K. Winstead MD
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Drug eruptions: 6 dangerous rashes

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 12/11/2018 - 15:06
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: 6 dangerous rashes

The best intervention for a potentially life-threatening drug rash can happen before you choose a psychotropic. Carefully evaluating your patient’s risk for an adverse cutaneous drug reaction (ACDR) will guide safer prescribing. If your patient develops a rash, differentiating serious from benign reactions can help prevent morbidity, which can range from work loss or hospitalization to disfigurement or death.

In the first installment of this 2-part article on drug eruptions, we discussed how to recognize and manage benign rashes.1 Here we explain how to reduce ACDR risk and identify 6 serious rashes.

Risk reduction strategies

Although it is impossible to eliminate drug rashes, you may be able to reduce ACDR risk by using sound prescribing methods. Ultimately your choice of a psychotropic comes down to whether the drug’s benefits outweigh the risks to your patient. Factors affecting ACDR risk fall into 3 categories:

  • historical
  • pharmacokinetic
  • environmental/other.
Historical factors. Before starting a psychotropic, carefully consider your patient’s history. Assess for a personal or family history of an ACDR to the intended drug or another drug in the same class. If the patient experienced a severe drug reaction from a specific medication, never again treat the patient with the same drug.2

A patient who has had an ACDR also may be hypersensitive to other drugs in the same class. One example is anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome. Phenytoin, carbamazepine, and phenobarbital may be cross-reactive.3 A patient who is hypersensitive to carbamazepine may have a ≥30% risk of reacting to oxcarbazepine.4 A major predictor of rash associated with lamotrigine is history of a rash from another antiepileptic.5 Cross-reactivity also may occur among antidepressants, particularly selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.6

Genetics may play a role in ACDR risk,7 so inquire about family history of ACDR. In one case report, 4 family members experienced an ACDR to fluoxetine.8

Knowles et al3 suggests warning close relatives of a patient with anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome about the risk of using potentially cross-reactive anticonvulsants.

If your patient reports that a relative had an ACDR—particularly a severe reaction—to a drug you are considering prescribing, reduce this patient’s risk by choosing an alternate drug or proceeding cautiously by slowly titrating the dosage and monitoring carefully.

Pharmacokinetic factors. In general, ACDRs and dosage are not correlated,2 but anticonvulsants may be an exception. For example:

  • lowering the starting dosage of lamotrigine reduces ACDR risk9
  • rapid increase in dosages and high serum concentrations of phenytoin and carbamazepine appear to increase the risk of rash.10
To reduce ACDR risk, treat patients with the lowest effective anticonvulsant dosage.

Be vigilant for potential interactions between drugs. For instance, valproic acid inhibits lamotrigine metabolism, so when prescribing these 2 medications together, take steps to avoid a serious, life-threatening rash such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS). For bipolar patients age >12 taking valproic acid, titrate lamotrigine in a special regimen (initially 25 mg every other day, then gradually increased to ≤100 mg/d).11 Remain in close contact with the patient’s other prescribers to ensure that all are aware of potential adverse reactions if the patient’s medications are changed.

Environmental /other factors. Psychotropic medications—particularly antipsychotics—are associated with ACDRs related to sun exposure.12-14 Advise patients to use sunscreen and wear protective clothing, and consider recommending antioxidant supplements to help prevent photosensitive reactions.15

Populations at increased risk of developing a drug rash include African-Americans and persons age >70.7 Women have higher incidence of rash from lamotrigine use compared with men.9 Underlying diseases, such as human immunodeficiency virus, may increase ACDR risk.7 Strategies for reducing ACDR risk are summarized in Table 1.

Table 1

Steps to reduce ACDR risk

Identify patients at risk
Use lowest effective dosages
Titrate medications according to latest recommendations
Consider the effects of polypharmacy, particularly on drug metabolism
Remain in contact with patients’ other providers to stay informed of medication changes
Advise patients that limiting sun exposure may reduce ACDR risk of certain drugs
Educate patients about ACDRs, including how to identify ‘red flags’ that indicate a serious reaction and when to seek medical attention
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reaction

Serious drug eruptions

Most drug rashes are benign, but some can be life-threatening and require immediate drug discontinuation. Six serious ACDRs associated with psychotropics are listed in Table 2.

Table 2

Serious rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Erythema multiformeBupropion, carbamazepine, clozapine, duloxetine, eszopiclone, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, risperidone, sertraline, topiramate, trazodone, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysisAlprazolam, bupropion, carbamazepine, chlorpromazine, clozapine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, lamotrigine, mixed amphetamine salts, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, sertraline, topiramate, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Hypersensitivity syndromeAmitriptyline, carbamazepine, clomipramine, desipramine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, olanzapine, oxcarbazepine, valproic acid
VasculitisCarbamazepine, clozapine, diazepam, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, haloperidol, lamotrigine, maprotiline, paroxetine, sertraline, thioridazine, trazodone
ErythrodermaAripiprazole, bupropion, carbamazepine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, lithium, methylphenidate, mirtazapine, paroxetine, phenothiazines, quetiapine, risperidone, TCAs (most), venlafaxine, ziprasidone
Erythema nodosumCarbamazepine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, venlafaxine
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: For reference citations, see this article on CurrentPsychiatry.com
 

 

As described in part 1 of this article, general strategies for identifying and treating potential ACDRs include identifying the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box). Look for “red flags” that indicate a potentially serious reaction:

  • constitutional symptoms (fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough)
  • facial involvement
  • mucous membrane involvement
  • skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
  • purpura.16,17

If you suspect your patient may have a serious ACDR such as those described below, immediately discontinue the psychotropic (Table 3). Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists as appropriate, and arrange hospitalization. Although a patient with a serious ACDR typically will require hospitalization and interventions that are beyond the scope of a psychiatrist’s practice, as the prescriber you are responsible for ensuring that the patient gets an emergent referral and treatment.

Table 3

Managing a serious rash

Discontinue the offending drug immediately
Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists
Hospitalize the patient if indicated for supportive care
Report the case to the FDA and the drug manufacturer if the eruption is atypical or uncommon
Erythema multiforme (EM) may appear as symmetric erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on the extremities and palmoplantar surfaces within days of starting drug therapy (Photo 1). Fever and malaise may accompany this reaction. Mucous membrane involvement is typically mild and limited to oral mucosa, but ocular mucosa also may be affected. Severe EM can cause blindness.



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema multiforme: Erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on extremities and palmoplantar surfaces.
The patient might present with detachment of the epidermis from the dermis. If this consider SJS spectrum disease (see below).2,13,18,19

Because EM may be a harbinger of a more severe skin reaction, consult a dermatologist and—if the rash involves the eyes—an ophthalmologist.12 Antihistamines and topical corticosteroids may be used to treat EM.18 Depending on the severity of the reaction, hospitalization might be indicated.

Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN) are considered a spectrum of reactive skin disorders; TEN is the more severe variant. Patients may present with a prodrome of fever, cough, and malaise. Oral lesions—such as mucosal blistering (Photo 2)—may precede skin lesions. Look for widespread distribution of flat, atypical target lesions characterized by blisters on purpuric macules.2 Compared with EM, SJS/TEN lesions are more far-reaching, and the more extensive mucous membrane involvement can affect the mouth, esophagus, and genitalia. Ocular involvement might lead to blindness.20-23



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrosis: Mucosal blistering, widespread flat skin lesions, and epidermal detachment.
Epidermal detachment also may be widespread. SJS and TEN are differentiated by the extent of skin detachment:

  • 10% to 30% detachment is SJS/TEN
  • >30% is TEN.2
Arrange for the patient with signs of SJS/TEN to be admitted to an ICU or burn unit.20 There, clinicians will implement aggressive supportive measures such as temperature control, nutritional support, fluid balance, and pain management.2,24 Treatments for SJS/TEN include hemofiltration, IV immunoglobulin, plasmapheresis, and cyclosporine. Corticosteroids are not recommended.25

Advise patients who have had TEN to alert relatives that they also may be at increased risk of an ACDR to the offending drug.22 Because SJS/TEN can cause blindness, an ophthalmologist typically will be involved in the patient’s care.20

Hypersensitivity syndrome—known as drug rash with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS)—is a potentially life-threatening syndrome that presents as a triad of fever, rash, and internal organ involvement.26 These symptoms typically present 2 to 6 weeks after the patient starts the offending drug.

Early symptoms may include fever, malaise, pharyngitis, and lymphadenopathy.2 Cutaneous manifestations range from relatively benign exanthematous eruptions to more serious eruptions such as erythroderma or TEN.

Laboratory findings might show abnormalities of the liver, kidneys, lungs, or thyroid. Atypical lymphocytes and eosinophilia may be present.

Because hypersensitivity syndrome may present like a benign condition, consider the diagnosis when assessing any drug rash, particularly if the patient is receiving an anticonvulsant.20,22,27 Appropriate, timely care may be best delivered in an inpatient setting, so hospitalization might be indicated. Laboratory tests to assess organ function may include complete blood count (CBC), urine analysis (UA), creatinine, liver function tests, and thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH).

 

 

Treatment is supportive. Note that unlike those with SJS/TEN, patients with hypersensitivity syndrome may be treated with systemic corticosteroids.27 As with TEN, patients should alert relatives to a possible increased risk of a severe reaction to the offending drug.22

Vasculitis may present with palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas (Photo 3). Patients often develop morbilliform or urticarial eruptions, and the condition might affect internal organs. Differential diagnosis includes:

  • Henoch-Schönlein (allergic) purpura
  • Wegener’s granulomatosis
  • infections
  • collagen vascular diseases.2


© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Vasculitis: Palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas.

Perform a complete history and physical in patients with suspected vasculitis. Because vasculitis can affect the blood vessels of any organ,20 laboratory tests such as CBC, UA, and fecal occult blood test to assess organ involvement are indicated.2

Pharmacotherapy depends on the severity of presentation and ranges from topical agents to immunosuppressants.2 Other treatments are rest, elevation, support stockings, and antihistamines.28

Erythroderma, also known as exfoliative dermatitis, can present as sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize (Photo 4). Scaling will appear, followed by desquamation. Patients typically complain of irritation, feeling cold, and a sensation of tightness. Dilated dermal vessels can result in high-output cardiac failure. This potentially life-threatening condition can develop within 1 week of starting a drug.2,29



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythroderma: Sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize. Scaling precedes desquamation.

Pharmacotherapy includes emollients, antihistamines, and corticosteroids.2 Erythroderma is best treated in a hospital, where patients typically receive supportive care, with special attention to nutritional and hydration status.29

Erythema nodosum may present as painful erythematous nodules—usually in the lower extremities (Photo 5)—that are the result of fat necrosis.13,30 Treatment typically involves best rest, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and potassium iodide.30 Systemic corticosteroids also may be used.31



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema nodosum: Painful erythematous nodules, usually in the lower extremities.

Resuming psychiatric treatment

Although medically necessary for patients with a serious rash, abruptly discontinuing a psychotropic might place them at risk for rapid psychiatric decompensation. Whenever possible, wait 2 weeks before restarting psychopharmacotherapy in a patient who has been treated for an ACDR. If that is not feasible because (for example) the patient is psychotic and agitated, you can cross-taper with a different medication from another class.

If your patient has experienced a serious ACDR, follow the 3 “A’s” to protect against recurrence (Table 4).

Box

Dermatologic glossary

Desquamation: skin falling off in scales or layers; exfoliation

Erythema: redness of the skin

Macule: a discolored lesion on the skin that is not elevated above the surface

Morbilliform: resembling measles

Nodule: a small lump, swelling, or collection of tissue

Papule: a small circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin

Purpura: red or purple discolorations on the skin caused by bleeding underneath the skin

Urticaria: a vascular reaction in the upper dermis characterized by pruritic hives

Vesicobullous: denoting an eruption of fluid-containing lesions of various sizes

Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary. 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003.

Table 4

3 ‘As’ to protect patients after a life-threatening ACDR

Allergy. Add the offending drug to the patient’s allergy list to ensure it is not given again
Alert. Tell the patient he or she should wear a medical alert bracelet to prevent being given the drug
Advise. Inform the patients’ close relatives that they may be at risk for a similar reaction to the same drug or drugs from the same class
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reactions
Related resources

  • Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.
  • Dermatology Image Atlas. www.dermatlas.org.
  • American Academy of Dermatology. www.aad.org.
Drug brand names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Cyclosporine • Neoral, Sandimmune
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Diazepam • Valium
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Maprotiline • Ludiomil
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phenytoin • Dilantin
  • Phenobarbital • Luminal
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Lithium • Lithobid, Eskalith
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Warnock JK, Skonicki J. Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash serious or benign? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(3):42-56.

2. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

3. Knowles SR, Shapiro LE, Shear NH. Anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome: incidence, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 1999;21(6):489-501.

4. Trileptal [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2007.

5. Hirsch LJ, Weintraub DB, Buchsbaum R, et al. Predictors of lamotrigine-associated rash. Epilepsia 2006;47(2):318-22.

6. Warnock CA, Azadian AG. Cross-sensitivity between paroxetine and sertraline. Ann Pharmacother 2002;36(4):631-3.

7. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

8. Olfson M, Wilner MT. A family case history of fluoxetine-induced skin reactions. J Nerv Ment Dis 1991;179(8):504-5.

9. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

10. Chadwick D, Shaw MDM, Foy P, et al. Serum anticonvulsant concentrations and the risk of drug induced skin eruptions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1984;47(6):642-4.

11. Lamictal [package insert]. Research Triangle Park, NC: GlaxoSmithKline; 2007.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

14. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

17. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

18. Brushan M, Craven N. Erythema multiforme. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds.Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:196-9.

19. Al-Joani KA, Fedele S, Porter SR. Erythema multiforme and related disorders. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod 2007;103(5):642-54.

20. Wolf R, Orion E, Marcos B, Matz H. Life-threatening acute adverse cutaneous drug reactions. Clin Dermatol 2005;23(2):171-81.

21. Pereira FA, Mudgil AV, Rosmarin DM. Toxic epidermal necrolysis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007;56(2):181-200.

22. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

23. Bastuji-Garin S, Rzany B, Stern R, et al. Clinical classification of cases of toxic epidermal necrolysis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, and erythema multiforme. Arch Dermatol 1993;129(1):92-6.

24. Craven N. Toxic epidermal necrolysis and Stevens-Johnson syndrome. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:633-6.

25. Chave TA, Mortimer NJ, Sladden MJ, et al. Toxic epidermal necrolysis: current evidence, practical management and future directions. Br J Dermatol 2005;153(2):241-53.

26. Bachot N, Roujeau JC. Differential diagnosis of severe cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(8):561-72.

27. Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.

28. Callen JP. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:340-3.

29. Berth-Jones J. Erythroderma. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:205-8.

30. Woodall TG, Spielvogel RL. Erythema nodosum. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:200-2.

31. Schwartz RA, Nervi SJ. Erythema nodosum: a sign of systemic disease. Am Fam Physician 2007;75(5):695-700.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Skonicki J.J. , MD
Resident, Department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa
Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor, Director, clinical research, Department of psychiatry University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(04)
Publications
Page Number
101-109
Legacy Keywords
drug eruptions; rashes; JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; life-threatening drug rash; adverse cutaneous drug reaction; anticonvulsant hypersensitivity; erythema multiforme; Stevens-Johnson syndrome; toxic epidermal necrolysis; hypersensitivity syndrome; vasculitis; erythroderma; erythema nodosum
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Skonicki J.J. , MD
Resident, Department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa
Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor, Director, clinical research, Department of psychiatry University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Author and Disclosure Information

Skonicki J.J. , MD
Resident, Department of psychiatry, University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa
Julia K. Warnock, MD, PhD
Professor, Director, clinical research, Department of psychiatry University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center, Tulsa

Article PDF
Article PDF

The best intervention for a potentially life-threatening drug rash can happen before you choose a psychotropic. Carefully evaluating your patient’s risk for an adverse cutaneous drug reaction (ACDR) will guide safer prescribing. If your patient develops a rash, differentiating serious from benign reactions can help prevent morbidity, which can range from work loss or hospitalization to disfigurement or death.

In the first installment of this 2-part article on drug eruptions, we discussed how to recognize and manage benign rashes.1 Here we explain how to reduce ACDR risk and identify 6 serious rashes.

Risk reduction strategies

Although it is impossible to eliminate drug rashes, you may be able to reduce ACDR risk by using sound prescribing methods. Ultimately your choice of a psychotropic comes down to whether the drug’s benefits outweigh the risks to your patient. Factors affecting ACDR risk fall into 3 categories:

  • historical
  • pharmacokinetic
  • environmental/other.
Historical factors. Before starting a psychotropic, carefully consider your patient’s history. Assess for a personal or family history of an ACDR to the intended drug or another drug in the same class. If the patient experienced a severe drug reaction from a specific medication, never again treat the patient with the same drug.2

A patient who has had an ACDR also may be hypersensitive to other drugs in the same class. One example is anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome. Phenytoin, carbamazepine, and phenobarbital may be cross-reactive.3 A patient who is hypersensitive to carbamazepine may have a ≥30% risk of reacting to oxcarbazepine.4 A major predictor of rash associated with lamotrigine is history of a rash from another antiepileptic.5 Cross-reactivity also may occur among antidepressants, particularly selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.6

Genetics may play a role in ACDR risk,7 so inquire about family history of ACDR. In one case report, 4 family members experienced an ACDR to fluoxetine.8

Knowles et al3 suggests warning close relatives of a patient with anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome about the risk of using potentially cross-reactive anticonvulsants.

If your patient reports that a relative had an ACDR—particularly a severe reaction—to a drug you are considering prescribing, reduce this patient’s risk by choosing an alternate drug or proceeding cautiously by slowly titrating the dosage and monitoring carefully.

Pharmacokinetic factors. In general, ACDRs and dosage are not correlated,2 but anticonvulsants may be an exception. For example:

  • lowering the starting dosage of lamotrigine reduces ACDR risk9
  • rapid increase in dosages and high serum concentrations of phenytoin and carbamazepine appear to increase the risk of rash.10
To reduce ACDR risk, treat patients with the lowest effective anticonvulsant dosage.

Be vigilant for potential interactions between drugs. For instance, valproic acid inhibits lamotrigine metabolism, so when prescribing these 2 medications together, take steps to avoid a serious, life-threatening rash such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS). For bipolar patients age >12 taking valproic acid, titrate lamotrigine in a special regimen (initially 25 mg every other day, then gradually increased to ≤100 mg/d).11 Remain in close contact with the patient’s other prescribers to ensure that all are aware of potential adverse reactions if the patient’s medications are changed.

Environmental /other factors. Psychotropic medications—particularly antipsychotics—are associated with ACDRs related to sun exposure.12-14 Advise patients to use sunscreen and wear protective clothing, and consider recommending antioxidant supplements to help prevent photosensitive reactions.15

Populations at increased risk of developing a drug rash include African-Americans and persons age >70.7 Women have higher incidence of rash from lamotrigine use compared with men.9 Underlying diseases, such as human immunodeficiency virus, may increase ACDR risk.7 Strategies for reducing ACDR risk are summarized in Table 1.

Table 1

Steps to reduce ACDR risk

Identify patients at risk
Use lowest effective dosages
Titrate medications according to latest recommendations
Consider the effects of polypharmacy, particularly on drug metabolism
Remain in contact with patients’ other providers to stay informed of medication changes
Advise patients that limiting sun exposure may reduce ACDR risk of certain drugs
Educate patients about ACDRs, including how to identify ‘red flags’ that indicate a serious reaction and when to seek medical attention
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reaction

Serious drug eruptions

Most drug rashes are benign, but some can be life-threatening and require immediate drug discontinuation. Six serious ACDRs associated with psychotropics are listed in Table 2.

Table 2

Serious rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Erythema multiformeBupropion, carbamazepine, clozapine, duloxetine, eszopiclone, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, risperidone, sertraline, topiramate, trazodone, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysisAlprazolam, bupropion, carbamazepine, chlorpromazine, clozapine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, lamotrigine, mixed amphetamine salts, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, sertraline, topiramate, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Hypersensitivity syndromeAmitriptyline, carbamazepine, clomipramine, desipramine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, olanzapine, oxcarbazepine, valproic acid
VasculitisCarbamazepine, clozapine, diazepam, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, haloperidol, lamotrigine, maprotiline, paroxetine, sertraline, thioridazine, trazodone
ErythrodermaAripiprazole, bupropion, carbamazepine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, lithium, methylphenidate, mirtazapine, paroxetine, phenothiazines, quetiapine, risperidone, TCAs (most), venlafaxine, ziprasidone
Erythema nodosumCarbamazepine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, venlafaxine
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: For reference citations, see this article on CurrentPsychiatry.com
 

 

As described in part 1 of this article, general strategies for identifying and treating potential ACDRs include identifying the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box). Look for “red flags” that indicate a potentially serious reaction:

  • constitutional symptoms (fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough)
  • facial involvement
  • mucous membrane involvement
  • skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
  • purpura.16,17

If you suspect your patient may have a serious ACDR such as those described below, immediately discontinue the psychotropic (Table 3). Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists as appropriate, and arrange hospitalization. Although a patient with a serious ACDR typically will require hospitalization and interventions that are beyond the scope of a psychiatrist’s practice, as the prescriber you are responsible for ensuring that the patient gets an emergent referral and treatment.

Table 3

Managing a serious rash

Discontinue the offending drug immediately
Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists
Hospitalize the patient if indicated for supportive care
Report the case to the FDA and the drug manufacturer if the eruption is atypical or uncommon
Erythema multiforme (EM) may appear as symmetric erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on the extremities and palmoplantar surfaces within days of starting drug therapy (Photo 1). Fever and malaise may accompany this reaction. Mucous membrane involvement is typically mild and limited to oral mucosa, but ocular mucosa also may be affected. Severe EM can cause blindness.



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema multiforme: Erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on extremities and palmoplantar surfaces.
The patient might present with detachment of the epidermis from the dermis. If this consider SJS spectrum disease (see below).2,13,18,19

Because EM may be a harbinger of a more severe skin reaction, consult a dermatologist and—if the rash involves the eyes—an ophthalmologist.12 Antihistamines and topical corticosteroids may be used to treat EM.18 Depending on the severity of the reaction, hospitalization might be indicated.

Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN) are considered a spectrum of reactive skin disorders; TEN is the more severe variant. Patients may present with a prodrome of fever, cough, and malaise. Oral lesions—such as mucosal blistering (Photo 2)—may precede skin lesions. Look for widespread distribution of flat, atypical target lesions characterized by blisters on purpuric macules.2 Compared with EM, SJS/TEN lesions are more far-reaching, and the more extensive mucous membrane involvement can affect the mouth, esophagus, and genitalia. Ocular involvement might lead to blindness.20-23



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrosis: Mucosal blistering, widespread flat skin lesions, and epidermal detachment.
Epidermal detachment also may be widespread. SJS and TEN are differentiated by the extent of skin detachment:

  • 10% to 30% detachment is SJS/TEN
  • >30% is TEN.2
Arrange for the patient with signs of SJS/TEN to be admitted to an ICU or burn unit.20 There, clinicians will implement aggressive supportive measures such as temperature control, nutritional support, fluid balance, and pain management.2,24 Treatments for SJS/TEN include hemofiltration, IV immunoglobulin, plasmapheresis, and cyclosporine. Corticosteroids are not recommended.25

Advise patients who have had TEN to alert relatives that they also may be at increased risk of an ACDR to the offending drug.22 Because SJS/TEN can cause blindness, an ophthalmologist typically will be involved in the patient’s care.20

Hypersensitivity syndrome—known as drug rash with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS)—is a potentially life-threatening syndrome that presents as a triad of fever, rash, and internal organ involvement.26 These symptoms typically present 2 to 6 weeks after the patient starts the offending drug.

Early symptoms may include fever, malaise, pharyngitis, and lymphadenopathy.2 Cutaneous manifestations range from relatively benign exanthematous eruptions to more serious eruptions such as erythroderma or TEN.

Laboratory findings might show abnormalities of the liver, kidneys, lungs, or thyroid. Atypical lymphocytes and eosinophilia may be present.

Because hypersensitivity syndrome may present like a benign condition, consider the diagnosis when assessing any drug rash, particularly if the patient is receiving an anticonvulsant.20,22,27 Appropriate, timely care may be best delivered in an inpatient setting, so hospitalization might be indicated. Laboratory tests to assess organ function may include complete blood count (CBC), urine analysis (UA), creatinine, liver function tests, and thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH).

 

 

Treatment is supportive. Note that unlike those with SJS/TEN, patients with hypersensitivity syndrome may be treated with systemic corticosteroids.27 As with TEN, patients should alert relatives to a possible increased risk of a severe reaction to the offending drug.22

Vasculitis may present with palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas (Photo 3). Patients often develop morbilliform or urticarial eruptions, and the condition might affect internal organs. Differential diagnosis includes:

  • Henoch-Schönlein (allergic) purpura
  • Wegener’s granulomatosis
  • infections
  • collagen vascular diseases.2


© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Vasculitis: Palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas.

Perform a complete history and physical in patients with suspected vasculitis. Because vasculitis can affect the blood vessels of any organ,20 laboratory tests such as CBC, UA, and fecal occult blood test to assess organ involvement are indicated.2

Pharmacotherapy depends on the severity of presentation and ranges from topical agents to immunosuppressants.2 Other treatments are rest, elevation, support stockings, and antihistamines.28

Erythroderma, also known as exfoliative dermatitis, can present as sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize (Photo 4). Scaling will appear, followed by desquamation. Patients typically complain of irritation, feeling cold, and a sensation of tightness. Dilated dermal vessels can result in high-output cardiac failure. This potentially life-threatening condition can develop within 1 week of starting a drug.2,29



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythroderma: Sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize. Scaling precedes desquamation.

Pharmacotherapy includes emollients, antihistamines, and corticosteroids.2 Erythroderma is best treated in a hospital, where patients typically receive supportive care, with special attention to nutritional and hydration status.29

Erythema nodosum may present as painful erythematous nodules—usually in the lower extremities (Photo 5)—that are the result of fat necrosis.13,30 Treatment typically involves best rest, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and potassium iodide.30 Systemic corticosteroids also may be used.31



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema nodosum: Painful erythematous nodules, usually in the lower extremities.

Resuming psychiatric treatment

Although medically necessary for patients with a serious rash, abruptly discontinuing a psychotropic might place them at risk for rapid psychiatric decompensation. Whenever possible, wait 2 weeks before restarting psychopharmacotherapy in a patient who has been treated for an ACDR. If that is not feasible because (for example) the patient is psychotic and agitated, you can cross-taper with a different medication from another class.

If your patient has experienced a serious ACDR, follow the 3 “A’s” to protect against recurrence (Table 4).

Box

Dermatologic glossary

Desquamation: skin falling off in scales or layers; exfoliation

Erythema: redness of the skin

Macule: a discolored lesion on the skin that is not elevated above the surface

Morbilliform: resembling measles

Nodule: a small lump, swelling, or collection of tissue

Papule: a small circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin

Purpura: red or purple discolorations on the skin caused by bleeding underneath the skin

Urticaria: a vascular reaction in the upper dermis characterized by pruritic hives

Vesicobullous: denoting an eruption of fluid-containing lesions of various sizes

Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary. 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003.

Table 4

3 ‘As’ to protect patients after a life-threatening ACDR

Allergy. Add the offending drug to the patient’s allergy list to ensure it is not given again
Alert. Tell the patient he or she should wear a medical alert bracelet to prevent being given the drug
Advise. Inform the patients’ close relatives that they may be at risk for a similar reaction to the same drug or drugs from the same class
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reactions
Related resources

  • Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.
  • Dermatology Image Atlas. www.dermatlas.org.
  • American Academy of Dermatology. www.aad.org.
Drug brand names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Cyclosporine • Neoral, Sandimmune
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Diazepam • Valium
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Maprotiline • Ludiomil
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phenytoin • Dilantin
  • Phenobarbital • Luminal
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Lithium • Lithobid, Eskalith
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

The best intervention for a potentially life-threatening drug rash can happen before you choose a psychotropic. Carefully evaluating your patient’s risk for an adverse cutaneous drug reaction (ACDR) will guide safer prescribing. If your patient develops a rash, differentiating serious from benign reactions can help prevent morbidity, which can range from work loss or hospitalization to disfigurement or death.

In the first installment of this 2-part article on drug eruptions, we discussed how to recognize and manage benign rashes.1 Here we explain how to reduce ACDR risk and identify 6 serious rashes.

Risk reduction strategies

Although it is impossible to eliminate drug rashes, you may be able to reduce ACDR risk by using sound prescribing methods. Ultimately your choice of a psychotropic comes down to whether the drug’s benefits outweigh the risks to your patient. Factors affecting ACDR risk fall into 3 categories:

  • historical
  • pharmacokinetic
  • environmental/other.
Historical factors. Before starting a psychotropic, carefully consider your patient’s history. Assess for a personal or family history of an ACDR to the intended drug or another drug in the same class. If the patient experienced a severe drug reaction from a specific medication, never again treat the patient with the same drug.2

A patient who has had an ACDR also may be hypersensitive to other drugs in the same class. One example is anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome. Phenytoin, carbamazepine, and phenobarbital may be cross-reactive.3 A patient who is hypersensitive to carbamazepine may have a ≥30% risk of reacting to oxcarbazepine.4 A major predictor of rash associated with lamotrigine is history of a rash from another antiepileptic.5 Cross-reactivity also may occur among antidepressants, particularly selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.6

Genetics may play a role in ACDR risk,7 so inquire about family history of ACDR. In one case report, 4 family members experienced an ACDR to fluoxetine.8

Knowles et al3 suggests warning close relatives of a patient with anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome about the risk of using potentially cross-reactive anticonvulsants.

If your patient reports that a relative had an ACDR—particularly a severe reaction—to a drug you are considering prescribing, reduce this patient’s risk by choosing an alternate drug or proceeding cautiously by slowly titrating the dosage and monitoring carefully.

Pharmacokinetic factors. In general, ACDRs and dosage are not correlated,2 but anticonvulsants may be an exception. For example:

  • lowering the starting dosage of lamotrigine reduces ACDR risk9
  • rapid increase in dosages and high serum concentrations of phenytoin and carbamazepine appear to increase the risk of rash.10
To reduce ACDR risk, treat patients with the lowest effective anticonvulsant dosage.

Be vigilant for potential interactions between drugs. For instance, valproic acid inhibits lamotrigine metabolism, so when prescribing these 2 medications together, take steps to avoid a serious, life-threatening rash such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome (SJS). For bipolar patients age >12 taking valproic acid, titrate lamotrigine in a special regimen (initially 25 mg every other day, then gradually increased to ≤100 mg/d).11 Remain in close contact with the patient’s other prescribers to ensure that all are aware of potential adverse reactions if the patient’s medications are changed.

Environmental /other factors. Psychotropic medications—particularly antipsychotics—are associated with ACDRs related to sun exposure.12-14 Advise patients to use sunscreen and wear protective clothing, and consider recommending antioxidant supplements to help prevent photosensitive reactions.15

Populations at increased risk of developing a drug rash include African-Americans and persons age >70.7 Women have higher incidence of rash from lamotrigine use compared with men.9 Underlying diseases, such as human immunodeficiency virus, may increase ACDR risk.7 Strategies for reducing ACDR risk are summarized in Table 1.

Table 1

Steps to reduce ACDR risk

Identify patients at risk
Use lowest effective dosages
Titrate medications according to latest recommendations
Consider the effects of polypharmacy, particularly on drug metabolism
Remain in contact with patients’ other providers to stay informed of medication changes
Advise patients that limiting sun exposure may reduce ACDR risk of certain drugs
Educate patients about ACDRs, including how to identify ‘red flags’ that indicate a serious reaction and when to seek medical attention
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reaction

Serious drug eruptions

Most drug rashes are benign, but some can be life-threatening and require immediate drug discontinuation. Six serious ACDRs associated with psychotropics are listed in Table 2.

Table 2

Serious rashes associated with psychotropics*

RashSuspect drugs/classes
Erythema multiformeBupropion, carbamazepine, clozapine, duloxetine, eszopiclone, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, risperidone, sertraline, topiramate, trazodone, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysisAlprazolam, bupropion, carbamazepine, chlorpromazine, clozapine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, lamotrigine, mixed amphetamine salts, oxcarbazepine, paroxetine, quetiapine, sertraline, topiramate, valproic acid, venlafaxine
Hypersensitivity syndromeAmitriptyline, carbamazepine, clomipramine, desipramine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, methylphenidate, olanzapine, oxcarbazepine, valproic acid
VasculitisCarbamazepine, clozapine, diazepam, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, haloperidol, lamotrigine, maprotiline, paroxetine, sertraline, thioridazine, trazodone
ErythrodermaAripiprazole, bupropion, carbamazepine, duloxetine, fluoxetine, lamotrigine, lithium, methylphenidate, mirtazapine, paroxetine, phenothiazines, quetiapine, risperidone, TCAs (most), venlafaxine, ziprasidone
Erythema nodosumCarbamazepine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, venlafaxine
* Suspect any drug with any reaction
TCAs: tricyclic antidepressants
Source: For reference citations, see this article on CurrentPsychiatry.com
 

 

As described in part 1 of this article, general strategies for identifying and treating potential ACDRs include identifying the lesion by taking a history and performing a physical examination (Box). Look for “red flags” that indicate a potentially serious reaction:

  • constitutional symptoms (fever, sore throat, malaise, arthralgia, lymphadenopathy, cough)
  • facial involvement
  • mucous membrane involvement
  • skin tenderness or blistering, particularly if there is full-thickness epidermal detachment
  • purpura.16,17

If you suspect your patient may have a serious ACDR such as those described below, immediately discontinue the psychotropic (Table 3). Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists as appropriate, and arrange hospitalization. Although a patient with a serious ACDR typically will require hospitalization and interventions that are beyond the scope of a psychiatrist’s practice, as the prescriber you are responsible for ensuring that the patient gets an emergent referral and treatment.

Table 3

Managing a serious rash

Discontinue the offending drug immediately
Consult with a dermatologist and other specialists
Hospitalize the patient if indicated for supportive care
Report the case to the FDA and the drug manufacturer if the eruption is atypical or uncommon
Erythema multiforme (EM) may appear as symmetric erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on the extremities and palmoplantar surfaces within days of starting drug therapy (Photo 1). Fever and malaise may accompany this reaction. Mucous membrane involvement is typically mild and limited to oral mucosa, but ocular mucosa also may be affected. Severe EM can cause blindness.



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema multiforme: Erythematous target or iris-like papules and vesicobullous eruptions that present on extremities and palmoplantar surfaces.
The patient might present with detachment of the epidermis from the dermis. If this consider SJS spectrum disease (see below).2,13,18,19

Because EM may be a harbinger of a more severe skin reaction, consult a dermatologist and—if the rash involves the eyes—an ophthalmologist.12 Antihistamines and topical corticosteroids may be used to treat EM.18 Depending on the severity of the reaction, hospitalization might be indicated.

Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN) are considered a spectrum of reactive skin disorders; TEN is the more severe variant. Patients may present with a prodrome of fever, cough, and malaise. Oral lesions—such as mucosal blistering (Photo 2)—may precede skin lesions. Look for widespread distribution of flat, atypical target lesions characterized by blisters on purpuric macules.2 Compared with EM, SJS/TEN lesions are more far-reaching, and the more extensive mucous membrane involvement can affect the mouth, esophagus, and genitalia. Ocular involvement might lead to blindness.20-23



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrosis: Mucosal blistering, widespread flat skin lesions, and epidermal detachment.
Epidermal detachment also may be widespread. SJS and TEN are differentiated by the extent of skin detachment:

  • 10% to 30% detachment is SJS/TEN
  • >30% is TEN.2
Arrange for the patient with signs of SJS/TEN to be admitted to an ICU or burn unit.20 There, clinicians will implement aggressive supportive measures such as temperature control, nutritional support, fluid balance, and pain management.2,24 Treatments for SJS/TEN include hemofiltration, IV immunoglobulin, plasmapheresis, and cyclosporine. Corticosteroids are not recommended.25

Advise patients who have had TEN to alert relatives that they also may be at increased risk of an ACDR to the offending drug.22 Because SJS/TEN can cause blindness, an ophthalmologist typically will be involved in the patient’s care.20

Hypersensitivity syndrome—known as drug rash with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS)—is a potentially life-threatening syndrome that presents as a triad of fever, rash, and internal organ involvement.26 These symptoms typically present 2 to 6 weeks after the patient starts the offending drug.

Early symptoms may include fever, malaise, pharyngitis, and lymphadenopathy.2 Cutaneous manifestations range from relatively benign exanthematous eruptions to more serious eruptions such as erythroderma or TEN.

Laboratory findings might show abnormalities of the liver, kidneys, lungs, or thyroid. Atypical lymphocytes and eosinophilia may be present.

Because hypersensitivity syndrome may present like a benign condition, consider the diagnosis when assessing any drug rash, particularly if the patient is receiving an anticonvulsant.20,22,27 Appropriate, timely care may be best delivered in an inpatient setting, so hospitalization might be indicated. Laboratory tests to assess organ function may include complete blood count (CBC), urine analysis (UA), creatinine, liver function tests, and thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH).

 

 

Treatment is supportive. Note that unlike those with SJS/TEN, patients with hypersensitivity syndrome may be treated with systemic corticosteroids.27 As with TEN, patients should alert relatives to a possible increased risk of a severe reaction to the offending drug.22

Vasculitis may present with palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas (Photo 3). Patients often develop morbilliform or urticarial eruptions, and the condition might affect internal organs. Differential diagnosis includes:

  • Henoch-Schönlein (allergic) purpura
  • Wegener’s granulomatosis
  • infections
  • collagen vascular diseases.2


© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Vasculitis: Palpable purpura, fever, and rash generally in dependent areas.

Perform a complete history and physical in patients with suspected vasculitis. Because vasculitis can affect the blood vessels of any organ,20 laboratory tests such as CBC, UA, and fecal occult blood test to assess organ involvement are indicated.2

Pharmacotherapy depends on the severity of presentation and ranges from topical agents to immunosuppressants.2 Other treatments are rest, elevation, support stockings, and antihistamines.28

Erythroderma, also known as exfoliative dermatitis, can present as sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize (Photo 4). Scaling will appear, followed by desquamation. Patients typically complain of irritation, feeling cold, and a sensation of tightness. Dilated dermal vessels can result in high-output cardiac failure. This potentially life-threatening condition can develop within 1 week of starting a drug.2,29



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythroderma: Sudden, pruritic erythema that can generalize. Scaling precedes desquamation.

Pharmacotherapy includes emollients, antihistamines, and corticosteroids.2 Erythroderma is best treated in a hospital, where patients typically receive supportive care, with special attention to nutritional and hydration status.29

Erythema nodosum may present as painful erythematous nodules—usually in the lower extremities (Photo 5)—that are the result of fat necrosis.13,30 Treatment typically involves best rest, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and potassium iodide.30 Systemic corticosteroids also may be used.31



© 2001-2008, DermAtlas
Erythema nodosum: Painful erythematous nodules, usually in the lower extremities.

Resuming psychiatric treatment

Although medically necessary for patients with a serious rash, abruptly discontinuing a psychotropic might place them at risk for rapid psychiatric decompensation. Whenever possible, wait 2 weeks before restarting psychopharmacotherapy in a patient who has been treated for an ACDR. If that is not feasible because (for example) the patient is psychotic and agitated, you can cross-taper with a different medication from another class.

If your patient has experienced a serious ACDR, follow the 3 “A’s” to protect against recurrence (Table 4).

Box

Dermatologic glossary

Desquamation: skin falling off in scales or layers; exfoliation

Erythema: redness of the skin

Macule: a discolored lesion on the skin that is not elevated above the surface

Morbilliform: resembling measles

Nodule: a small lump, swelling, or collection of tissue

Papule: a small circumscribed, superficial, solid elevation of the skin

Purpura: red or purple discolorations on the skin caused by bleeding underneath the skin

Urticaria: a vascular reaction in the upper dermis characterized by pruritic hives

Vesicobullous: denoting an eruption of fluid-containing lesions of various sizes

Source: Dorland’s illustrated medical dictionary. 30th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Saunders; 2003.

Table 4

3 ‘As’ to protect patients after a life-threatening ACDR

Allergy. Add the offending drug to the patient’s allergy list to ensure it is not given again
Alert. Tell the patient he or she should wear a medical alert bracelet to prevent being given the drug
Advise. Inform the patients’ close relatives that they may be at risk for a similar reaction to the same drug or drugs from the same class
ACDR: adverse cutaneous drug reactions
Related resources

  • Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.
  • Dermatology Image Atlas. www.dermatlas.org.
  • American Academy of Dermatology. www.aad.org.
Drug brand names

  • Alprazolam • Xanax
  • Amitriptyline • Elavil
  • Aripiprazole • Abilify
  • Bupropion • Wellbutrin
  • Carbamazepine • Tegretol
  • Chlorpromazine • Thorazine
  • Clomipramine • Anafranil
  • Clozapine • Clozaril
  • Cyclosporine • Neoral, Sandimmune
  • Desipramine • Norpramin
  • Diazepam • Valium
  • Duloxetine • Cymbalta
  • Eszopiclone • Lunesta
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Fluvoxamine • Luvox
  • Haloperidol • Haldol
  • Lamotrigine • Lamictal
  • Methylphenidate • Ritalin
  • Mirtazapine • Remeron
  • Maprotiline • Ludiomil
  • Olanzapine • Zyprexa
  • Oxcarbazepine • Trileptal
  • Paroxetine • Paxil
  • Phenytoin • Dilantin
  • Phenobarbital • Luminal
  • Quetiapine • Seroquel
  • Risperidone • Risperdal
  • Sertraline • Zoloft
  • Thioridazine • Mellaril
  • Topiramate • Topamax
  • Lithium • Lithobid, Eskalith
  • Trazodone • Desyrel
  • Valproic acid • Depakote
  • Venlafaxine • Effexor
  • Ziprasidone • Geodon
Disclosure

Dr. Skonicki reports no financial relationship with any company whose products are mentioned in this article or with manufacturers of competing products.

Dr. Warnock receives research/grant support from Boehringer Ingelheim, Forest Pharmaceuticals, and Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

References

1. Warnock JK, Skonicki J. Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash serious or benign? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(3):42-56.

2. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

3. Knowles SR, Shapiro LE, Shear NH. Anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome: incidence, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 1999;21(6):489-501.

4. Trileptal [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2007.

5. Hirsch LJ, Weintraub DB, Buchsbaum R, et al. Predictors of lamotrigine-associated rash. Epilepsia 2006;47(2):318-22.

6. Warnock CA, Azadian AG. Cross-sensitivity between paroxetine and sertraline. Ann Pharmacother 2002;36(4):631-3.

7. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

8. Olfson M, Wilner MT. A family case history of fluoxetine-induced skin reactions. J Nerv Ment Dis 1991;179(8):504-5.

9. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

10. Chadwick D, Shaw MDM, Foy P, et al. Serum anticonvulsant concentrations and the risk of drug induced skin eruptions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1984;47(6):642-4.

11. Lamictal [package insert]. Research Triangle Park, NC: GlaxoSmithKline; 2007.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

14. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

17. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

18. Brushan M, Craven N. Erythema multiforme. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds.Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:196-9.

19. Al-Joani KA, Fedele S, Porter SR. Erythema multiforme and related disorders. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod 2007;103(5):642-54.

20. Wolf R, Orion E, Marcos B, Matz H. Life-threatening acute adverse cutaneous drug reactions. Clin Dermatol 2005;23(2):171-81.

21. Pereira FA, Mudgil AV, Rosmarin DM. Toxic epidermal necrolysis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007;56(2):181-200.

22. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

23. Bastuji-Garin S, Rzany B, Stern R, et al. Clinical classification of cases of toxic epidermal necrolysis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, and erythema multiforme. Arch Dermatol 1993;129(1):92-6.

24. Craven N. Toxic epidermal necrolysis and Stevens-Johnson syndrome. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:633-6.

25. Chave TA, Mortimer NJ, Sladden MJ, et al. Toxic epidermal necrolysis: current evidence, practical management and future directions. Br J Dermatol 2005;153(2):241-53.

26. Bachot N, Roujeau JC. Differential diagnosis of severe cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(8):561-72.

27. Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.

28. Callen JP. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:340-3.

29. Berth-Jones J. Erythroderma. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:205-8.

30. Woodall TG, Spielvogel RL. Erythema nodosum. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:200-2.

31. Schwartz RA, Nervi SJ. Erythema nodosum: a sign of systemic disease. Am Fam Physician 2007;75(5):695-700.

References

1. Warnock JK, Skonicki J. Drug eruptions: Is your patient’s rash serious or benign? Current Psychiatry 2008;7(3):42-56.

2. Kimyai-Asadi A, Harris JC, Nousari HC. Critical overview: adverse cutaneous reactions to psychotropic medications. J Clin Psychiatry 1999;60(10):714-25.

3. Knowles SR, Shapiro LE, Shear NH. Anticonvulsant hypersensitivity syndrome: incidence, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 1999;21(6):489-501.

4. Trileptal [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2007.

5. Hirsch LJ, Weintraub DB, Buchsbaum R, et al. Predictors of lamotrigine-associated rash. Epilepsia 2006;47(2):318-22.

6. Warnock CA, Azadian AG. Cross-sensitivity between paroxetine and sertraline. Ann Pharmacother 2002;36(4):631-3.

7. Babu KS, Belgi G. Management of cutaneous drug reactions. Curr Allergy Asthma Rep 2002;2(1):26-33.

8. Olfson M, Wilner MT. A family case history of fluoxetine-induced skin reactions. J Nerv Ment Dis 1991;179(8):504-5.

9. Wong IC, Mawer GE, Sander JW. Factors influencing the incidence of lamotrigine-related skin rash. Ann Pharmacother 1999;33(10):1037-42.

10. Chadwick D, Shaw MDM, Foy P, et al. Serum anticonvulsant concentrations and the risk of drug induced skin eruptions. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry 1984;47(6):642-4.

11. Lamictal [package insert]. Research Triangle Park, NC: GlaxoSmithKline; 2007.

12. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to mood stabilizers. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(1):21-30.

13. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antidepressants. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(5):329-39.

14. Warnock JK, Morris DW. Adverse cutaneous reactions to antipsychotics. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3(9):629-36.

15. Moore DE. Drug-induced cutaneous photosensitivity: incidence, mechanism, prevention, and management. Drug Saf 2002;25(5):345-72.

16. Shear NH, Knowles SR, Sullivan JR, Shapiro L. Cutaneous reactions to drugs. In: Freedburg IM, Eisen AZ, Wolff K, et al, eds. Fitzpatrick’s dermatology in general medicine. 6th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2003:1330-7.

17. Chosidow OM, Stern RS, Wintroub BU. Cutaneous drug reactions. In: Kasper DL, Braunwald E, Fauci AS, et al, eds. Harrisons’s principles of internal medicine. 16th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 2005:318-24.

18. Brushan M, Craven N. Erythema multiforme. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds.Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:196-9.

19. Al-Joani KA, Fedele S, Porter SR. Erythema multiforme and related disorders. Oral Surg Oral Med Oral Pathol Oral Radiol Endod 2007;103(5):642-54.

20. Wolf R, Orion E, Marcos B, Matz H. Life-threatening acute adverse cutaneous drug reactions. Clin Dermatol 2005;23(2):171-81.

21. Pereira FA, Mudgil AV, Rosmarin DM. Toxic epidermal necrolysis. J Am Acad Dermatol 2007;56(2):181-200.

22. Rojeau JC, Stern RS. Medical progress: severe adverse cutaneous reactions to drugs. N Engl J Med 1994;331(19):1272-85.

23. Bastuji-Garin S, Rzany B, Stern R, et al. Clinical classification of cases of toxic epidermal necrolysis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, and erythema multiforme. Arch Dermatol 1993;129(1):92-6.

24. Craven N. Toxic epidermal necrolysis and Stevens-Johnson syndrome. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:633-6.

25. Chave TA, Mortimer NJ, Sladden MJ, et al. Toxic epidermal necrolysis: current evidence, practical management and future directions. Br J Dermatol 2005;153(2):241-53.

26. Bachot N, Roujeau JC. Differential diagnosis of severe cutaneous drug eruptions. Am J Clin Dermatol 2003;4(8):561-72.

27. Knowles SR, Shear NH. Recognition and management of severe cutaneous drug reactions. Dermatol Clin 2007;25(2):245-53.

28. Callen JP. Leukocytoclastic vasculitis. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:340-3.

29. Berth-Jones J. Erythroderma. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:205-8.

30. Woodall TG, Spielvogel RL. Erythema nodosum. In: Lebwohl MG, Heymann WR, Berth-Jones J, Coulson I, eds. Treatment of skin disease: comprehensive therapeutic strategies. London, UK: Mosby; 2002:200-2.

31. Schwartz RA, Nervi SJ. Erythema nodosum: a sign of systemic disease. Am Fam Physician 2007;75(5):695-700.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(04)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 07(04)
Page Number
101-109
Page Number
101-109
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: 6 dangerous rashes
Display Headline
Drug eruptions: 6 dangerous rashes
Legacy Keywords
drug eruptions; rashes; JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; life-threatening drug rash; adverse cutaneous drug reaction; anticonvulsant hypersensitivity; erythema multiforme; Stevens-Johnson syndrome; toxic epidermal necrolysis; hypersensitivity syndrome; vasculitis; erythroderma; erythema nodosum
Legacy Keywords
drug eruptions; rashes; JJ Skonicki MD; Julia K. Warnock MD PhD; life-threatening drug rash; adverse cutaneous drug reaction; anticonvulsant hypersensitivity; erythema multiforme; Stevens-Johnson syndrome; toxic epidermal necrolysis; hypersensitivity syndrome; vasculitis; erythroderma; erythema nodosum
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media